WO2023015973A1 - Network slice admission control method and apparatus - Google Patents

Network slice admission control method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023015973A1
WO2023015973A1 PCT/CN2022/090973 CN2022090973W WO2023015973A1 WO 2023015973 A1 WO2023015973 A1 WO 2023015973A1 CN 2022090973 W CN2022090973 W CN 2022090973W WO 2023015973 A1 WO2023015973 A1 WO 2023015973A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network slice
network
network element
session
information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/090973
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
朱方园
施拉姆·米而科
孙海洋
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023015973A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023015973A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/02Access restriction performed under specific conditions
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/08Access restriction or access information delivery, e.g. discovery data delivery
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/16Discovering, processing access restriction or access information
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W60/00Affiliation to network, e.g. registration; Terminating affiliation with the network, e.g. de-registration
    • H04W60/06De-registration or detaching

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the communication field, and more specifically, to a network slice admission control method and device.
  • Network slicing technology provides isolated network environments for different application scenarios by virtualizing independent logical networks on the same network infrastructure, so that different application scenarios can customize network functions and characteristics according to their own needs, and can effectively guarantee the services of different businesses Quality (quality of service, QoS) requirements.
  • QoS Quality of service
  • the present application provides a network slice admission control method and device, capable of controlling the number of users accessing the network slice and the number of sessions established in the network slice, and contributing to the admission control of the network slice.
  • the present application provides a network slice admission control method, the method comprising: a first network element acquires first information from a second network element, and the first information is used to associate a first session of a user equipment , the first network element supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice, the first session is associated with the network slice, and the second network element serves the first session; the first The network element receives a first request message from the second network element, where the first request message is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice; the first network element, according to the first information, Determine whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice.
  • the first network element supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice, which can also be described as, the first network element supports the number of UEs counting the number of users accessing the network slice or the first network element has the connection The ability to exercise control over the number of users entering the network slice.
  • the foregoing first information is used to associate the first session of the user equipment, and may also be described as information related to the first session of the user equipment.
  • the first information is used to identify the first session, for example, the first information may include at least one of an identifier of the first session or an identifier of the second network element.
  • the identifier of the second network element can be the ID (identify) of the second network element
  • the identifier of the first session is used to identify the first session, such as a protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session ID (PDU session ID) .
  • the first network element may be a network slice admission control function (network slice admission control function, NSACF) network element
  • the second network element may be a session management function (session management function, SMF) + packet data network (packetdata network, PDN) gateway-control plane (PDN gateway-control plane, PGW-C) network element, that is, SMF+PGW-C.
  • SMF network slice admission control function
  • PDN packet data network gateway-control plane
  • PGW-C gateway-control plane
  • the first network element after the first network element acquires the first information, it may also store the correspondence between the first information, the network slice, and the user equipment.
  • the second network element will send the session-related information to the first network element, so that the first network element can save the corresponding relationship between the user equipment, the network slice, and the session-related information, and the first network element will receive
  • an instruction to reduce the number of users accessing the network slice it may be determined according to the corresponding relationship whether the number of users accessing the network slice can be reduced. This enables network slice admission control.
  • the acquiring the first information from the second network element by the first network element includes: requesting the second network element to add users who have accessed the network slice During the process of counting, the first network element acquires the first information.
  • the second network element determines the network slice corresponding to the PDN connection, and then triggers the control of the number of users of the network slice and the number of sessions of the network slice
  • the second network element can first interact with the first network element that supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice, trigger the first network element to increase the number of users accessing the network slice, and communicate with the first network element
  • the first information is sent to the first network element; if the number of users accessing the network slice is not exceeded, it means that the number of users accessing the network slice has not reached the maximum number (such as the first threshold), the network
  • the slice allows new user access, and the second network element interacts with the third network element that supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice, triggering the third network element to increase the number of sessions established on the network slice; if the second network element The second network element learns from the
  • the first network element obtains the first information when the second network element requests to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice, so that the second network element obtains the session number control from the third network element When successful, there is no need to interact with the first network element, which helps to reduce signaling overhead.
  • the first network element obtains the first information from the second network element, including: a session established on the network slice When the number of sessions does not exceed the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, the first network element receives a second request message from the second network element, and the second request message includes the first information.
  • the second network element may first communicate with the Support the interaction of the first network element that controls the number of users accessing the network slice, triggering the first network element to increase the number of users accessing the network slice; if the number of users accessing the network slice is not exceeded, it means If the number of users of the network slice does not reach the maximum number (such as the first threshold), the network slice allows new users to access, and the second network element communicates with the third network element that supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice Interaction, triggering the third network element to increase the number of sessions established on the network slice; if the second network element learns from the third network element that the number of established sessions of the network slice is not exceeded, it means that the number of established sessions of the network slice has not reached The maximum number (
  • the second network element from the third
  • the second network element can interact with the first network element again, triggering the first network element to control the number of users accessing the network slice, such as triggering the first network element to reduce the number of users accessing the network slice of users.
  • the first network element obtains the first information when the number of established sessions on the network slice does not exceed the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, so that when the second network element obtains the first information from When the third network element learns that the session number control fails, it does not need to instruct the first network element to delete the first information, which can simplify the processing.
  • the first network element determines whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice according to the first information, including : If the user equipment has established a session other than the first session on the network slice, the first network element determines to maintain the number of users who have accessed the network slice; if the user equipment is in If only the first session is established on the network slice, the first network element determines to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice. In this way, the number of users who have accessed the network slice can be more accurately controlled.
  • the method further includes: after the first network element determines whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice, The first network element deletes the first information.
  • the first session is a PDN connection established by the user equipment in the EPC network, or it can also be described as, the first session A session is a session corresponding to a PDN connection established by the user equipment in the EPC.
  • the present application provides a network slice admission control method, the method includes: a second network element determines the network slice associated with the first session of the user equipment; the second network element sends the first network element to the first network element A piece of information, the first information is used to associate the first session, the first network element supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice, and the second network element serves the first session ; The second network element sends a first request message to the first network element, where the first request message is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice; wherein, the first information is used for Determine whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice.
  • the second network element serves the first session.
  • the second network element serving the first session can be understood as associating the first session with the second network element when establishing the first session, or establishing the first session through network slice resources supported by the second network element.
  • the network slice associated with the first session may be understood as the network slice on which the first session is established, or the network slice used to establish the first session.
  • the first network element supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice. It can also be described as that the first network element supports counting the number of users accessing the network slice or the first network element has the ability to control the number of users accessing the network slice. Ability to exercise control.
  • the foregoing first information is used to associate the first session of the user equipment, and may also be described as information related to the first session of the user equipment.
  • the first information is used to identify the first session, for example, the first information may include at least one of an identifier of the first session or an identifier of the second network element.
  • the identifier of the second network element may be the ID of the second network element, and the identifier of the first session is used to identify the first session, such as a PDU session ID.
  • the first network element may be NSACF
  • the second network element may be SMF+PGW-C.
  • the second network element will send the session-related information to the first network element, so that the first network element can save the corresponding relationship between the user equipment, the network slice, and the session-related information, so that the first network element can
  • the first network element can save the corresponding relationship between the user equipment, the network slice, and the session-related information, so that the first network element can
  • it may be determined whether the number of users accessing the network slice can be reduced according to the corresponding relationship. This enables network slice admission control.
  • the sending the first information by the second network element to the first network element includes: during the process of requesting to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice, the The second network element sends the first information to the first network element.
  • the second network element may first communicate with the Support the interaction with the first network element that controls the number of users accessing the network slice, trigger the first network element to increase the number of users accessing the network slice, and report to the first network element during the interaction with the first network element Send the first information; if the number of users accessing the network slice is not exceeded, it means that the number of users accessing the network slice has not reached the maximum number (such as the first threshold), then the network slice allows new users to access, and the second The network element then interacts with a third network element that supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice, triggering the third network element to increase the number of sessions established on the network slice; if the second network element learns from the third network element that the The number of established sessions of the network slice
  • the second network element learns the session from the third network element If the number control fails, the second network element can interact with the first network element again, triggering the first network element to control the number of users accessing the network slice, for example, triggering the first network element to reduce the number of users accessing the network slice.
  • the first network element obtains the first information when the second network element requests to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice, so that the second network element obtains the session number control from the third network element When successful, there is no need to interact with the first network element, which helps to reduce signaling overhead.
  • the second network element sends the first information to the first network element, including: a session established on the network slice When the number of sessions does not exceed the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, the second network element sends a second request message to the first network element, where the second request message includes the first information.
  • the second network element may first communicate with the Support the interaction of the first network element that controls the number of users accessing the network slice, triggering the first network element to increase the number of users accessing the network slice; if the number of users accessing the network slice is not exceeded, it means If the number of users of the network slice does not reach the maximum number (such as the first threshold), the network slice allows new users to access, and the second network element communicates with the third network element that supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice Interaction, triggering the third network element to increase the number of sessions established on the network slice; if the second network element learns from the third network element that the number of established sessions of the network slice is not exceeded, it means that the number of established sessions of the network slice has not reached The maximum number (
  • the second network element from the third
  • the second network element can interact with the first network element again, triggering the first network element to control the number of users accessing the network slice, such as triggering the first network element to reduce the number of users accessing the network slice of users.
  • the first network element obtains the first information when the number of established sessions on the network slice does not exceed the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, so that when the second network element obtains the first information from When the third network element learns that the session number control fails, it does not need to instruct the first network element to delete the first information, which can simplify the processing.
  • the method further includes: the second network element obtains from a third network element the number of sessions established on the network slice The maximum number of sessions allowed to be established by the network slice is reached, and the third network element supports performing control on the number of sessions established on the network slice; the second network element sends a first request message to the first network element , including: after the second network element learns that the number of established sessions on the network slice has reached the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, the second network element sends a message to the first network element The first request message.
  • the second network element sending the first request message to the first network element includes: releasing the first session , the second network element sends the first request message to the first network element.
  • the first session is a PDN connection established by the user equipment in the EPC network, or it can also be described as, the first session A session is a session corresponding to a PDN connection established by the user equipment in the EPC.
  • the present application provides a network slice admission control method, the method comprising: a second network element determines the network slice associated with the first session of the user equipment; the second network element sends the network storage function network element sending a third request message, where the third request message is used to request information about the fourth network element, where the third request message includes the identifier of the network slice and second information, where the second information is used to indicate the
  • the fourth network element supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice and the number of sessions established on the network slice; the second network element receives the third A response message, the third response message includes the information of the fourth network element; the second network element sends a fourth request message to the fourth network element, and the fourth request message is used to request the fourth network element
  • the four network elements control the number of users accessed by the network slice, and control the number of sessions established by the network slice.
  • the second network element requests the network storage function network element to select a fourth network element that simultaneously supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice and the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice,
  • the fourth network element can determine whether the user equipment has already accessed the network slice or whether the sessions of the user equipment should be released, so as to accurately control the access network slice Number of users and sessions established on the network slice. This enables network slice admission control.
  • the fourth request message includes an identifier of the user equipment, first information, third information, fourth information, and an identifier of the network slice, and the first The information is used to associate the first session, wherein: when the user equipment requests to establish the first session, the third information is used to indicate to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice, and the fourth The information is used to indicate to increase the number of sessions established in the network slice; when the user equipment requests to release the first session, the third information is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice, The fourth information is used to indicate to reduce the number of established sessions in the network slice.
  • the first information includes at least one of an identifier of the second network element or an identifier of the session with the first network element .
  • the first session is a PDN connection established by the user equipment in the EPC network, or it can also be described as, the first session A session is a session corresponding to a PDN connection established by the user equipment in the EPC.
  • the present application provides a network slice admission control method, the method includes: a network storage function network element receives a third request message from a second network element, and the third request message is used to request the fourth Network element information, the third request message includes the identifier of the network slice and second information, the second information is used to indicate that the fourth network element supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice , and support the execution of control on the number of sessions established on the network slice; the network storage function network element sends a third response message to the second network element, and the third response message includes the fourth network element information.
  • the second network element requests the network storage function network element to select a fourth network element that simultaneously supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice and the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice,
  • the fourth network element can determine whether the user equipment has already accessed the network slice or whether the sessions of the user equipment should be released, so as to accurately control the access network slice Number of users and sessions established on the network slice. This enables network slice admission control.
  • the present application provides a network slice admission control method, the method comprising: a fourth network element receives a fourth request message from a second network element, and the fourth network element supports access network slice performing control on the number of users and supporting the control on the number of sessions established on the network slice, the second network element serves the first session of the user equipment, and the first session is associated with the network slice; the second network element The four network elements perform control on the number of users who have accessed the network slice and the number of sessions established in the network slice according to the fourth request message; the fourth network element sends a message to the second network element A fourth response message, where the fourth response message is used to indicate a result of controlling the number of users who have accessed the network slice and a result of controlling the number of sessions established in the network slice.
  • the second network element requests the network storage function network element to select a fourth network element that simultaneously supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice and the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice,
  • the fourth network element can determine whether the user equipment has already accessed the network slice or whether the sessions of the user equipment should be released, so as to accurately control the access network slice Number of users and sessions established on the network slice. This enables network slice admission control.
  • the fourth request message includes an identifier of the user equipment, first information, third information, fourth information, and an identifier of the network slice, and the first The information is used to associate the first session, wherein: when the user equipment requests to establish the first session, the third information is used to indicate to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice, and the fourth The information is used to indicate to increase the number of sessions established in the network slice; when the user equipment requests to release the first session, the third information is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice, The fourth information is used to indicate to reduce the number of established sessions in the network slice.
  • the present application provides a communication device, and the device includes:
  • a transceiver unit configured to obtain first information from a second network element, the first information is used to associate a first session of a user equipment, and the first network element supports performing control on the number of users accessing network slices, the A first session is associated with the network slice, and the second network element serves the first session; receiving a first request message from the second network element, where the first request message is used to indicate that the reduction has been made the number of users accessing the network slice;
  • a processing unit configured to determine whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice according to the first information.
  • the apparatus may further save the correspondence between the first information, the network slice, and the user equipment.
  • the transceiving unit is specifically configured to: acquire the first information.
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: the number of established sessions on the network slice does not exceed the number of sessions allowed to be established by the network slice In the case of the maximum number of sessions, receive a second request message from the second network element, where the second request message includes the first information.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: if the user equipment establishes a session other than the first session on the network slice session, then determine to maintain the number of users who have accessed the network slice; if the user equipment has only established the first session on the network slice, determine to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice .
  • the processing unit is further configured to: after determining whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice, delete the first a message.
  • the first session is a PDN connection established by the user equipment in the EPC network.
  • the present application provides a communication device, and the device includes:
  • a processing unit configured to determine a network slice associated with the first session of the user equipment
  • a transceiver unit configured to send first information to a first network element, where the first information is used to associate the first session, and where the first network element supports controlling the number of users accessing the network slice, so The second network element serves the first session; and sends a first request message to the first network element, where the first request message is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice; wherein, The first information is used to determine whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice.
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: send the first network element to the first network element during a process of requesting to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice. a message.
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: the number of established sessions on the network slice does not exceed the number of sessions allowed to be established by the network slice When the maximum number of sessions is reached, send a second request message to the first network element, where the second request message includes the first information.
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: learn from a third network element that the number of established sessions on the network slice reaches the network The maximum number of sessions allowed to be established by the slice, the third network element supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice; the second network element learns that the number of sessions established on the network slice reaches the network After slicing the maximum number of sessions allowed to be established, the first request message is sent to the first network element.
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: send the second network element to the first session when releasing the first session.
  • the network element sends the first request message.
  • the first session is a PDN connection established by the user equipment in the EPC network.
  • the present application provides a communication device, the device comprising:
  • a processing unit configured to determine a network slice associated with the first session of the user equipment
  • a transceiver unit configured to send a third request message to a network storage function network element, where the third request message is used to request information of a fourth network element, where the third request message includes the identifier of the network slice and second information
  • the second information is used to indicate that the fourth network element supports controlling the number of users accessing the network slice and supporting controlling the number of sessions established on the network slice; receiving the network storage function A third response message from a network element, where the third response message includes information about the fourth network element; and sending a fourth request message to the fourth network element, where the fourth request message is used to request the fourth network element
  • the four network elements control the number of users accessed by the network slice, and control the number of sessions established by the network slice.
  • the fourth request message includes an identifier of the user equipment, first information, third information, fourth information, and an identifier of the network slice, and the first The information is used to associate the first session, wherein: when the user equipment requests to establish the first session, the third information is used to indicate to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice, and the fourth The information is used to indicate to increase the number of sessions established in the network slice; when the user equipment requests to release the first session, the third information is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice, The fourth information is used to indicate to reduce the number of established sessions in the network slice.
  • the first information includes at least one of an identifier of the second network element or an identifier of the session with the first network element .
  • the first session is a PDN connection established by the user equipment in the EPC network.
  • the present application provides a communication device, the device comprising:
  • a transceiver unit configured to receive a third request message from a second network element, where the third request message is used to request information of a fourth network element, where the third request message includes an identifier of the network slice and second information , the second information is used to indicate that the fourth network element supports controlling the number of users accessing the network slice, and supports controlling the number of sessions established on the network slice;
  • the network element sends a third response message, where the third response message includes the information of the fourth network element.
  • the present application provides a communication device, and the device includes:
  • a transceiver unit configured to receive a fourth request message from a second network element, where the fourth network element supports performing control on the number of users accessing the network slice, and supports performing control on the number of sessions established on the network slice, a second network element serving a first session of a user equipment, the first session being associated with the network slice;
  • a processing unit configured to control the number of users who have accessed the network slice and the number of sessions established in the network slice according to the fourth request message;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send a fourth response message to the second network element, where the fourth response message is used to indicate the result of controlling the number of users who have accessed the network slice and to control the number of users in the network slice. The result of the execution control of the number of sessions that the network slice has established.
  • the fourth request message includes an identifier of the user equipment, first information, third information, fourth information, and an identifier of the network slice, and the first The information is used to associate the first session, wherein: when the user equipment requests to establish the first session, the third information is used to indicate to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice, and the fourth The information is used to indicate to increase the number of sessions established in the network slice; when the user equipment requests to release the first session, the third information is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice, The fourth information is used to indicate to reduce the number of established sessions in the network slice.
  • the sixth to tenth aspects are device embodiments corresponding to the first to fifth aspects, which can implement the methods described in the first to fifth aspects and achieve the benefits described in the first to fifth aspects For the effect, specific descriptions may refer to the first aspect to the fifth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the present application provides a communication device, including a processor.
  • the processor is coupled with the memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory, so that the device executes the method provided in any one of the first to fifth aspects above, or executes any possible method in the first to fifth aspects.
  • the device further includes a memory.
  • the device further includes an interface circuit, and the processor is coupled to the interface circuit.
  • the present application provides a processor, including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit.
  • the processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes the method provided in any one of the first aspect to the fifth aspect, or executes the method in the first aspect to the fifth aspect A method in any of the possible implementations.
  • the above-mentioned processor can be a chip
  • the input circuit can be an input pin
  • the output circuit can be an output pin
  • the processing circuit can be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop and various logic circuits.
  • the input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example but not limited to, the receiver
  • the output signal of the output circuit may be, for example but not limited to, output to the transmitter and transmitted by the transmitter
  • the circuit may be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit respectively at different times.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.
  • the present application provides a processing device, including a processor and a memory.
  • the processor is used to read instructions stored in the memory, and can receive signals through the receiver and transmit signals through the transmitter, so as to execute the method provided in any one of the first to fifth aspects, or to execute the first to the second aspects The method in any one of the possible implementation manners in the five aspects.
  • processors there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
  • the memory can be integrated with the processor, or the memory can be set separately from the processor.
  • the memory can be a non-transitory (non-transitory) memory, such as a read-only memory (read only memory, ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be respectively arranged in different On the chip, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the memory and the configuration of the memory and the processor.
  • a non-transitory memory such as a read-only memory (read only memory, ROM)
  • ROM read only memory
  • the processing device in the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect may be a chip, and the processor may be implemented by hardware or by software.
  • the processor When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit or an integrated circuit; when implemented by software
  • the processor When implemented, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is realized by reading the software code stored in the memory, and the memory may be integrated in the processor, or it may be located outside the processor and exist independently.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product including: a computer program (also referred to as code, or instruction), when the computer program is executed, the computer executes the above-mentioned first aspect to The method provided in any one of the fifth aspects, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect to the fifth aspect.
  • a computer program also referred to as code, or instruction
  • the present application provides a computer-readable medium, the computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instruction) when it is run on a computer, so that the computer executes the above-mentioned first aspect
  • a computer program also referred to as code, or instruction
  • the present application provides a communication system, including at least one of the devices provided in any of the foregoing aspects or possible implementations thereof.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic architecture diagram of a communication system to which the present application can be applied.
  • Fig. 2 is another schematic architecture diagram of a communication system to which the present application can be applied.
  • Fig. 3 is another schematic architecture diagram of a communication system to which the present application can be applied.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a network slice admission control method provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another network slice admission control method provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is an example of a network slice admission control method provided by this application.
  • Fig. 7 is another example of the network slice admission control method provided by this application.
  • Fig. 8 is another example of the network slice admission control method provided by this application.
  • Fig. 9 is another example of the network slice admission control method provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 10 is another example of the network slice admission control method provided by this application.
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 12 is another schematic structural diagram of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example: long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex) , TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) Communication System, Fifth Generation (5th Generation, 5G) Communication System, New Wireless (new radio, NR) communication system or satellite communication system.
  • the communication system may include non-standalone networking (non-standalone, NSA) and/or standalone networking (standalone, SA).
  • the technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC), inter-machine communication long-term evolution technology (Long Term Evolution-machine, LTE-M), device-to-device (device-to-device, D2D) A network, a machine to machine (M2M) network, an Internet of things (IoT) network, or other networks.
  • MTC machine type communication
  • LTE-M inter-machine communication long-term evolution technology
  • device-to-device device-to-device
  • D2D device-to-device
  • M2M machine to machine
  • IoT Internet of things
  • the IoT network may include, for example, the Internet of Vehicles.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic architecture diagram of a communication system to which the present application can be applied.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on a service-based architecture.
  • the 5G network architecture shown in FIG. 1 may include three parts, namely a user equipment (user equipment, UE) part, a data network (data network, DN) part, and an operator network part.
  • UE user equipment
  • DN data network
  • operator network part operator network part
  • the operator network may include one or more of the following network elements: (wireless) access network ((radio) access network, (R)AN), user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element, authentication Server function (authentication server function, AUSF) network element, NSACF network element, access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) network element, SMF network element, network slice selection function (network slice selection function, NSSF) ) network element, network exposure function (network exposure function, NEF) network element, network repository function (network repository function, NRF) network element, policy control function module (policy control function, PCF) network element, unified data management (unified data management (UDM) network element and application function (application function, AF) network element.
  • wireless wireless access network
  • UPF user plane function
  • UPF authentication Server function
  • AUSF authentication server function
  • NSACF access and mobility management function
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF network element
  • network slice selection function network
  • the part other than the RAN part may be referred to as the core network part.
  • the AF network elements are referred to as UE, RAN, UPF, DN, AUSF, AMF, SMF, NEF, NRF, PCF, UDM, NSSF, NSACF, and AF respectively.
  • Nnssf is the service-based interface presented by NSSF
  • Nnef is the service-based interface presented by NEF
  • Nnrf is the service-based interface presented by NRF
  • Npcf is the service-based interface presented by PCF
  • Nudm is the service-based interface presented by UDM Naf is the service-based interface presented by AF
  • Nausf is the service-based interface presented by AUSF
  • Namf is the service-based interface presented by AMF
  • Nsmf is the service-based interface presented by SMF
  • Nnsacf is the service-based interface presented by NSACF service-based interface.
  • N1 is the interface between UE and AMF
  • N2 is the interface between RAN and AMF, used to send NAS messages
  • N3 is the interface between RAN and UPF, used to transmit user plane data
  • N4 is between SMF and UPF
  • the interface is used to transmit tunnel identification information such as N3 connection, data cache indication information, and downlink data notification message
  • N6 interface is the interface between UPF and DN, used to transmit user plane data
  • N9 is between UPF and UPF interface between.
  • the UE mainly accesses the 5G network through the wireless air interface and obtains services.
  • the UE interacts with the RAN through the air interface, and interacts with the AMF of the core network through non-access stratum signaling (non-access stratum, NAS).
  • non-access stratum non-access stratum
  • the UE in this embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as a terminal device, user, access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, User Agent or User Device.
  • a UE can be a cellular phone, a smart watch, a wireless data card, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a personal digital assistant (PDA) computer, a wireless modem, a handheld device, a laptop computer, a machine type communication (MTC) ) terminals, computers with wireless transceiver functions, Internet of Things terminals, virtual reality terminal devices, augmented reality terminal devices, wearable devices, vehicles, terminals in device-to-device (D2D) communication, vehicles ( Terminals in vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, terminals in machine-type communication (MTC), terminals in Internet of Things (IOT), terminals in smart office, terminals in industrial control , terminals in unmanned driving, terminals in remote surgery, terminals in smart grids, terminals in transportation security, terminals in smart cities, terminals in smart homes, terminals in satellite communications (for example, satellite phones or satellite terminal).
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2X Terminals in vehicle to everything
  • MTC machine-type communication
  • the UE may also be customer-premises equipment (CPE), telephone, router, network switch, residential gateway (residential gateway, RG), set-top box, fixed mobile convergence product, home network adapter, and Internet access gateway.
  • CPE customer-premises equipment
  • telephone router
  • network switch network switch
  • residential gateway residential gateway, RG
  • set-top box fixed mobile convergence product
  • home network adapter home network adapter
  • Internet access gateway Internet access gateway
  • the access network device in this application may be a device for communicating with UE, and is mainly responsible for wireless resource management, service quality management, data compression and encryption functions on the air interface side.
  • the access network equipment may be a base transceiver station (BTS) in a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system or a code division multiple access (CDMA) system, a broadband code division multiple access Base station (nodeB, NB) in (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, evolved base station (evolutional nodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE system, worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication
  • a base station in the system a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, an access point, a relay station, a vehicle-mounted device, or a wearable device in a wireless high-fidelity (wireless fidelity) system.
  • CRAN cloud radio access network
  • the access network device may be a terminal that assumes the base station function in D2D communication or machine-to-machine communication.
  • the access network device may be a network device in a 5G network or a network device in a future evolved PLMN network.
  • the access network device may also be a module or unit that completes some functions of the base station, for example, it may be a centralized unit (central unit, CU) or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU).
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form adopted by the access network equipment.
  • UPF is a functional network element of the user plane, supporting all or part of the following functions: interconnecting protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) sessions with DN; packet routing and forwarding (for example, supporting uplink classifier for traffic Forward to DN, support branching point (Branching point) to support multi-connection (multi-homed) PDU session); packet inspection.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • the DN is the destination accessed by the user's PDU session.
  • the DN is an operator network that provides data transmission services for users, for example, Internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) multimedia service (IP multi-media service, IMS), Internet.
  • IP Internet protocol
  • IMS IP multi-media service
  • the UE can access the DN by establishing a PDU session between the UE, the RAN, the UPF, and the DN.
  • the AUSF belongs to the control plane network element of the core network, and is mainly responsible for authenticating and authorizing users to ensure that users are legitimate users.
  • AMF is a network element with mobility management function, which is responsible for user mobility management, including mobility state management, allocation of user temporary IDs, authentication and authorization of users.
  • SMF is a session management function network element, which is responsible for user plane network element selection, user plane network element redirection, IP address allocation, bearer establishment, modification and release, and QoS control.
  • NEF belongs to the core network control plane network element, which is responsible for the opening of mobile network capabilities to the outside world, and the opening of network capabilities and services to the outside world.
  • NRF belongs to the network element of the control plane of the core network, and is responsible for the registration and discovery of the network element, and maintains the information of the network element, for example, the instance identifier, type, PLMN, slice-related identifier, IP address or FQDN of the network element, the network element Meta capabilities, supporting services.
  • PCF includes policy control decision-making and flow-based charging control functions, including user subscription data management functions, policy control functions, charging policy control functions, and QoS control. It mainly supports the provision of a unified policy framework to control network behavior, and provides policy rules for The network function of the control layer is also responsible for obtaining user subscription information related to policy decisions.
  • the UDM belongs to the core network control plane network element, belongs to the user server, and is responsible for managing the subscription data, and is responsible for notifying the corresponding network element when the subscription data is modified.
  • NSSF is responsible for the selection of network slices.
  • NSACF is responsible for admission control on network slices. For example, when network slices need to perform admission control, NSACF can control the number of users connected to each network slice. The maximum number of users allowed per network slice (max number of UEs per network slice) can be configured on NSACF. When increasing the number of currently registered users of a network slice, NSACF first determines whether the number of users currently connected to the network slice has reached the maximum number of users under the network slice.
  • NSACF may also be responsible for controlling the number of established sessions on each network slice.
  • the maximum number of sessions allowed per network slice (max number of PDU sessions per network slice) can be configured on NSACF.
  • NSACF When increasing the current number of sessions in a network slice, NSACF first determines whether the number of currently established sessions on the network slice has reached the maximum number of sessions under the network slice.
  • the AF is responsible for providing certain application layer services to the UE.
  • the AF provides services to the UE, it has requirements for QoS (policy) and charging policy (charging), and needs to notify the network.
  • the AF also needs application-related information fed back by the core network.
  • FIG. 2 is another schematic architecture diagram of a communication system to which the present application can be applied.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on point-to-point interfaces.
  • the main difference between Figure 2 and Figure 1 is that the interfaces between network elements in Figure 2 are point-to-point interfaces rather than service-oriented interfaces.
  • the description of each network element can be Referring to FIG. 1 , details will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 3 is another schematic architecture diagram of a communication system to which the present application can be applied.
  • FIG. 3 is a non-roaming architecture for intercommunication between a fifth generation communication system (5 th generation system, 5GS) and an EPC/evolved universal terrestrial radio access network (e-UTRAN).
  • 5GS fifth generation communication system
  • e-UTRAN EPC/evolved universal terrestrial radio access network
  • some network elements of the EPC network and some network elements of the 5G network can be deployed on the same physical entity, so that the EPS network and the 5G network can interact.
  • a home subscriber server (home subscriber server, HSS) network element and a unified data management (unified data management, UDM) network element may be deployed in the same physical entity.
  • HSS home subscriber server
  • UDM unified data management
  • a control plane function (PGW-C) and a session management function (session management function, SMF) network element of a packet data network gateway (packet data network gateway, PGW) can be deployed in the same physical entity.
  • a user plane function (PGW-U) and a user plane function (User plane function, UPF) network element of a packet data network gateway (packet data network gateway, PGW) may be deployed in the same physical entity.
  • the foregoing network element may also be a separate network element, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the N26 interface is an inter-CN interface (inter-CN interface) between the mobility management entity (MME) and the 5GS AMF, and is used to realize the intercommunication between the EPC and the 5G core network.
  • HSS+UDM network element is a network element with HSS function and UDM network element function, which can store user's subscription data.
  • the subscription data of the user includes subscription data related to mobility management and subscription data related to session management.
  • the HSS+UDM network element may also be called HSS+UDM equipment or HSS+UDM entity or UDM+HSS network element or UDM+HSS equipment or UDM+HSS entity.
  • the SMF+PGW-C network element has the functions of SMF and PGW-C
  • the UPF+PGW-C network element has the functions of UPF network element and PGW-U.
  • the UE residing in the EPC can obtain the service of the 5G core network or the service of the EPC through the SMF+PGW-C when establishing a PDN connection.
  • the 5G part involved in Figure 3 can be shown in Figure 1 or Figure 2 .
  • each network element shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 3 is only a name, and the name does not limit the function of the network element itself.
  • the foregoing network elements may also have other names, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • some or all of the above-mentioned network elements may use the terms in 5G, or may be named by other names, etc., which will be described in a unified manner here, and will not be described in detail below.
  • the interfaces between network elements shown in Figures 1 to 3 are only examples, and in 5G networks and other networks in the future, the interfaces between network elements may not be the interfaces shown in the figure. There is no limit to this.
  • a communication system to which the present application can be applied may include more or fewer network elements or devices.
  • the devices or network elements in FIG. 1 to FIG. 3 may be hardware, or functionally divided software, or a combination of the above two.
  • the devices or network elements in FIG. 1 to FIG. 3 may communicate through other devices or network elements.
  • Network slicing is a logic-based concept. By reorganizing resources, multiple logical subnets with different characteristics and isolated from each other can be virtualized on the same set of physical facilities to provide targeted services to users. Different logical subnets are identified and distinguished by single network slice selection assistance information (single network slice selection assistance information, S-NSSAI).
  • S-NSSAI single network slice selection assistance information
  • the network slice can be controlled through NSACF.
  • the NSACF performs admission control on the number of UEs accessed by the network slice or performs admission control on the number of sessions established by the network slice.
  • NSACF can configure network slice quotas (quota) and store the number of users currently connected to the network slice.
  • quota network slice quotas
  • the UE can carry the requested NSSAI (requested NSSAI); the AMF judges whether the requested NSSAI includes the network slice admission control (network slice admission control, NSAC) network slices, if the requested NSSAI contains network slices that need to perform NSAC, AMF can determine the target NSSAI (target NSSAI), the target NSSAI is the set of all network slices that the UE requests to access and needs to perform NSAC; AMF and NSACF The network elements interact to trigger the NSACF to judge whether the quota of the current network slice allows the UE to access the network slice.
  • network slice admission control network slice admission control
  • the UE can access the network slice, and at the same time, the NSACF counts the number of users in the network slice with available quotas, and the NSACF returns "quota available" to the AMF Indication information, AMF "quota available" network slice is included in the allowed NSSAI (allowed NSSAI); if the current quota of a certain network slice contained in the target NSSAI is not available, the UE cannot access the network slice, and NSACF sends a message to AMF An indication of "no quota available" is returned, and AMF's "no quota available” network slice is included in the rejected NSSAI (rejected NSSAI).
  • the number of sessions established by the network slice can also be controlled through the NSACF.
  • the NSACF can configure the quota of the network slice and save the number of sessions currently established in the network slice.
  • the NSACF can control the number of sessions established in the network slice during the PDU session management process of the UE. The specific process is related to the The process of controlling the number of UEs accessed by the network slice is similar and will not be repeated here.
  • the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of users accessed on each network slice and the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of established sessions on each network slice may be the same or different.
  • the PDN connection when the UE initiates the PDN connection establishment process, the PDN connection will be associated with a core network element of a network slice, such as SMF+PGW-C, which can also be understood as the UE will use SMF+PGW -C's network slice resources establish a PDN connection; when the UE initiates the PDN connection release process, the SMF+PGW-C resources associated with the PDN connection will be released.
  • SMF+PGW-C When the UE residing in the EPC initiates the PDN connection establishment process or the PDN connection release process, it will simultaneously trigger the control of the number of UEs accessing the network slice and the number of sessions established by the network slice. In this case, how to control the number of users connected to the network slice and the number of sessions established by the network slice becomes an urgent problem to be solved.
  • the present application provides a network slice admission control method and device, which can realize the control of the number of users accessing the network slice and the number of sessions established in the network slice, and contribute to the admission control of the network slice.
  • the quota for the number of UEs in the network slice shown in this application can also be understood as: the number of UEs accessed by the network slice, or the maximum number of UEs accessed by the network slice, or the number of UEs allowed to be accessed by the network slice number, or, the number of UEs that the network slice allows to register.
  • the quota for the number of UEs in the network slice is not available. It can also be understood as: the quota for the number of UEs in the network slice is exceeded, or the number of UEs connected to the network slice exceeds the quota, or the number of UEs connected to the network slice exceeds the quota.
  • the number of UEs accessed by the network slice exceeds the maximum value, or, the number of UEs accessed by the network slice has reached the maximum number of UEs allowed to be accessed, or, the number of UEs accessed by the network slice is greater than or equal to the preset
  • a threshold is set, or the number of UEs that have accessed the network slice is greater than or equal to the preset threshold.
  • the quota for the number of UEs in the network slice is available, which can also be understood as: the number of UEs accessed by the network slice does not exceed the maximum number, or the number of UEs accessed by the network slice does not reach the maximum number of UEs allowed to be accessed, or, The number of UEs that have accessed the network slice is less than or equal to a preset threshold, or the number of UEs that have accessed the network slice is smaller than the preset threshold.
  • the quota for the number of sessions of the network slice shown in this application can also be understood as: the number of sessions that have been established by the network slice, or the maximum number of sessions that have been established by the network slice, or the maximum number of sessions that have been established by the network slice The number of sessions allowed to be established, or the number of PDN connections allowed to be established by the network slice.
  • the quota of the number of sessions of the network slice is not available, which can be understood as: the quota of the number of sessions of the network slice is exceeded, or the number of sessions allowed to be established on the network slice exceeds the quota, or the number of established sessions on the network slice exceeds the quota
  • the maximum value, or, the number of sessions established by the network slice has reached the maximum number of sessions allowed to be established, or, the number of sessions established by the network slice is greater than or equal to the preset threshold, or, the number of sessions established by the network slice is greater than preset threshold.
  • the quota for the number of sessions of the network slice is available, which can also be understood as: the number of sessions established by the network slice does not exceed the maximum number, or, the number of sessions established by the network slice does not reach the maximum number of sessions allowed to be accessed, or, the network slice establishes
  • the number of sessions of the network slice is less than the preset threshold, or the number of sessions established by the network slice is less than or equal to the preset threshold.
  • the number of users accessing the network slice fails to be controlled or counted, it can be explained that the number of users accessing the network slice has not changed, or the number of users accessing the network slice remains Failed to update the number of users of the network slice.
  • the number of sessions established on the network slice fails to be controlled or counted, it can be explained that the number of sessions established on the network slice has not changed, or that the number of sessions established on the network slice maintains the original value, or that the number of sessions established on the network slice Session count update failed for .
  • the number of users connected to the network slice may also be described as the number of users who have accessed the network slice or the number of users corresponding to the network slice.
  • the number of sessions established in the network slice can also be described as the number of sessions established in the network slice or the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice.
  • the session in this application can be a PDU session or a PDN connection.
  • a network slice admission control method provided by this application is described below.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a network slice admission control method provided by the present application.
  • the method shown in FIG. 4 may be executed by the first network element and the second network element, or may be executed by modules or units in the first network element and the second network element, which is not limited in this application.
  • the following describes the technical solution of the present application by taking the first network element and the second network element as an example for execution.
  • the network element that controls the number of users accessing the network slice (hereinafter referred to as the first network element, for example, NSACF_1 that controls the number of users accessing the network slice) and the network element that controls the number of users accessing the network slice.
  • the network element that performs control on the number of sessions established on the access network slice (hereinafter referred to as the third network element, for example, NSACF_2 that performs control on the number of sessions established on the access network slice) is different.
  • Step 401 the second network element determines the network slice associated with the first session of the user equipment.
  • the second network element serves the first session.
  • the second network element serving the first session can be understood as associating the first session with the second network element when establishing the first session, or establishing the first session through network slice resources supported by the second network element.
  • the network slice associated with the first session may be understood as the network slice on which the first session is established, or the network slice used to establish the first session.
  • the first session is a PDN connection
  • the second network element is an SMF+PGW-C.
  • the SMF+PGW-C can determine the network slice associated with the PDN connection according to the access point name (access point name, APN) carried in the session creation request message received during the PDN connection establishment process.
  • APN access point name
  • Step 402 the second network element sends the first information to the first network element.
  • the first network element receives the first information from the second network element.
  • the first network element supports performing control on the number of users accessing the network slice.
  • the first network element supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice. It can also be described as, the first network element supports counting the number of UEs accessing the network slice (number of UEs counting) or the first network element has the connection The ability to exercise control over the number of users entering the network slice.
  • the foregoing first information is used to associate the first session of the user equipment, and may also be described as information related to the first session of the user equipment.
  • the first information is used to identify the first session, for example, the first information may include at least one of an identifier of the first session or an identifier of the second network element.
  • the identifier of the second network element may be the ID of the second network element, and the identifier of the first session is used to identify the first session, such as a PDU session ID.
  • the first network element may be NSACF
  • the second network element may be SMF+PGW-C.
  • This application does not limit the timing for the second network element to send the first information.
  • the second network element may send the first information to the first network element during the process of requesting to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice determined in step 401 .
  • the second network element may first interact with the first network element that supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice, and trigger the first network element to increase The number of users accessing the network slice, and sending the first information to the first network element during the interaction with the first network element; if the number of users accessing the network slice is not exceeded, the second network element and the support pair
  • the number of sessions established on the network slice is executed to interact with the third network element, and the third network element is triggered to increase the number of sessions established on the network slice.
  • the second network element learns from the third network element that session number control is successful, the second network element may no longer interact with the first network element, which can reduce signaling overhead.
  • the second network element may send the second request message to the first network element when the number of established sessions on the network slice determined in step 401 does not exceed the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, And carry the first information in the second request message.
  • the second network element may first interact with the first network element that supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice, and trigger the first network element to increase The number of users accessing the network slice; if the number of users accessing the network slice is not exceeded, the second network element interacts with the third network element that supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice to trigger the third network The element increases the number of sessions established on the network slice; if the second network element learns from the third network element that the session number control is successful, the second network element can send a second request message to the first network element, and in the second request message carry the first information, so that the first network element stores the first information.
  • the foregoing third network element may be an NSACF, and the third network element is different from the first network element.
  • the first network element is responsible for controlling the number of users accessing the network slice
  • the third network element is responsible for controlling the number of sessions established on the network slice.
  • the third network element supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice, which can also be described as, the third network element supports the number of sessions counting on the network slice or the third network element has The ability to perform control over the number of sessions established.
  • the first network element may also store the correspondence between the first information, the network slice, and the user equipment.
  • Step 403 the second network element sends a first request message to the first network element.
  • the first network element receives the first request message from the second network element.
  • the first request message is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice.
  • the first request message may be Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAnd Update request.
  • This application does not limit the timing for the second network element to send the first request message.
  • the second network element may send the first request message to the first network element during the process of releasing the first session, so that the first network element controls the number of users that have accessed the network slice. For example, after the PDN connection is successfully established, the PDN connection is released at a certain moment.
  • the second network element can support the execution of the number of sessions established on the network slice.
  • the controlled third network element interacts, triggering the third network element to reduce the number of sessions established on the network slice; the second network element can also send the first The request message triggers the first network element to reduce the number of sessions established on the network slice.
  • the second network element may send the first request message to the first network element when learning from the third network element that the session number control of the network slice fails during the PDN connection establishment process, so that the first network element Controls the number of users connected to the network slice.
  • the second network element may first interact with the first network element that supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice, and trigger the first network element to increase The number of users accessing the network slice; if the number of users accessing the network slice is not exceeded, the second network element interacts with the third network element that supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice to trigger the third network The second network element increases the number of sessions established on the network slice; if the second network element learns from the third network element that the control of the number of sessions fails, the second network element can send a request to the first network element that supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice. The element sends a first request message, triggering the first network element to reduce the number of users established on the network slice.
  • Step 404 the first network element determines whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice according to the first information.
  • the first network element determines whether the user equipment has established a session other than the first session on the network slice. For example, the first network element stores the corresponding relationship between the user equipment, the network slice, and the session established by the user equipment in the network slice, and the first network element can determine whether there is a session other than the first session in the corresponding relationship Whether the user equipment has a session other than the first session on the network slice. If the user equipment has established a session other than the first session on the network slice, the first network element determines to maintain the number of users who have accessed the network slice, that is, the first network element determines not to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice of users. If the user equipment has only established the first session on the network slice, the first network element determines that the number of users who have accessed the network slice can be reduced.
  • the first network element may also delete the first information. That is to say, no matter whether the first network element determines whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice or maintain the number of users who have accessed the network slice, the first network element may delete the first information.
  • whether the user equipment establishes a certain session on the network slice can be understood as whether the first network element stores information related to the session, such as the session identifier or The identifier of the session management network element serving the session.
  • the first request message may also carry first information, so that the first network element determines the session that needs to be deleted.
  • first session in FIG. 4 may also be a PDU session
  • second network element may also be an SMF, that is, the method shown in FIG. 4 is also applicable to a 5G communication system.
  • the second network element will send the session-related information to the first network element, so that the first network element can save the corresponding relationship between the user equipment, the network slice, and the session-related information, and the first network element will receive
  • an instruction to reduce the number of users accessing the network slice it may be determined according to the corresponding relationship whether the number of users accessing the network slice can be reduced. This enables network slice admission control.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another network slice admission control method provided by the present application.
  • the method shown in FIG. 5 may be executed by the second network element, the fourth network element, and the NRF, or may be executed by modules or units in the second network element, the fourth network element, and the NRF, which is not limited in this application.
  • the following describes the technical solution of the present application by taking the second network element, the fourth network element, and the NRF as an example for executing entities.
  • the network element that controls the number of users accessing the network slice is the same as the network element that controls the number of sessions established on the network slice, and is hereinafter referred to as the fourth network element.
  • the fourth network element can not only control the number of users accessing the network slice, but also control the number of sessions established on the network slice.
  • Step 501 the second network element determines the network slice associated with the first session of the user equipment.
  • the second network element serves the first session.
  • the second network element serves the first session. It can be understood that the first session is associated with the second network element when the first session is established, or the first session is established through the network slice resources of the second network element.
  • the network slice associated with the first session may be understood as the network slice on which the first session is established, or the network slice used to establish the first session.
  • the first session is a PDN connection
  • the second network element is an SMF+PGW-C.
  • the SMF+PGW-C can determine the network slice associated with the PDN connection according to the APN carried in the session creation request message received during the PDN connection establishment process.
  • Step 502 the second network element sends a third request message to the NRF.
  • the NRF receives the third request message from the second network element.
  • the third request message is used to request information of the fourth network element.
  • the third request message includes the identifier of the network slice and the second information.
  • the second information is used to indicate that the fourth network element requested by the second network element supports controlling the number of users accessing the network slice and supporting controlling the number of sessions established on the network slice.
  • the second information may also be called network element capability information, and is used to indicate that the second network element requests a fourth network element capable of controlling the number of users accessing the network slice and the number of sessions established on the network slice.
  • the second network element may send the third request message during the process of establishing the PDN connection.
  • the second network element may call NRF service operation Nnrf_NFDiscovery request.
  • the second network element may be SMF+PGW-C
  • the fourth network element may be NSACF.
  • Step 503 the NRF sends a third response message to the second network element.
  • the second network element receives the third response message from the NRF.
  • the third response message includes information of the fourth network element.
  • the third response message carries address information of the fourth network element.
  • the fourth network element supports performing control on the number of users accessing the network slice, and supports performing control on the number of sessions established on the network slice.
  • the NRF may send the Nnrf_NFDiscovery response to the second network element.
  • Step 504 the second network element sends a fourth request message to the fourth network element.
  • the fourth network element receives the fourth request message from the second network element.
  • the fourth request message is used to request the fourth network element to control the number of users accessing the network slice and to control the number of sessions established by the network slice.
  • the fourth network element may be determined according to the third response message.
  • the fourth request message includes the identifier of the user equipment, the first information, the third information, the fourth information, and the identifier of the network slice.
  • the first information is used for associating the first session of the user equipment.
  • the third information is used to indicate to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice
  • the fourth information is used to indicate to increase the number of sessions established on the network slice.
  • the third information is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice
  • the fourth information is used to indicate to reduce the number of sessions established on the network slice.
  • the second network element sends a Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to the fourth network element, or the second network element sends a Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to the fourth network element.
  • Step 505 the fourth network element performs admission control on the network slice according to the fourth request message.
  • the fourth network element performing admission control on the network slice includes performing admission control on the number of users on the network slice and performing admission control on the number of sessions on the network slice, which can also be referred to as performing counting and summing of the number of UEs.
  • Count the number of sessions so as to ensure that the total number of UEs currently connected to the network slice does not exceed the maximum number/number of terminal devices that are allowed to access the network slice, and ensure that the total number of sessions currently established on the network slice does not exceed this
  • the maximum number/number of sessions allowed to be established by network slicing this application does not limit the order in which the fourth network element counts the number of users and counts the number of sessions.
  • the fourth network element may store the number of users who have currently accessed the network slice, or store a list of UE identities that have currently accessed the network slice, and the identities in the UE identification list are used to identify UEs that have currently accessed the network slice.
  • the fourth network element may also save the number of sessions currently established in the network slice.
  • the fourth network element can also configure the maximum number of users allowed to access the network slice and the maximum number of sessions allowed to be established by the network slice, that is, the fourth network element can configure the maximum number of users allowed to access the network slice and the maximum number of sessions allowed to be established by the network slice. The maximum number of sessions that a network slice is allowed to establish.
  • the third information is used to indicate to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice
  • the fourth information is used to indicate to increase the number of sessions established on the network slice.
  • the fourth network element determines whether the number of users accessing the network slice exceeds the maximum number of users allowed by the network slice, and determines whether the number of sessions established on the network slice exceeds the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice.
  • the fourth network element may increase the number of users corresponding to the network slice according to the third information and add the ID of the user equipment to the list of user equipment identifiers that have been accessed by the network slice, thereby saving the ID of the user equipment and the network slice, and the fourth network element judges that the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice does not exceed the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, the fourth network element can increase the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice according to the fourth information, And save the corresponding relationship between the first information and the network slice.
  • the fourth network element may not change the corresponding The number of users and the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice do not change.
  • the third information is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice
  • the fourth information is used to indicate to reduce the number of sessions established on the network slice.
  • the fourth network element reduces the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice according to the fourth information, and deletes the first information in the context information; the fourth network element determines whether the user equipment has established a session other than the first session on the network slice .
  • the first network element stores the corresponding relationship between the user equipment, the network slice, and the session established by the user equipment in the network slice, and the first network element can determine whether there is a session other than the first session in the corresponding relationship Whether the user equipment has a session other than the first session on the network slice.
  • the first network element determines to maintain the number of users who have accessed the network slice, that is, the first network element determines not to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice of users. If the user equipment has only established the first session on the network slice, the first network element determines that the number of users who have accessed the network slice can be reduced.
  • Step 506 the fourth network element sends a fourth response message to the second network element.
  • the second network element receives the fourth response message from the fourth network element.
  • the fourth response message is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice.
  • the result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the second network element determines that the number of users accessing the network slice does not exceed the maximum number of users allowed by the network slice, and the number of sessions established on the network slice does not exceed the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, then The network slice performs admission control successfully. According to the above description, it can be understood that if the admission control is successfully performed on the network slice, it means that both the counting of the number of UEs and the counting of the number of sessions are performed successfully.
  • the network The slice fails to perform admission control; if the second network element judges that the number of users accessing the network slice does not exceed the maximum number of users allowed by the network slice, but the number of sessions established on the network slice has exceeded the number of sessions allowed by the network slice If the maximum number of sessions of the network slice fails, the network slice fails to perform admission control; if the second network element judges that the number of users accessing the network slice has exceeded the maximum number of users allowed to access the network slice, but the sessions established on the network slice If the number exceeds the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, the network slice fails to perform admission control.
  • the admission control of the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of UEs and/or the counting of the number of sessions fails, and the fourth response message may also carry a failure reason value.
  • the failure reason value may be whether the number of users accessing the network slice exceeds the maximum number of users allowed by the network slice and/or whether the number of sessions established on the network slice exceeds the number allowed by the network slice The maximum number of established sessions. If the user equipment requests to release the first session, the failure cause value may be that the user equipment still has other sessions on the network slice.
  • the first session in FIG. 5 may also be a PDU session
  • the second network element may also be an SMF, that is, the method shown in FIG. 5 is also applicable to a 5G communication system.
  • the process of discovering the fourth network element by the second network element is enhanced.
  • the second network element requests the NRF to select for it while supporting the control of the number of UEs accessing the network slice and supporting the The fourth network element that controls the number of sessions established on the network slice and performs control.
  • the fourth network element also judges whether the user equipment has already connected to the network slice or whether all sessions of the user equipment should be released. In this way, network slice admission control in interworking scenarios can be realized.
  • Example 1 the UE respectively initiates the establishment process of establishing multiple PDN connections (PDN connection establishment), and multiple PDN connections are associated with the same network slice.
  • the quota of the number of sessions managed by the NSACF is the same NSACF.
  • FIG. 6 takes the UE establishing two PDN connections as an example.
  • FIG. 6 is an example of a network slice admission control method provided by this application.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 and SMF+PGW-C_2 in FIG. 6 may correspond to the second network element in FIG. 5 above, and NSACF may correspond to the fourth network element in FIG. 5 above.
  • step 601 the UE initiates a PDN connection establishment procedure.
  • the UE sends a PDN connection establishment request message (PDN connectivity request) to the MME, and the message may carry an APN; after the MME receives the PDN connection establishment request message, it Location, select a serving gateway (serving gateway, SGW) and SMF+PGW-C network element; MME sends a create session request message (create session request) to the SGW, and then the SGW sends a create session request message to the selected SMF+PGW-C.
  • PDN connection is referred to as PDN connection_1 hereinafter, and the selected SMF+PGW-C is referred to as SMF+PGW-C_1.
  • Step 602 SMF+PGW-C_1 determines the network slice associated with the PDN connection.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 determines the network slice associated with the PDN connection according to the APN carried in the session creation request message.
  • step 603 SMF+PGW-C_1 determines whether the network slice needs to execute the NSAC process according to the configuration information.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 stores configuration information of network slicing that needs to perform NSAC. After SMF+PGW-C_1 determines the network slice associated with the PDN connection, SMF+PGW-C_1 determines whether the network slice needs to execute the NSAC process according to the configuration information.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 determines that the network slice needs to execute the NSAC process, it can continue to execute steps 604-608. If SMF+PGW-C_1 determines that the network slice does not need to execute the NSAC process, steps 604-608 can be skipped, and step 609 can be directly executed.
  • Step 604 SMF+PGW-C_1 sends a third request message_1 to NRF.
  • the third request message_1 is used to request the NSACF that serves the network slice associated with PDN connection_1, supports the control of the number of UEs accessing the network slice, and supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice.
  • the third request message_1 may carry S-NSSAI and NSACF service capability indication information (NSACF service capability) for identifying the network slice, and the NSACF service capability indication information is used to indicate the SMF+PGW-C_1 request.
  • the NSACF supports the control of the number of UEs accessing the network slice and the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice, that is, the second information described in FIG. 5 .
  • NSACF supports the control of the number of UEs accessing network slices. It can also be described as NSACF has the ability to control the number of UEs accessing network slices. The same description below is that NSACF supports the number of UEs accessing network slices. Executive control. NSACF supports the control of the number of sessions established on the control network slice. It can also be described as NSACF has the ability to control the number of sessions established on the network slice. The same description below is that NSACF supports the control of the number of sessions established on the control network slice.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 can call NRF's service operation Nnrf_NFDiscovery request.
  • Step 605 the NRF sends a third response message_1 to the SMF+PGW-C_1 according to the third request message_1.
  • the third response message_1 carries relevant information of the NSACF.
  • the relevant information of the NSACF may include the address of the NSACF.
  • the NSACF is the NSACF serving the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI carried in the third request message_1, and the NSACF also supports the control and support of the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI Control is performed on the number of sessions established on the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI.
  • NRF returns Nnrf_NFDiscovery response to SMF+PGW-C_1, carrying NSACF information, such as NSACF address information.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 saves the NSACF information returned by the NRF in the context.
  • Step 606 SMF+PGW-C_1 determines the NSACF according to the third response message_1, and sends the fourth request message_1 to the NSACF.
  • the fourth request message_1 may carry UE ID, update flag_1 (update_flag_1), S-NSSAI, update flag_2 (update_flag_2), and session_1 related information.
  • the UE ID can be determined by SMF+PGW-C_1 according to the session creation request message.
  • the session creation request message carries the UE ID.
  • the UE ID can be a permanent identifier of the UE, for example, International Mobile Subscriber Identity code (international mobile subscriber identity, IMSI).
  • the update flag_1 is used to indicate to increase the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, add 1 to the number of UEs.
  • the update flag_2 is used to indicate to increase the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, add 1 to the number of sessions.
  • the information related to session_1 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 and/or the identifier of session_1, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_1, and the identifier of session_1 is used to identify the Session_1, such as PDU session ID_1, where PDU session ID_1 may be included in the create session request message.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF, or SMF+PGW-C_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF, which is not limited in this application.
  • step 607 the NSACF performs admission control on the network slice according to the fourth request message_1.
  • NSACF performs admission control on network slices, including performing admission control on the number of UEs on the network slices and performing admission control on the number of sessions on the network slices, which can also be called counting the number of UEs (number of UEs counting) and the number of sessions counting (number of sessions counting), so as to ensure that the sum of the number of UEs currently connected to the network slice does not exceed the maximum number/number of terminal devices that are allowed to access the network slice, and to ensure that the current The total number of sessions established by the network slice does not exceed the maximum number/number of sessions allowed by the network slice.
  • the NSACF can store the number of UEs that have currently accessed the network slice, or store a list of UE identities that have currently accessed the network slice, and the identities in the UE identification list are used to identify UEs that have currently accessed the network slice.
  • NSACF can also save the number of sessions currently established in the network slice.
  • NSACF can also configure the maximum number of UEs allowed to access the network slice and the maximum number of sessions allowed to be established by the network slice, that is, NSACF can configure the maximum number of users allowed to access the network slice and the maximum The number of sessions.
  • the NSACF judges whether the quota for the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is available (that is, whether the number of UEs currently accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI exceeds the maximum number), Whether the quota of the number of sessions corresponding to the identified network slice is available (that is, whether the number of sessions currently established by the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI exceeds the maximum number).
  • the NSACF determines that the quota for the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is available, and the UE ID is not stored in the list of UE identities that have been accessed by the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, the NSACF will update the Flag_1 increases the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice (for example, the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI plus 1), and adds the UE ID to the list of UE identifiers that have been accessed by the network slice, so that Save the correspondence between UE ID and S-NSSAI.
  • NSACF also judges that the quota of the number of sessions of the network slice identified by S-NSSAI is available, and NSACF increases the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice according to the update flag_2 (for example, the number of sessions established in the network slice identified by S-NSSAI plus 1), and save the corresponding relationship between session_1 related information and S-NSSAI. If the quota of the number of UEs and/or the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is not available, the NSACF may not change the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice and the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice.
  • the update flag_2 for example, the number of sessions established in the network slice identified by S-NSSAI plus 1
  • the present application does not limit the order in which the NSACF performs the counting of the number of UEs and the number of sessions. For example, counting the number of UEs may be performed first and then counting the number of sessions. In this case, if it is determined that the quota for the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is available and the number of UEs is increased by one, NSACF If it is determined that the quota for the number of sessions is unavailable, then NSACF will update the number of UEs after determining that the quota for the number of sessions is unavailable, that is, NSACF will decrease the number of UEs by one and delete the UE ID from the identification list of terminal devices that have been connected to the network slice .
  • counting the number of sessions may be performed first and then counting the number of UEs. In this case, if it is determined that the quota for the corresponding number of sessions of the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is available and the number of sessions is increased by one, NSACF If it is determined that the quota for the number of UEs is unavailable, the NSACF updates the number of sessions after determining that the quota for the UE is unavailable, that is, the NSACF then subtracts one from the number of sessions. For another example, the counting of the number of UEs and the number of sessions may be performed simultaneously. In this case, the NSACF may integrate the judgment results of the quota of the number of UEs and the judgment result of the quota of the number of sessions, and update the number of UEs and the number of sessions in a unified manner.
  • Figure 6 takes the establishment of two PDN connections as an example, the first PDN connection is established at this time, so the NSACF will increase the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice (for example, the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI plus 1) and increase the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice (for example, the number of sessions established in the network slice identified by S-NSSAI plus 1), and save the correspondence between UE ID, S-NSSAI, and session_1-related information .
  • the NSACF will increase the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice (for example, the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI plus 1) and increase the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice (for example, the number of sessions established in the network slice identified by S-NSSAI plus 1), and save the correspondence between UE ID, S-NSSAI, and session_1-related information .
  • Step 608 NSACF sends a fourth response message_1 to SMF+PGW-C_1.
  • the fourth response message_1 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice.
  • the result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the admission control on the network slice is successfully performed, it means that the counting of the number of UEs and the number of sessions are both performed successfully. If the admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of UEs and/or the number of sessions is failed If the counting fails, the fourth response message_1 may also carry a failure cause value, which may be used to indicate that the number of UEs that have been accessed by the network slice has reached the maximum value and/or that the number of sessions that have been established by the network slice has reached the maximum value. maximum value. In this example, the fourth response message_1 may indicate that admission control on the network slice is performed successfully.
  • NSACF sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_1, or NSACF sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_1, this application does not limit it, NSACF carries in the message sent by NSACF to perform admission control on network slices the result of.
  • Step 609 execute the remaining procedures of PDN connection establishment.
  • the NSACF stores the correspondence between the UE ID, S-NSSAI and session_1-related information.
  • step 610 the UE initiates a PDN connection establishment procedure again.
  • step 610 is the same as that of step 601, and reference may be made to the description of step 601, which will not be repeated here.
  • PDN connection_2 the PDN connection
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 the selected SMF+PGW-C
  • Step 611 SMF+PGW-C_2 determines the network slice associated with the PDN connection.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 determines the network slice associated with the PDN connection according to the APN carried in the session creation request message.
  • the network slice determined in step 611 is the same as the network slice determined in step 603 .
  • step 612 SMF+PGW-C_2 determines whether the network slice needs to execute the NSAC process according to the configuration information.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 stores configuration information of network slicing that needs to perform NSAC. After SMF+PGW-C_2 determines the network slice associated with the PDN connection, SMF+PGW-C_2 determines whether the network slice needs to execute the NSAC process according to the configuration information.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 determines that the network slice needs to execute the NSAC process, it may continue to execute steps 613-617. If SMF+PGW-C_2 determines that the network slice does not need to execute the NSAC process, steps 613-617 may be skipped, and step 618 may be directly executed.
  • Step 613 SMF+PGW-C_2 sends a third request message_2 to NRF.
  • the third request message_2 is used to request the NSACF that serves the network slice associated with PDN connection_2 and supports the control of the number of UEs accessing the network slice and the number of sessions established on the network slice .
  • the third request message_2 may carry S-NSSAI and NSACF service capability indication information used to identify the network slice, and the NSACF service capability indication information is used to indicate that the NSACF requested by SMF+PGW-C_2 simultaneously supports the The number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is controlled and the number of sessions established on the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is controlled.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 can call NRF's service operation Nnrf_NFDiscovery request.
  • Step 614 the NRF sends a third response message_2 to the SMF+PGW-C_2 according to the third request message_2.
  • the third response message_2 carries relevant information of the NSACF.
  • the relevant information of the NSACF may include the address of the NSACF.
  • the NSACF is the NSACF serving the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI carried in the third request message_2, and the NSACF also supports the control and support of the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI Control is performed on the number of sessions established on the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI.
  • the NSACF in step 614 is the same as the NSACF in step 605 .
  • NRF returns Nnrf_NFDiscovery response to SMF+PGW-C_2, carrying NSACF information, such as NSACF address information.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 saves the NSACF information returned by the NRF in the context.
  • Step 615 SMF+PGW-C_2 determines the NSACF according to the third response message_2, and sends the fourth request message_2 to the NSACF.
  • the fourth request message_2 may carry information related to UE ID, update flag_1, S-NSSAI, update flag_2, and session_2.
  • the UE ID may be determined by SMF+PGW-C_2 according to the session creation request message.
  • the session creation request message carries the UE ID.
  • the UE ID may be the IMSI of the UE.
  • the update flag_1 is used to indicate to increase the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, add 1 to the number of UEs.
  • the update flag_2 is used to indicate to increase the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, add 1 to the number of sessions.
  • the information related to session_2 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 and/or the identifier of session_2, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_2, and the identifier of session_2 is used to identify the Session_2, such as PDU session ID_2, where PDU session ID_2 may be included in the create session request message.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF, or SMF+PGW-C_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF, which is not limited in this application.
  • step 616 the NSACF performs admission control on the network slice according to the fourth request message_2.
  • NSACF performs admission control on network slices, including performing admission control on the number of UEs on the network slices and performing admission control on the number of sessions on the network slices, which can also be called counting the number of UEs and the number of sessions of counts.
  • the NSACF judges whether the quota for the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is available (that is, whether the number of UEs currently accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI exceeds the maximum number), and judges whether the quota specified by the S-NSSAI is available. Whether the quota of the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the NSSAI is available (that is, whether the number of sessions currently established by the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI exceeds the maximum number).
  • NSACF judges that the UE ID has been stored in the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI according to the correspondence between the UE ID and the S-NSSAI stored in the context information (that is, the correspondence between the UE ID and the S-NSSAI stored in step 607).
  • the list of UE identifiers that have been accessed it means that the UE has accessed the network slice identified by S-NSSAI.
  • NSACF does not need to count the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice, that is, the number of UEs in the network slice Keep unchanged, and at the same time, NSACF judges that the quota of the number of sessions of the network slice identified by S-NSSAI is available, and NSACF increases the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice according to the update flag_2 (for example, established in the network slice identified by S-NSSAI number of sessions plus 1), and save the correspondence between the information related to session_2 and the S-NSSAI.
  • update flag_2 for example, established in the network slice identified by S-NSSAI number of sessions plus 1
  • the NSACF may not change the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice and the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice.
  • the present application does not limit the order in which the NSACF performs the counting of the number of UEs and the number of sessions.
  • the NSACF performs the counting of the number of UEs and the number of sessions.
  • Figure 6 takes the establishment of two PDN connections as an example, the second PDN connection is established at this time, so NSACF will keep the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice unchanged, increase the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice, and continue to save the UE ID , the corresponding relationship between the information related to session_2 and the S-NSSAI.
  • Step 617 NSACF sends a fourth response message_2 to SMF+PGW-C_2.
  • the fourth response message_2 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice.
  • the result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the admission control is successfully performed on the network slice, it means that both the counting of the number of UEs and the counting of the number of sessions are performed successfully.
  • the fourth response message_2 may also carry a failure reason value, for example, the failure reason value is used for Indicating that the number of UEs that have accessed the network slice has reached the maximum value and/or indicating that the number of sessions that have been established in the network slice has reached the maximum value.
  • the fourth response message_2 may indicate that the admission control on the network slice is successfully performed.
  • NSACF sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_2, or NSACF sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_2, this application does not make a limitation, NSACF carries the admission control on network slices in the sent message the result of.
  • Step 618 execute the remaining procedures of PDN connection establishment.
  • Example 1 the process of discovering NSACF by SMF+PGW-C is firstly enhanced, specifically, SMF+PGW-C requests NRF selects for it an NSACF that supports both the control of the number of UEs accessing the network slice and the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice. Secondly, when the NSACF determines the number of UEs and sessions corresponding to the network slice, it will also determine whether the UE has already accessed the network slice. If the UE has already accessed the network slice, the number of UEs may not be increased. In this way, network slice admission control in interworking scenarios can be realized.
  • Example 2 the UE initiates the release process of multiple PDN connections respectively, and multiple PDN connections are associated with the same network slice, the NSACF responsible for the quota management of the number of UEs in the network slice and the quota management of the number of sessions in the network slice
  • the NSACF is the same NSACF.
  • FIG. 7 takes the UE establishing two PDN connections as an example. Assuming that according to example 1, the UE has established two PDN connections (PDN connection_1 and PDN connection_2) for the same network slice, at a certain moment, the UE initiates a PDN connection release procedure (PDN connection release) to the network.
  • PDN connection release PDN connection release
  • Fig. 7 is another example of the network slice admission control method provided by this application.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 and SMF+PGW-C_2 in FIG. 7 may correspond to the second network element in FIG. 5 above, and NSACF may correspond to the fourth network element in FIG. 5 above.
  • step 701 the UE initiates a PDN connection_1 release procedure.
  • the UE sends a PDN connection release message (PDN disconnection request) to the MME; after the MME receives the message, it determines that the UE wants to release the PDN connection, and the MME sends a delete session request message (delete session request) to the SGW serving the PDN connection. session request), the SGW sends a delete session request message to the SMF+PGW-C_1 serving the PDN connection.
  • PDN disconnection request PDN connection release message
  • the MME sends a delete session request message (delete session request) to the SGW serving the PDN connection. session request
  • the SGW sends a delete session request message to the SMF+PGW-C_1 serving the PDN connection.
  • Step 702 SMF+PGW-C_1 sends a fourth request message_3 to NSACF.
  • the fourth request message_3 may carry information related to UE ID, update flag_1, S-NSSAI, update flag_2, and session_1.
  • the UE ID may be determined by SMF+PGW-C_1 according to the delete session request message.
  • the UE ID may be a permanent identifier of the UE, for example, IMSI.
  • the update flag_1 is used to indicate to reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, the number of UEs is reduced by 1.
  • the update flag_2 is used to indicate that the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is reduced, for example, the number of sessions is reduced by 1.
  • the information related to session_1 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 and/or the identifier of session_1, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_1, and the identifier of session_1 is used to identify the Session_1, such as PDU session ID_1, where PDU session ID_1 may be included in the create session request message.
  • the SMF+PGW-C_1 can directly determine the NSACF according to the information of the NSACF.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 may request NRF to discover NSACF. For this method, reference may be made to step 604 and step 605 above.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF, or SMF+PGW-C_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF, which is not limited in this application.
  • step 703 the NSACF performs admission control on the network slice according to the fourth request message_3.
  • NSACF performs admission control on network slices, including performing admission control on the number of UEs on the network slices and performing admission control on the number of sessions on the network slices, which can also be called counting the number of UEs and the number of sessions
  • the present application does not limit the order in which the NSACF performs the counting of the number of UEs and the number of sessions.
  • the NSACF first performs the counting of the number of sessions, and the NSACF reduces the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI according to the update flag_2 (for example, the NSACF will establish the session number in the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI The number of sessions minus 1), and delete the SMF+PGW-C ID_1 identifier in the context information; since NSACF_1 stores both session_1-related information and session_2-related information for the UE ID, and the UE currently only Release the PDN connection_1 corresponding to the information related to session_1, NSACF judges that the UE still has other sessions, and there is no need to reduce the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by S-NSSAI, NSACF deletes the information related to session_1, and continues The corresponding relationship between UE ID, session_2 related information and S-NSSAI is saved. That is, the UE ID will continue to be stored in the UE ID list that the network slice identified
  • Step 704 NSACF sends a fourth response message_3 to SMF+PGW-C_1.
  • the fourth response message_3 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice.
  • the result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the admission control is successfully performed on the network slice, it means that both the counting of the number of UEs and the counting of the number of sessions are performed successfully. If the execution of admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of UEs and/or the counting of the number of sessions fails, then the fourth response message_3 may also carry a failure reason value, and the failure reason value may be the UE There are also other sessions on that network slice. In step 704, the fourth response message_3 may indicate failure to perform admission control on the network slice, and the fourth response message_3 may also carry a failure reason value, for example, the UE still has other sessions on the network slice.
  • NSACF sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_1, or NSACF sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_1, this application does not make a limitation, NSACF carries the admission control on network slices in the sent message the result of.
  • Step 705 execute the remaining procedures of PDN connection release.
  • step 706 the UE initiates the release procedure of the PDN connection_2 again.
  • step 706 is the same as that of step 701, and reference may be made to the description of step 701, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 707 SMF+PGW-C_2 sends a fourth request message_4 to the NSACF.
  • the fourth request message_4 may carry UE ID, update flag_1, S-NSSAI, update flag_2, and session_2 related information.
  • the UE ID may be determined by SMF+PGW-C_2 according to the delete session request message.
  • the UE ID may be the IMSI of the UE.
  • the update flag_1 is used to indicate to reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, the number of UEs is reduced by 1.
  • the update flag_2 is used to indicate that the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is reduced, for example, the number of sessions is reduced by 1.
  • the information related to session_2 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 and/or the identifier of session_2, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_2, and the identifier of session_2 is used to identify the Session_2, such as PDU session ID_2, where PDU session ID_2 may be included in the create session request message.
  • the SMF+PGW-C_2 can directly determine the NSACF according to the information of the NSACF.
  • the SMF+PGW-C_2 may request the NRF to discover the NSACF. For this method, reference may be made to step 613 and step 614 above.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF, or SMF+PGW-C_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF, which is not limited in this application.
  • step 708 the NSACF performs admission control on the network slice according to the fourth request message_4.
  • NSACF performs admission control on network slices, including performing admission control on the number of UEs on the network slices and performing admission control on the number of sessions on the network slices, which can also be called counting the number of UEs and the number of sessions
  • the present application does not limit the order in which the NSACF performs the counting of the number of UEs and the number of sessions.
  • the NSACF first performs the counting of the number of sessions, and the NSACF reduces the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI according to the update flag_2 (for example, the NSACF will establish the session number in the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI The number of sessions minus 1), and delete the information related to session_2 in the context information; since only the information related to session_2 is stored in the context information for the UE ID, after deleting the information related to session_2, for the UE ID
  • the UE has no other established sessions, so the NSACF can count the UE according to the update flag_1 (that is, the NSACF reduces the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI), and delete the UE ID in the context information. That is, the NSACF deletes the UE ID from the list of UE identities that have been accessed by the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI.
  • Step 709 NSACF sends a fourth response message_4 to SMF+PGW-C_2.
  • the fourth response message_4 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice.
  • the result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the admission control is successfully performed on the network slice, it means that both the counting of the number of UEs and the counting of the number of sessions are performed successfully. If the execution of admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of UEs and/or the counting of the number of sessions fails, and the fourth response message_4 may also carry a failure reason value. In step 709, the fourth response message_4 may indicate that admission control on the network slice is performed successfully.
  • NSACF sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_2, or NSACF sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_1, this application does not make a limitation, NSACF carries in the message sent to perform access control on network slices the result of.
  • Step 710 execute the remaining procedures of PDN connection release.
  • Example 2 when the NSACF determines the number of UEs and the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice, it will also determine whether the PDN connection of the UE is all After release, when the UE has no established session, the NSACF reduces the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, and deletes the UE ID in the context information. In this way, network slice admission control in interworking scenarios can be realized.
  • the UE respectively initiates the establishment process of establishing multiple PDN connections, and the multiple PDN connections are associated with the same network slice, and the NSACF responsible for the quota management of the number of UEs in the network slice is responsible for the quota of the number of sessions in the network slice Managed NSACF is different.
  • Figure 8 and Figure 9 take the UE establishing two PDN connections as an example, wherein Figure 8 shows the establishment process of the first PDN connection (hereinafter referred to as PDN connection_1), and Figure 9 shows the second PDN connection (hereinafter referred to as PDN connection_2) establishment process.
  • Fig. 8 is another example of the network slice admission control method provided by this application.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 in Figure 8 may correspond to the second network element in Figure 4 above
  • NSACF_1 may correspond to the first network element in Figure 4 above
  • NSACF_2 may correspond to the above steps 402-403 involved The third network element.
  • step 801 the UE initiates a PDN connection establishment procedure.
  • Step 802 SMF+PGW-C_1 determines the network slice associated with the PDN connection.
  • Step 803 SMF+PGW-C_1 determines whether the network slice needs to execute the NSAC process according to the configuration information.
  • steps 801-803 is the same as that of steps 601-603, and reference may be made to the description of steps 601-603, which will not be repeated here.
  • the selected SMF+PGW-C is referred to as SMF+PGW-C_1 below.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 determines that the network slice needs to execute the NSAC process, it may continue to execute steps 804-816. If SMF+PGW-C_1 determines that the network slice does not need to perform the NSAC process, steps 804-816 may be skipped, and step 817 may be directly performed.
  • Step 804 SMF+PGW-C_1 sends a seventh request message_1 to NRF.
  • the seventh request message_1 is used to request the NSACF serving the network slice associated with the PDN connection_1 and supporting the control of the number of UEs accessing the network slice.
  • the seventh request message_1 may carry S-NSSAI and NSACF service capability indication information used to identify the network slice, and the NSACF service capability indication information is used to indicate that the NSACF requested by SMF+PGW-C_1 supports interconnection
  • the number of UEs entering the network slice is controlled.
  • the NSACF is referred to as NSACF_1 hereinafter.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 can call NRF's service operation Nnrf_NFDiscovery request.
  • Step 805 the NRF sends a seventh response message_1 to the SMF+PGW-C_1 according to the seventh request message_1.
  • the seventh response message_1 carries relevant information of NSACF_1.
  • the relevant information of NSACF_1 may include the address of NSACF_1.
  • the NSACF_1 is the NSACF serving the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI carried in the seventh request message_1, and the NSACF_1 supports the control of the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI.
  • NRF returns Nnrf_NFDiscovery response to SMF+PGW-C_1, carrying information of NSACF_1, such as address information of NSACF_1.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 saves the information of NSACF_1 returned by NRF in the context.
  • Step 806 SMF+PGW-C_1 determines NSACF_1 according to the seventh response message_1, and sends the eighth request message_1 to the NSACF_1.
  • the eighth request message_1 may carry UE ID, update flag_1, and S-NSSAI.
  • the UE ID may be determined by SMF+PGW-C_1 according to the session creation request message.
  • the session creation request message carries the UE ID.
  • the UE ID may be the IMSI of the UE.
  • the update flag_1 is used to indicate to increase the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, add 1 to the number of UEs.
  • the eighth request message_1 may also carry information related to session_1.
  • the information related to session_1 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 and/or the identifier of session_1, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_1, and the identifier of session_1 is used to identify the Session_1, such as PDU session ID_1, where PDU session ID_1 may be included in the create session request message.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF_1.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 judges that PDN connection_1 is the first PDN connection associated with S-NSSAI served by SMF+PGW-C_1 for the UE, then SMF+PGW- C_1 performs steps 806-808.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 can judge whether PDN connection_1 is the first PDN connection established by the UE and associated with the network slice according to the context information stored by SMF+PGW-C_1, for example, SMF+PGW-C_1 saves The context information of all PDN connections currently established by the UE, if there are other PDN connections in the context that are the same as the network slice associated with the PDN connection_1, it means that the PDN connection_1 is not the first one initiated by the UE to be established with the network slice The PDN connection associated with the network slice.
  • the UE has currently established PDN connection_1', which is also served by SMF+PGW-C_1, and the network slice associated with PDN connection_1' is the same as the network slice associated with PDN connection_1.
  • the APN corresponding to the PDN connection_1' may be different from the APN corresponding to the PDN connection_1. If there is no other PDN connection in the context that is the same as the network slice associated with the PDN connection_1, it means that the PDN connection_1 is the first one associated with the network slice initiated by the UE and is established by SMF+PGW-C_1 The PDN connection of the service.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 judges that PDN connection_1 is not the first PDN connection associated with S-NSSAI served by SMF+PGW-C_1 for the UE according to the above description, for example, the UE is currently on SMF+PGW-C_1 PDN connection_1' is established and the PDN connection_1' is associated with the same S-NSSAI, then the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI execution control process has been executed in the establishment process of PDN connection_1' , since the current PDN connection_1 is established by the same UE and is associated with the same network slice, SMF+PGW-C_1 does not need to request NSACF_1 to control the number of users of the network slice, that is, steps 806-808 may not be executed .
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 can store the information of the PDN connection in the local context. During the process of releasing the PDN connection, SMF+PGW-C_1 can delete the information of the PDN connection in the local context.
  • Step 807 NSACF_1 performs admission control on the network slice according to the eighth request message_1.
  • NSACF_1 performs admission control on the network slice including performing admission control on the number of UEs on the network slice, which can also be called counting the number of UEs, so as to ensure the sum of the number of UEs currently connected to the network slice Do not exceed the maximum number/number of terminal devices allowed to be accessed by the network slice.
  • NSACF_1 may store the number of UEs that have currently accessed the network slice, and the identifiers in the UE identifier list are used to identify the UEs that have currently accessed the network slice.
  • NSACF_1 can also configure the maximum number of UEs allowed to be accessed by the network slice, that is, NSACF_1 can configure the maximum number of users allowed to be accessed by the network slice.
  • the current quota of the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is still available (that is, the number of UEs currently accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI does not exceed the maximum number)
  • the UE ID is not stored in the S-NSSAI
  • the network slice identified by the NSSAI has already been included in the UE identification list, and the UE can access the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI.
  • NSACF_1 increases the number of UEs in the network slice.
  • the UE number of the identified network slice is increased by 1), and the UE ID is added to the UE identification list that the network slice has accessed, so as to save the corresponding relationship between the UE ID and the S-NSSAI.
  • the UE ID has been stored in the list of UE identifiers that have been accessed by the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, it means that the UE has accessed the S-NSSAI
  • the identified network slice in this case, NSACF_1 does not change the number of UEs of the network slice.
  • NSACF_1 also does not change the number of UEs in the network slice.
  • NSACF_1 will increase the number of UEs in the network slice, and add the UE ID to the list of UE identifiers that have been accessed by the network slice, thereby saving the correspondence between the UE ID and the S-NSSAI.
  • NSACF_1 may also save the information related to session_1.
  • configuration information or policy information is stored on NSACF_1: the configuration information or policy information is used to instruct NSACF_1 to store information related to session_1.
  • Step 808, NSACF_1 sends an eighth response message_1 to SMF+PGW-C_1.
  • the eighth response message_1 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice.
  • the result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the execution of admission control on the network slice is successful, it means that the counting of the number of UEs is successful, and if the execution of admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of UEs is failed, then the eighth response message_1 can also carry the failure reason value , the failure cause value is used to indicate that the number of UEs connected to the network slice has reached the maximum value. In this example, the eighth response message_1 may indicate that admission control on the network slice is performed successfully.
  • NSACF_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_1, and NSACF_1 carries the result of performing admission control on network slices in the sent message.
  • Step 809 SMF+PGW-C_1 sends a fifth request message_1 to NRF.
  • the fifth request message_1 is used to request the NSACF serving the network slice associated with the PDN connection_1 and supporting the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice.
  • the fifth request message_1 may carry NS-NSSAI and NSACF service capability indication information used to identify the network slice, and the NSACF service capability indication information is used to indicate that the NSACF requested by SMF+PGW-C_1 supports support for The number of sessions established on the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is controlled.
  • the NSACF is referred to as NSACF_2 hereinafter.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 can call NRF's service operation Nnrf_NFDiscovery request.
  • Step 810 the NRF sends a fifth response message_1 to the SMF+PGW-C_1 according to the fifth request message_1.
  • the fifth response message_1 carries relevant information of NSACF_2.
  • the related information of NSACF_2 may include the address of NSACF_2.
  • the NSACF_2 is the NSACF serving the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI carried in the fifth request message_1, and the NSACF_2 supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI.
  • NRF returns Nnrf_NFDiscovery response to SMF+PGW-C_1, carrying NSACF_2 information, such as NSACF_2 address information.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 saves the information of NSACF_2 returned by NRF in the context.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 can first request the NRF to discover NSACF_1 and after determining that the count of the number of UEs is successful, then request the NRF to discover NSACF_2, that is, SMF+PGW-C_1 respectively send NRF sends two request messages to obtain the information of NSACF_1 and the information of NSACF_2.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 triggers NRF to discover NSACF_1 and NSACF_2 through a request message, and NRF returns the information of NSACF_1 and the information of NSACF_2 in a response message at the same time.
  • Step 811 SMF+PGW-C_1 determines NSACF_2 according to the fifth response message_1, and sends a sixth request message_1 to the NSACF_2.
  • the sixth request message_1 may carry update flag_2, S-NSSAI, and information related to session_1.
  • the update flag_2 is used to indicate to increase the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, add 1 to the number of sessions.
  • the information related to session_1 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 and/or the identifier of session_1, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_1, and the identifier of session_1 is used to identify the Session_1, such as PDU session ID_1, where PDU session ID_1 may be included in the create session request message.
  • the sixth request message_1 may also carry a UE ID, where the UE ID may be determined by SMF+PGW-C_1 according to the session creation request message or context.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF_2.
  • Step 812 NSACF_2 performs admission control on the network slice according to the sixth request message_1.
  • NSACF_2 performs admission control on the network slice, including performing admission control on the number of sessions on the network slice, which can also be called counting the number of sessions, so as to ensure that the total number of sessions currently established in the network slice does not exceed The maximum number/number of sessions allowed to be established for this network slice.
  • NSACF_2 can save the number of sessions currently established in the network slice.
  • NSACF_2 can also configure the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, that is, NSACF_2 can configure the maximum number of users allowed to access the network slice and the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice.
  • the UE can use the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI A new session is established in the slice.
  • NSACF_2 increases the number of sessions in the network slice (for example, the number of sessions accessing the network slice identified by S-NSSAI plus 1), and saves session_1 related information and S-NSSAI Correspondence of NSSAI.
  • the UE cannot establish a new session in the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI. sessions, in which case NSACF_2 does not change the quota for the number of sessions available for the network slice.
  • NSACF_2 will increase the number of sessions of the network slice, and save the corresponding relationship between session_1 related information and S-NSSAI. If the UE ID is carried in the sixth request message_1, NSACF_2 can save the correspondence between UE ID, S-NSSAI and session_1 related information
  • Step 813 NSACF_2 sends a sixth response message_1 to SMF+PGW-C_1.
  • the sixth response message_1 is used for the result of performing admission control on the network slice.
  • the result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the admission control on the network slice is successfully performed, it means that the counting of the number of sessions is performed successfully, and if the admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of sessions is failed, then the sixth response message_1 can also carry the failure reason value , the failure reason value is used to indicate that the number of sessions established on the network slice has reached the maximum value. In the process shown in FIG. 8 , the sixth response message_1 may indicate that admission control is successfully performed on the network slice.
  • NSACF_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_1, and NSACF_2 carries the result of performing admission control on network slices in the sent message.
  • Step 814 SMF+PGW-C_1 sends a ninth request message_1 to NSACF_1.
  • the reason for SMF+PGW-C_1 to execute step 814 may be any of the following:
  • the eighth request message_1 carries information related to the session_1, but the sixth response message_1 indicates that counting the number of sessions fails.
  • the ninth request message_1 may have the following two situations:
  • the ninth request message_1 may carry information related to UE ID, S-NSSAI, and session_1.
  • the UE ID may be contextually determined.
  • the ninth request message_1 may also carry first indication information, which is used to instruct NSACF_1 to store information related to session_1, that is, NSACF_1 stores information related to session_1; it can be understood that if NSACF-2 returns The result is that the number of sessions is successfully counted, indicating that the current network resources allow the UE to establish a PDN connection on the network slice, and then NSACF_1 needs to store information related to the session_1.
  • the ninth request message_1 may correspond to the second request message involved in step 402 above.
  • the ninth request message_1 may carry UE ID, S-NSSAI, and first indication information (such as update flag_1).
  • the UE ID may be contextually determined.
  • the first indication information indicates to reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, the number of UEs is reduced by 1.
  • the ninth request message_1 may carry UE ID, S-NSSAI, and first indication information (such as update flag_1).
  • the UE ID may be contextually determined.
  • the first indication information indicates to reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, the number of UEs is reduced by 1. It can be understood that if the result returned by NSACF-2 is that the counting of the number of sessions fails, it means that the current network resources do not allow the UE to establish a PDN connection on the network slice. into the network slice.
  • the ninth request message_1 may correspond to the first request message in FIG. 4 above.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF_1.
  • Step 815 NSACF_1 determines whether to store information related to session_1 according to the ninth request message_1.
  • NSACF_1 can maintain the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by S-NSSAI, and save information related to session_1 . If the first indication information in the ninth request message_1 indicates to reduce the number of UEs, then NSACF_1 judges whether there are other sessions in the current UE, because the context stored in NSACF_1 only contains _1), NSACF_1 may reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, and at the same time, NSACF_1 deletes information related to session_1.
  • Step 816 NSACF_1 sends a ninth response message_1 to SMF+PGW-C_1.
  • the ninth request message_1 contains information related to session_1, then the ninth response message_1 is used to indicate that the session information is stored successfully; if the ninth request message_1 is used to request the access network slice
  • the number of UEs performing admission control for example, indicating to reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by S-NSSAI
  • the ninth response message_1 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the number of UEs in the network slice.
  • steps 814-816 may not be executed.
  • Step 817 execute the rest of the process of establishing the PDN connection.
  • Example 3 takes the establishment of two PDN connections as an example, the first PDN connection is established at this time, so NSACF_1 will increase the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice, and save UE ID, S-NSSAI and session_1 related information. Corresponding relationship, NSACF_2 will increase the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice and save the corresponding relationship between S-NSSAI and session_1 related information. If the UE ID is carried in the sixth request message_1, NSACF_2 may save the correspondence between the UE ID, S-NSSAI and session_1-related information.
  • NSACF_1 saves the correspondence between UE ID, S-NSSAI, and information related to session_1.
  • Fig. 9 is another example of the network slice admission control method provided by the present application.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 in Figure 9 may correspond to the second network element above
  • NSACF_1 may correspond to the first network element in Figure 4 above
  • NSACF_2 may correspond to the third network involved in steps 402-403 above Yuan.
  • the UE has successfully established PDN connection_1, and PDN connection_1 is served by SMF+PGW-C_1, and the UE can continue to initiate the PDN connection establishment process to the network.
  • PDN connection_1 is served by SMF+PGW-C_1, and the UE can continue to initiate the PDN connection establishment process to the network.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 the following will serve PDN
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 for connection_2 is called SMF+PGW-C_2.
  • step 901 the UE initiates a PDN connection establishment procedure.
  • Step 902 SMF+PGW-C_2 determines the network slice associated with the PDN connection.
  • step 903 SMF+PGW-C_2 determines whether the network slice needs to execute the NSAC process according to the configuration information.
  • steps 901-903 is the same as that of steps 601-603, and reference may be made to the description of steps 601-603, which will not be repeated here.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 determines that the network slice needs to execute the NSAC process, it may continue to execute steps 904-916. If SMF+PGW-C_2 determines that the network slice does not need to execute the NSAC process, steps 904-916 may be skipped, and step 917 may be directly executed.
  • Step 904 SMF+PGW-C_2 sends a seventh request message_2 to NRF.
  • the seventh request message_2 is used to request the NSACF serving the network slice associated with the PDN connection_2 and supporting the control of the number of UEs accessing the network slice.
  • the seventh request message_2 may carry S-NSSAI and NSACF service capability indication information used to identify the network slice, and the NSACF service capability indication information is used to indicate that the NSACF requested by SMF+PGW-C_2 supports interconnection
  • the number of UEs entering the network slice is controlled.
  • the NSACF is referred to as NSACF_1 hereinafter.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 can call NRF's service operation Nnrf_NFDiscovery request.
  • step 905 the NRF sends a seventh response message_2 to the SMF+PGW-C_2 according to the seventh request message_2.
  • the seventh response message_2 carries relevant information of NSACF_1.
  • the NSACF_1 is the NSACF serving the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI carried in the seventh request message_2, and the NSACF_1 supports the control of the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI.
  • the NSACF in step 905 is the same as the NSACF in step 805 .
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 saves the information of NSACF_1 returned by NRF in the context.
  • Step 906 SMF+PGW-C_2 determines NSACF_1 according to the seventh response message_2, and sends the eighth request message_2 to the NSACF_1.
  • the eighth request message_2 may carry UE ID, update flag_1, and S-NSSAI.
  • the UE ID may be determined by SMF+PGW-C_2 according to the session creation request message.
  • the session creation request message carries the UE ID.
  • the UE ID may be the IMSI of the UE.
  • the update flag_1 is used to indicate to increase the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, add 1 to the number of UEs.
  • the eighth request message_2 may also carry information related to session_2.
  • the information related to session_2 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 and/or the identifier of session_2, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_2, and the identifier of session_2 is used to identify the Session_2, such as PDU session ID_2, where PDU session ID_2 may be included in the create session request message.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF_1.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 judges that PDN connection_2 is the first PDN connection associated with S-NSSAI served by SMF+PGW-C_2 for the UE, then SMF+PGW- C_2 performs steps 906-908.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 can judge whether PDN connection_2 is the first PDN connection established by the UE and associated with the network slice according to the context information stored by SMF+PGW-C_2, for example, SMF+PGW-C_2 saves The context information of all PDN connections currently established by the UE, if there are other PDN connections in the context with the same network slice associated with the PDN connection_2, it means that the PDN connection_2 is not the first one initiated by the UE to be established with the network slice The PDN connection associated with the network slice.
  • the UE has currently established PDN Connection_2', which is also served by SMF+PGW-C_2, and the network slice associated with PDN Connection_2' is the same as the network slice associated with PDN Connection_2.
  • the APN corresponding to the PDN connection_2' may be different from the APN corresponding to the PDN connection_2. If there is no other PDN connection in the context stored by SMF+PGW-C_2 that is the same as the network slice associated with the PDN connection_2, it means that the PDN connection_2 is the first network slice associated with the network slice initiated by the UE. And the PDN connection served by SMF+PGW-C_2.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 judges that PDN connection_2 is not the first PDN connection associated with S-NSSAI served by SMF+PGW-C_2 for the UE according to the above description, for example, the UE has currently established PDN connection_2' And the PDN connection_2' is associated with the same S-NSSAI, then the execution control process of the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI has been executed in the establishment process of the PDN connection_2', because the current PDN connection_2 If it is established by the same UE and associated with the same network slice, SMF+PGW-C_2 does not need to request NSACF_1 to control the number of users of the network slice, that is, steps 906-908 may not be executed.
  • the SMF+PGW-C_2 can store the information of the PDN connection in the local context. During the process of releasing the PDN connection, SMF+PGW-C_2 can delete the information of the PDN connection in the local context.
  • Step 907 NSACF_1 performs admission control on the network slice according to the eighth request message_2.
  • NSACF_1 performs admission control on the network slice including performing admission control on the number of UEs on the network slice, which can also be called counting the number of UEs, so as to ensure the sum of the number of UEs currently connected to the network slice Do not exceed the maximum number/number of terminal devices allowed to be accessed by the network slice.
  • NSACF_1 may store the number of UEs that have currently accessed the network slice, and the identifiers in the UE identifier list are used to identify the UEs that have currently accessed the network slice.
  • NSACF_1 can also configure the maximum number of UEs allowed to be accessed by the network slice, that is, NSACF_1 can configure the maximum number of users allowed to be accessed by the network slice.
  • the current quota of the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is still available (that is, the number of UEs currently accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI does not exceed the maximum number)
  • the UE ID is not stored in the S-NSSAI
  • the network slice identified by the NSSAI has already been included in the UE identification list, and the UE can access the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI.
  • NSACF_1 increases the number of UEs in the network slice.
  • the UE number of the identified network slice is increased by 1), and the UE ID is added to the UE identification list that the network slice has accessed, so as to save the corresponding relationship between the UE ID and the S-NSSAI.
  • the UE ID has been stored in the list of UE identifiers that have been accessed by the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, it means that the UE has accessed the S-NSSAI
  • the identified network slice in this case, NSACF_1 does not change the number of UEs of the network slice.
  • NSACF_1 also does not change the number of UEs in the network slice.
  • NSACF_1 judges that the UE has accessed the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI according to the correspondence between the UE ID and the S-NSSAI stored in the context information. In this case, NSACF_1 does not need to The number of UEs corresponding to the network slice is counted, that is, the number of UEs in the network slice remains unchanged.
  • NSACF_1 may also save the information related to session_2.
  • configuration information or policy information is stored on NSACF_1: the configuration information or policy information is used to instruct NSACF_1 to store information related to session_2.
  • Step 908 NSACF_1 sends an eighth response message_2 to SMF+PGW-C_2.
  • the eighth response message_2 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice.
  • the result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the execution of admission control on the network slice is successful, it means that the counting of the number of UEs is performed successfully, and if the execution of admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of UEs is failed, then the eighth response message_2 can also carry the failure reason value , the failure cause value is used to indicate that the number of UEs connected to the network slice has reached the maximum value. In this example, the eighth response message_2 may indicate that admission control on the network slice is performed successfully.
  • NSACF_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_2, and NSACF_1 carries the result of performing admission control on network slices in the sent message.
  • Step 909 if the eighth response message_2 indicates that the counting of the number of UEs is successful, SMF+PGW-C_2 sends a fifth request message_2 to the NRF.
  • the fifth request message_2 is used to request the NSACF serving the network slice associated with the PDN connection_2 and supporting the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice.
  • the fifth request message_2 may carry NS-NSSAI and NSACF service capability indication information used to identify the network slice, and the NSACF service capability indication information is used to indicate that the NSACF requested by SMF+PGW-C_2 supports support for The number of sessions established on the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is controlled.
  • the NSACF is referred to as NSACF_2 hereinafter.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 can call NRF's service operation Nnrf_NFDiscovery request.
  • Step 910 the NRF sends a fifth response message_2 to the SMF+PGW-C_2 according to the fifth request message_2.
  • the fifth response message_2 carries relevant information of NSACF_2.
  • the related information of NSACF_2 may include the address of NSACF_2.
  • the NSACF_2 is the NSACF serving the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI carried in the fifth request message_2, and the NSACF_2 supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI.
  • the NSACF in step 910 is the same as the NSACF in step 810.
  • NRF returns Nnrf_NFDiscovery response to SMF+PGW-C_2, carrying information of NSACF_2, such as address information of NSACF_2.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 saves the information of NSACF_2 returned by NRF in the context.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 can first request the NRF to discover NSACF_1 and after determining that the count of the number of UEs is successful, then request the NRF to discover NSACF_2, that is, SMF+PGW-C_2 respectively send NRF sends two request messages to obtain the information of NSACF_1 and the information of NSACF_2.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 triggers NRF to discover NSACF_1 and NSACF_2 through a request message, and NRF returns the information of NSACF_1 and NSACF_2 in a response message at the same time.
  • Step 911 SMF+PGW-C_2 determines NSACF_2 according to the fifth response message_2, and sends a sixth request message_2 to the NSACF_2.
  • the sixth request message_2 may carry update flag_2, S-NSSAI, and information related to session_2.
  • the update flag_2 is used to indicate to increase the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, add 1 to the number of sessions.
  • the information related to session_2 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 and/or the identifier of session_2, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_2, and the identifier of session_2 is used to identify the Session_2, such as PDU session ID_2, where PDU session ID_2 may be included in the create session request message.
  • the sixth request message_2 may also carry a UE ID, where the UE ID may be determined by SMF+PGW-C_2 according to the session creation request message or context.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF_2.
  • Step 912 NSACF_2 performs admission control on the network slice according to the sixth request message_2.
  • NSACF_2 performs admission control on the network slice, including performing admission control on the number of sessions on the network slice, which can also be called counting the number of sessions, so as to ensure that the total number of sessions currently established in the network slice does not exceed The maximum number/number of sessions allowed to be established for this network slice.
  • NSACF_2 can save the number of sessions currently established in the network slice.
  • NSACF_2 can also configure the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, that is, NSACF_2 can configure the maximum number of users allowed to access the network slice and the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice.
  • the UE can use the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI A new session is established in the slice.
  • NSACF_2 increases the number of sessions in the network slice (for example, the number of sessions accessing the network slice identified by S-NSSAI plus 1), and saves session_1 related information and S-NSSAI Correspondence of NSSAI.
  • the UE cannot establish a new session in the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI. sessions, in which case NSACF_2 does not change the quota for the number of sessions available for the network slice.
  • NSACF_2 will increase the number of sessions of the network slice, and save the corresponding relationship between session_2 related information and S-NSSAI. If the UE ID is carried in the sixth request message_2, NSACF_2 may save the correspondence between the UE ID, S-NSSAI and session_2 related information.
  • Step 913 NSACF_2 sends a sixth response message_2 to SMF+PGW-C_2.
  • the sixth response message_2 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice.
  • the result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the execution of admission control on the network slice is successful, it means that the counting of the number of execution sessions is successful; if the execution of admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of execution sessions fails, then the sixth response message_2 can also carry the failure reason value , the failure reason value is used to indicate that the number of sessions established on the network slice has reached the maximum value. In the process shown in FIG. 9 , the sixth response message_2 may indicate that the admission control on the network slice is successfully performed.
  • NSACF_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_2, and NSACF_2 carries the result of performing admission control on network slices in the sent message.
  • Step 914 SMF+PGW-C_2 sends a ninth request message_2 to NSACF_1.
  • the reason for SMF+PGW-C_2 to execute step 914 may be any of the following:
  • the eighth request message_2 carries information related to session_2, but the sixth response message_2 indicates that counting the number of sessions fails.
  • the ninth request message_2 may have the following two situations:
  • the ninth request message_2 may carry information related to UE ID, S-NSSAI, and session_2.
  • the UE ID may be contextually determined.
  • the ninth request message_2 may also carry first indication information, which is used to instruct NSACF_1 to store information related to session_2, that is, NSACF_1 stores information related to session_2; it can be understood that if NSACF-2 returns The result is that the number of sessions is successfully counted, indicating that the current network resources allow the UE to establish a PDN connection on the network slice, and then NSACF_1 needs to store information related to the session_2.
  • the ninth request message_2 may correspond to the second request message involved in step 402 above.
  • the ninth request message_2 may carry UE ID, S-NSSAI, and first indication information (such as update flag_1).
  • the UE ID may be contextually determined.
  • the first indication information indicates to reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, the number of UEs is reduced by 1.
  • the ninth request message_2 may carry UE ID, S-NSSAI, and first indication information (such as update flag_1).
  • the UE ID may be contextually determined.
  • the first indication information indicates to reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, the number of UEs is reduced by 1. It can be understood that if the result returned by NSACF-2 is that the counting of the number of sessions fails, it means that the current network resources do not allow the UE to establish a PDN connection on the network slice. into the network slice.
  • the ninth request message_2 may correspond to the first request message in FIG. 4 above.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF_1.
  • Step 915 NSACF_1 determines whether to store information related to session_2 according to the ninth request message_2.
  • NSACF_1 can maintain the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by S-NSSAI, and save information related to session_2 . If the first indication information in the ninth request message_2 indicates to reduce the number of UEs, then NSACF_1 judges whether there are other sessions in the current UE. Since the context stored by NSACF_1 includes information related to session_1 and session_2, Then NSACF_1 cannot reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI. At the same time, NSACF_1 deletes the information related to session_2, that is, deletes the information related to session_2 and retains the information related to session_1.
  • NSACF_1 maintains the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by S-NSSAI, and decides whether to save session_2-related information according to the parameters carried in the ninth request message_2.
  • Step 916 NSACF_1 sends a ninth response message_2 to SMF+PGW-C_2.
  • the ninth response message_2 is used to indicate that the session information is stored successfully, and if the ninth request message_2 is used to execute admission control, then the ninth response message_2 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the number of UEs in the network slice.
  • steps 914-916 may not be executed.
  • Step 917 execute the remaining procedures of PDN connection establishment.
  • NSACF_1 saves the corresponding relationship between UE ID, S-NSSAI, information related to session_1 and information related to session_2.
  • SMF+PGW-C first interacts with NSACF_1 (NSACF responsible for controlling the number of UEs) to trigger the update of the number of UEs, if If the number of UEs is not exceeded, SMF+PGW-C interacts with NSACF_2 (NSACF responsible for controlling the number of sessions) to trigger an update of the number of sessions.
  • SMF+PGW-C needs to interact with NSACF_1 again to trigger NSACF_1 to maintain the number of sessions so that NSACF_1 can subsequently determine whether to reduce the number of UEs. In this way, network slice admission control in interworking scenarios can be realized.
  • both Figure 8 and Figure 9 take SMF+PGW-C as an example to first interact with the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of UEs, then interact with the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of sessions, and finally interact with the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of UEs.
  • SMF+PGW-C may first interact with the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of sessions, then interact with the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of UEs, and finally interact with the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of sessions .
  • Example 4 the UE initiates the release process of multiple PDN connections respectively, and multiple PDN connections are associated with the same network slice.
  • the NSACF responsible for the quota management of the number of UEs in the network slice and the quota management of the number of sessions in the network slice The NSACF is different.
  • FIG. 10 takes the UE establishing two PDN connections as an example. Assuming that according to example 3, the UE has established two PDN connections (PDN connection_1 and PDN connection_2) for the same network slice, at a certain moment, the UE initiates a PDN connection release procedure to the network.
  • Fig. 10 is another example of the network slice admission control method provided by this application.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 and SMF+PGW-C_2 in Figure 10 may correspond to the second network element in Figure 4 above
  • NSACF_1 may correspond to the first network element in Figure 4 above
  • NSACF_2 may correspond to the above
  • step 1001 the UE initiates a PDN connection_1 release procedure.
  • step 1001 The implementation manner of step 1001 is the same as that of step 701, and reference may be made to the description of step 701, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 1002 SMF+PGW-C_1 sends a sixth request message_3 to NSACF_2.
  • the sixth request message_3 may carry information related to S-NSSAI, update flag_2, and session_1.
  • the update flag_2 is used to indicate that the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is reduced, for example, the number of sessions is reduced by 1.
  • the information related to session_1 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 and/or the identifier of session_1, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_1, and the identifier of session_1 is used to identify the Session_1, such as PDU session ID_1, where PDU session ID_1 may be included in the create session request message.
  • the sixth request message_3 may also carry a UE ID, where the UE ID may be determined by SMF+PGW-C_1 according to the delete session request message, for example, the UE ID may be the IMSI of the UE.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 saves the information of NSACF_2 in the context, then SMF+PGW-C_1 can directly determine NSACF_2 according to the information of NSACF_2.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 may request NRF to discover NSACF_2.
  • NRF For this method, reference may be made to the above-mentioned step 809 and step 810 .
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF_2.
  • Step 1003 NSACF_2 performs admission control on the network slice according to the sixth request message_3.
  • NSACF_2 performing admission control on the network slice includes performing admission control on the number of sessions on the network slice, which may also be referred to as counting the number of sessions performed. Specifically, NSACF_2 reduces the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by S-NSSAI (for example, NSACF_2 reduces the number of sessions established in the network slice identified by S-NSSAI by 1), and deletes the SMF+PGW- Identification of C ID_1.
  • Step 1004 NSACF_2 sends a sixth response message_3 to SMF+PGW-C_1.
  • the sixth response message_3 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice.
  • the result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the admission control is successfully performed on the network slice, it means that the counting of the number of sessions is performed successfully, and if the admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of sessions is executed failed.
  • the sixth response message_3 may indicate that admission control on the network slice is performed successfully.
  • NSACF_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_1, and NSACF_2 carries the result of performing admission control on network slices in the sent message.
  • Step 1005 SMF+PGW-C_1 sends a first request message_1 to NSACF_1.
  • the first request message_1 may carry information related to UE ID, S-NSSAI, update flag_1, and session_1.
  • the UE ID can be determined by SMF+PGW-C_1 according to the delete session request message or context.
  • the update flag_1 is used to indicate to reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, the number of UEs is reduced by 1.
  • the information related to session_1 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 and/or the identifier of session_1, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_1, and the identifier of session_1 is used to identify the Session_1, such as PDU session ID_1, where PDU session ID_1 may be included in the create session request message.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 saves the information of NSACF_1 in the context, then SMF+PGW-C_1 can directly determine NSACF_1 according to the information of NSACF_1.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 may request NRF to discover NSACF_1. For this method, reference may be made to the above step 804 and step 805 .
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF_1.
  • SMF+PGW-C_1 determines that PDN connection_1 is the only PDN connection associated with S-NSSAI that SMF+PGW-C_1 serves for the UE, then SMF+PGW-C_1 Execute steps 1005-1007. Specifically, SMF+PGW-C_1 can judge whether PDN connection_1 is the only PDN connection associated with S-NSSAI according to the context information, for example, SMF+PGW-C_1 saves the context information of all PDN connections currently established by the UE , if there is another PDN connection in the context that is the same as the network slice associated with the PDN connection_1, it means that after the PDN connection_1 is released, there are other PDN connections.
  • the UE currently has PDN connection_1', which is also served by SMF+PGW-C_1, and the network slice associated with PDN connection_1' is the same as the network slice associated with PDN connection_1.
  • the APN corresponding to the PDN connection_1' may be different from the APN corresponding to the PDN connection_1. If there is no other PDN connection in the context that is the same as the network slice associated with the PDN connection_1, it means that the PDN connection_1 is the only one associated with the network slice initiated by the UE and served by SMF+PGW-C_1 PDN connections.
  • PDN connection_1 is not the only PDN connection associated with S-NSSAI released by the UE according to the above description, for example, the UE has currently established PDN connection_1' and the PDN connection_1' Associated with the same S-NSSAI, then the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI does not need to be executed. Since the current UE still has other PDN connections associated with the same network slice, SMF+PGW-C_1 does not need to request NSACF_1 controls the number of users of the network slice, that is, steps 1005-1007 may not be executed.
  • Step 1006 NSACF_1 performs admission control on the network slice according to the first request message_1.
  • performing admission control on the network slice by NSACF_1 includes performing admission control on the number of UEs on the network slice, which may also be referred to as performing counting on the number of UEs.
  • NSACF_1 judges whether the current UE has a session other than session_1, if the session information related to the UE in the context stored by NSACF_1 only contains information related to session_1 (that is, NSACF_1 only stores the information of PDN connection_1 information), then NSACF_1 may reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, and at the same time, NSACF_1 deletes information related to session_1.
  • NSACF_1 deletes session-1-related information, However, the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is not reduced.
  • NSACF_1 first deletes information related to session_1 from the stored context, and then NSACF_1 judges whether there is information about other sessions in the current UE. If the current UE does not have other session information, that is, after the information related to session_1 is deleted from the session information related to the UE, the session information related to the UE is empty, then NSACF_1 can reduce the network identified by S-NSSAI The number of UEs corresponding to the slice.
  • NSACF_1 does not need to reduce the information identified by S-NSSAI The number of UEs corresponding to the network slice.
  • NSACF_1 since NSACF_1 stores information related to session_1 and information related to session_2 for the UE ID at the same time, and the UE currently only releases the PDN connection_1 corresponding to the information related to session_1, NSACF_1 judges that the The UE still has other sessions, and there is no need to reduce the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by S-NSSAI.
  • NSACF_1 deletes the information related to UE session 1, and continues to save the UE ID, the corresponding relationship between S-NSSAI and the information related to UE session 2 corresponding relationship. That is, the UE ID will continue to be stored in the UE ID list that the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI has already accessed.
  • Step 1007 NSACF_1 sends a first response message_1 to SMF+PGW-C_1.
  • the first response message_1 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice.
  • the result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the execution of admission control on the network slice is successful, it means that the counting of the number of UEs is successful, and if the execution of admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of UEs is failed, then the first response message_1 can also carry the failure reason value , the failure cause value is used to indicate that the UE still has other sessions. In step 1007, the first response message_1 may indicate that admission control on the network slice fails, and the reason for the failure is that the UE still has other sessions.
  • NSACF_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_1, and NSACF_1 carries the result of performing admission control on network slices in the sent message.
  • Step 1008 execute the remaining procedures of PDN connection release.
  • step 1009 the UE initiates the release procedure of the PDN connection_2 again.
  • step 1009 is the same as that of step 701, and reference may be made to the description of step 701, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 1010 SMF+PGW-C_2 sends a sixth request message_4 to NSACF_2.
  • the sixth request message_4 may carry information related to S-NSSAI, update flag_2, and session_2.
  • the update flag_2 is used to indicate that the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is reduced, for example, the number of sessions is reduced by 1.
  • the information related to session_2 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 and/or the identifier of session_2, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_2, and the identifier of session_2 is used to identify the Session_2, such as PDU session ID_2, where PDU session ID_2 may be included in the create session request message.
  • the sixth request message_4 may also carry a UE ID, where the UE ID may be determined by SMF+PGW-C_1 according to the delete session request message.
  • the UE ID may be the IMSI of the UE.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 saves the information of NSACF_2 in the context, then SMF+PGW-C_2 can directly determine NSACF_2 according to the information of NSACF_2.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 may request NRF to discover NSACF_2.
  • NRF For this method, reference may be made to the above-mentioned step 809 and step 810 .
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF_2.
  • Step 1011 NSACF_2 performs admission control on the network slice according to the sixth request message_4.
  • NSACF_2 performing admission control on the network slice includes performing admission control on the number of sessions on the network slice, which may also be referred to as counting the number of sessions performed. Specifically, NSACF_2 reduces the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by S-NSSAI (for example, NSACF_2 reduces the number of sessions established in the network slice identified by S-NSSAI by 1), and deletes the SMF+PGW- Identification of C ID_2.
  • Step 1012 NSACF_2 sends a sixth response message_4 to SMF+PGW-C_2.
  • the sixth response message_4 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice.
  • the result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the admission control on the network slice is successfully performed, it means that the counting of the number of sessions is performed successfully, and if the admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of sessions is executed failed.
  • the sixth response message_4 may indicate that admission control on the network slice is performed successfully.
  • NSACF_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_2, and NSACF_2 carries the result of performing admission control on network slices in the sent message.
  • Step 1013 SMF+PGW-C_2 sends a first request message_2 to NSACF_1.
  • the first request message_2 may carry information related to UE ID, S-NSSAI, update flag_1, and session_2.
  • the UE ID can be determined by SMF+PGW-C_2 according to the delete session request message or context.
  • the update flag_1 is used to indicate to reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, the number of UEs is reduced by 1.
  • the information related to session_2 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 and/or the identifier of session_2, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_2, and the identifier of session_2 is used to identify the Session_2, such as PDU session ID_2, where PDU session ID_2 may be included in the create session request message.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 can directly determine NSACF_1 according to the information of NSACF_1.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 may request NRF to discover NSACF_1. For this method, reference may be made to the above step 804 and step 805 .
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF_1.
  • SMF+PGW-C_2 determines that PDN connection_2 is the only PDN connection associated with S-NSSAI that SMF+PGW-C_2 serves for the UE, then SMF+PGW-C_2 Execute steps 1013-1015. Specifically, SMF+PGW-C_2 can judge whether PDN connection_2 is the only PDN connection associated with S-NSSAI according to the context information. For example, SMF+PGW-C_2 saves the context information of all PDN connections currently established by the UE , if there is another PDN connection in the context that is the same as the network slice associated with the PDN connection_2, it means that after the PDN connection_2 is released, there are other PDN connections.
  • the UE currently has PDN connection_2', which is also served by SMF+PGW-C_2, and the network slice associated with PDN connection_2' is the same as the network slice associated with PDN connection_2.
  • the APN corresponding to the PDN connection_2' may be different from the APN corresponding to the PDN connection_2. If there is no other PDN connection in the context that is the same as the network slice associated with the PDN connection_2, it means that the PDN connection_2 is the only one associated with the network slice initiated by the UE and served by SMF+PGW-C_2 PDN connections.
  • PDN connection_2 is not the only PDN connection associated with S-NSSAI released by the UE according to the above description, for example, the UE has currently established PDN connection_2' and the PDN connection_2' Associated with the same S-NSSAI, then the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI does not need to be executed. Since the current UE still has other PDN connections associated with the same network slice, SMF+PGW-C_2 does not need to request NSACF_1 controls the number of users of the network slice, that is, steps 1013-1015 may not be executed.
  • Step 1014 NSACF_1 performs admission control on the network slice according to the first request message_2.
  • performing admission control on the network slice by the NSACF includes performing admission control on the number of UEs on the network slice, which may also be referred to as performing counting on the number of UEs.
  • NSACF_1 judges whether the current UE has a session other than session_2, and if the context stored by NSACF_1 only contains information related to session_2 (that is, NSACF_1 only stores information about PDN connection_2), then NSACF_1 can reduce the The number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, and at the same time, NSACF_1 deletes information related to session_2. If the context stored by NSACF_1 also includes session-related information other than session-2-related information, NSACF_1 deletes session-2-related information, but does not reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI.
  • NSACF_1 first deletes information related to session_2 from the stored context, and then NSACF_1 judges whether there is information about other sessions in the current UE. If there is no other session information for the current UE, that is, after the information related to session_2 is deleted from the session information related to the UE, the session information related to the UE is empty, then NSACF_1 can reduce the network identified by S-NSSAI The number of UEs corresponding to the slice.
  • NSACF_1 does not need to reduce the information identified by the S-NSSAI The number of UEs corresponding to the network slice.
  • NSACF_1 since the current NSACF_1 only stores session_2 related information for the UE ID, after deleting the session_2 related information, there are no other established sessions for the UE, so NSACF_1 can count the UE ( That is, NSACF_1 reduces the number of UEs that access the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI), and deletes the UE ID from the list of UE identifiers that have been accessed by the network slice in the context information.
  • Step 1015 NSACF_1 sends a first response message_2 to SMF+PGW-C_2.
  • the first response message_2 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice.
  • the result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the execution of admission control on the network slice is successful, it means that the counting of the number of UEs is successful, and if the execution of admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of UEs is failed, then the first response message_2 can also carry the failure reason value , the failure cause value is used to indicate that the UE still has other sessions. In step 1015, the first response message_2 may indicate that admission control on the network slice is performed successfully.
  • NSACF_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_2, and NSACF_1 carries the result of performing admission control on network slices in the sent message.
  • Step 1016 execute the remaining procedures of PDN connection release.
  • the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of UEs will also determine the PDN connection of the UE when determining the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice. Whether all should be released, when the UE has no established session, NSACF reduces the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by S-NSSAI, and deletes the UE ID in the context information. In this way, network slice admission control in interworking scenarios can be realized.
  • SMF+PGW-C first interacts with the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of UEs, and then interacts with the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of sessions as an example, but the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto, for example, SMF+
  • the PGW-C may also first interact with the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of sessions, and then interact with the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of UEs.
  • the apparatus in FIG. 11 or FIG. 12 includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing various functions.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software with reference to the units and method steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed in the present application. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives the hardware depends on the specific application scenario and design constraints of the technical solution.
  • FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 are schematic structural diagrams of possible devices provided by the embodiments of the present application. These devices can be used to implement the functions of the first network element, the second network element, the fourth network element, and the NRF in the above method embodiments, and thus can also realize the beneficial effects of the above method embodiments.
  • an apparatus 1100 includes a transceiver unit 1110 and a processing unit 1120 .
  • the transceiver unit 1120 is configured to acquire first information from a second network element, the first information is used to associate the first session of the user equipment, and the first network element supports performing control on the number of users accessing the network slice, so The first session is associated with the network slice, the second network element serves the first session; and receiving a first request message from the second network element, the first request message is used to indicate Reduce the number of users who have access to the network slice.
  • the processing unit 1110 is configured to determine whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice according to the first information.
  • the processing unit 1110 may also save the first information, the network slice, and the corresponding relationship between the user equipment.
  • the transceiving unit is specifically configured to: obtain the first information when the second network element requests to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice.
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: receive a message from the second network element when the number of established sessions on the network slice does not exceed the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice.
  • a second request message where the second request message includes the first information.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: if the user equipment has established a session other than the first session on the network slice, determine and maintain the number of users who have accessed the network slice; if The user equipment establishes only the first session on the network slice, and then determines to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: delete the first information after determining whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice.
  • the first session is a packet data network (PDN) connection established by the user equipment in an Evolved Packet Core Network (EPC) network.
  • PDN packet data network
  • EPC Evolved Packet Core Network
  • the processing unit 1110 is configured to determine the network slice associated with the first session of the user equipment; the transceiver unit 1120 is configured to send first information to the first network element, the first information is used to associate the A first session, where the first network element supports performing control on the number of users accessing the network slice, and the second network element serves the first session; and sending a first request to the first network element message, the first request message is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice; wherein the first information is used to determine whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice.
  • the transceiving unit 1120 is specifically configured to: send the first information to the first network element during a process of requesting to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice.
  • the transceiving unit 1120 is specifically configured to: send a second A request message, the second request message includes the first information.
  • the transceiver unit 1120 is specifically configured to: learn from a third network element that the number of established sessions on the network slice has reached the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, and that the third network element supports Execute control on the number of sessions established on the network slice; after the second network element learns that the number of established sessions on the network slice has reached the maximum number of sessions allowed to be established on the network slice, report to the first network element The element sends the first request message.
  • the transceiving unit 1120 is specifically configured to: when the first session is released, the second network element sends the first request message to the first network element.
  • the first session is a packet data network (PDN) connection established by the user equipment in an Evolved Packet Core Network (EPC) network.
  • PDN packet data network
  • EPC Evolved Packet Core Network
  • the processing unit 1110 is configured to determine a network slice associated with the first session of the user equipment; the transceiver unit 1120 is configured to send a third request message to a network element with a network storage function, and the third request message uses For requesting information of the fourth network element, the third request message includes the identifier of the network slice and second information, and the second information is used to indicate that the fourth network element supports access to the network slice performing control on the number of users, and supporting performing control on the number of sessions established on the network slice; receiving a third response message from the network storage function network element, where the third response message includes information on the fourth network element; and sending a fourth request message to the fourth network element, where the fourth request message is used to request the fourth network element to perform control on the number of users accessing the network slice, and to control the number of users connected to the network slice. Session count execution control.
  • the fourth request message includes an identifier of the user equipment, first information, third information, fourth information, and an identifier of the network slice, the first information is used to associate the first session, wherein: when the user equipment requests to establish the first session, the third information is used to indicate to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice, and the fourth information is used to indicate to increase the number of users in the network slice The number of established sessions; when the user equipment requests to release the first session, the third information is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice, and the fourth information is used to indicate to reduce the number of users in the network slice. The number of sessions established for the network slice.
  • the first information includes at least one of an identifier of the second network element or an identifier of the session with the first network element.
  • the first session is a packet data network (PDN) connection established by the user equipment in an Evolved Packet Core Network (EPC) network.
  • PDN packet data network
  • EPC Evolved Packet Core Network
  • the transceiver unit 1120 is configured to receive a third request message from the second network element, where the third request message is used to request information of the fourth network element, where the third request message includes the identifier of the network slice and the second Information, the second information is used to indicate that the fourth network element supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice, and supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice;
  • the second network element sends a third response message, where the third response message includes the information of the fourth network element.
  • the transceiver unit 1120 is configured to receive a fourth request message from a second network element, where the fourth network element supports controlling the number of users accessing the network slice and supporting controlling the number of sessions established on the network slice , the second network element serves the first session of the user equipment, and the first session is associated with the network slice; the processing unit 1110 is configured to, according to the fourth request message, process the The number of users and the number of sessions established in the network slice perform control; the transceiver unit 1120 is further configured to send a fourth response message to the second network element, and the fourth response message is used to indicate the received A result of performing control on the number of users entering the network slice and a result of performing control on the number of sessions established in the network slice.
  • the fourth request message includes an identifier of the user equipment, first information, third information, fourth information, and an identifier of the network slice, the first information is used to associate the first session, wherein: when the user equipment requests to establish the first session, the third information is used to indicate to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice, and the fourth information is used to indicate to increase the number of users in the network slice The number of established sessions; when the user equipment requests to release the first session, the third information is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice, and the fourth information is used to indicate to reduce the number of users in the network slice. The number of sessions established for the network slice.
  • processing unit 1110 and the transceiver unit 1120 can be directly obtained by referring to related descriptions in the above method embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
  • the device 1200 includes a processor 1210 and an interface circuit 1220 .
  • the processor 1210 and the interface circuit 1220 are coupled to each other.
  • the interface circuit 1220 may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.
  • the apparatus 1200 may further include a memory 1230 for storing instructions executed by the processor 1210 or storing input data required by the processor 1210 to execute the instructions or storing data generated by the processor 1210 after executing the instructions.
  • the processor 1210 is used to implement the functions of the processing unit 1120 described above, and the interface circuit 1220 is configured to implement the functions of the transceiver unit 1110 described above.
  • the chip When the above communication device is a chip applied to the first network element, the chip implements the functions of the first network element in the above method embodiment.
  • the chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the first network element, and the information is sent to the first network element by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules (such as radio frequency modules) in the first network element. module or antenna) to send information, the information is sent by the first network element to other devices.
  • modules such as radio frequency modules or antennas
  • the chip When the above communication device is a chip applied to the second network element, the chip implements the functions of the second network element in the above method embodiment.
  • the chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the second network element, and the information is sent to the second network element by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules (such as radio frequency modules) in the second network element. module or antenna) to send information, which is sent by the second network element to other devices.
  • modules such as radio frequency modules or antennas
  • the chip implements the function of the fourth network element in the above method embodiment.
  • the chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the fourth network element, and the information is sent to the fourth network element by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules (such as radio frequency modules) in the fourth network element. module or antenna) to send information, and the information is sent by the fourth network element to other devices.
  • the chip implements the function of NRF in the above-mentioned method embodiment.
  • the chip receives information from other modules in the NRF (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information is sent to the NRF by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules in the NRF (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information It is sent by NRF to other devices.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, which acquires an instruction and executes the instruction to implement the above method.
  • the chip includes a processor and a data interface, and the processor reads instructions stored in the memory through the data interface to execute the above method.
  • the chip may further include a memory, the memory stores instructions, the processor is configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory, and when the instructions are executed, the processor is configured to execute the above method .
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, including any one of the above-mentioned communication devices, or including any one of the above-mentioned chips.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and the instructions are used in the methods in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product including instructions, where the instructions are used to implement the methods in the above method embodiments.
  • processor in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and may also be other general processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), application specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • a general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor, or any conventional processor.
  • Memory in embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory Access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • serial link DRAM SLDRAM
  • direct memory bus random access memory direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • “at least one” means one or more, and “multiple” means two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the contextual objects are an “or” relationship; in the formulas of this application, the character “/” indicates that the contextual objects are a "division” Relationship.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc and other media that can store program codes. .

Abstract

The present application provides a network slice admission control method and apparatus, the method comprising: a first network element acquires first information from a second network element, wherein the first information is used for associating a first session of a user equipment, the first network element supports controlling the number of users accessing a network slice, the first session is associated with the network slice, and the second network element serves the first session; the first network element receives a first request message from the second network element, the first request message being used for instructing to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice; and the first network element determines, according to the first information, whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice. According to the method, the number of users accessing the network slice and the number of sessions established in the network slice may be controlled, facilitating the admission control of the network slice.

Description

一种网络切片准入控制方法和装置A network slice admission control method and device
本申请要求于2021年08月09日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202110908693.4、申请名称为“一种网络切片准入控制方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110908693.4 and the application name "A Network Slice Access Control Method and Device" submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office of China on August 9, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference incorporated in this application.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种网络切片准入控制方法和装置。The present application relates to the communication field, and more specifically, to a network slice admission control method and device.
背景技术Background technique
随着通信技术的发展,将会面临数以千亿计的物联网设备接入网络,不同类型应用场景对网络的需求是差异化的,有的甚至是相互冲突的。通过单一网络同时为不同类型应用场景提供服务,会导致网络架构异常复杂、网络管理效率和资源利用效率低下。网络切片技术通过在同一网络基础设施上虚拟独立逻辑网络的方式为不同的应用场景提供相互隔离的网络环境,使得不同应用场景可以按照各自的需求定制网络功能和特性,能够切实保障不同业务的服务质量(quality of service,QoS)需求。With the development of communication technology, hundreds of billions of IoT devices will be connected to the network. Different types of application scenarios have different requirements for the network, and some even conflict with each other. Providing services for different types of application scenarios at the same time through a single network will lead to extremely complex network architecture, low network management efficiency, and low resource utilization efficiency. Network slicing technology provides isolated network environments for different application scenarios by virtualizing independent logical networks on the same network infrastructure, so that different application scenarios can customize network functions and characteristics according to their own needs, and can effectively guarantee the services of different businesses Quality (quality of service, QoS) requirements.
在网络切片的实际部署场景中,由于网络资源限制,一个网络切片可以容纳接入的用户的数量以及允许建立的会话的数量是有限的。如何对接入网络切片的用户数以及网络切片上建立的会话数进行控制成为亟需解决的问题。In the actual deployment scenario of network slicing, due to the limitation of network resources, the number of users that can be accommodated in a network slice and the number of sessions allowed to be established are limited. How to control the number of users accessing the network slice and the number of sessions established on the network slice has become an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供了一种网络切片准入控制方法和装置,能够实现对接入网络切片的用户数和在网络切片建立的会话数执行控制,有助于网络切片的准入控制。The present application provides a network slice admission control method and device, capable of controlling the number of users accessing the network slice and the number of sessions established in the network slice, and contributing to the admission control of the network slice.
第一方面,本申请提供了一种网络切片准入控制方法,所述方法包括:第一网元从第二网元获取第一信息,所述第一信息用于关联用户设备的第一会话,所述第一网元支持对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制,所述第一会话与所述网络切片相关联,所述第二网元服务于所述第一会话;所述第一网元接收来自所述第二网元的第一请求消息,所述第一请求消息用于指示减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数;所述第一网元根据所述第一信息,确定是否减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数。In a first aspect, the present application provides a network slice admission control method, the method comprising: a first network element acquires first information from a second network element, and the first information is used to associate a first session of a user equipment , the first network element supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice, the first session is associated with the network slice, and the second network element serves the first session; the first The network element receives a first request message from the second network element, where the first request message is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice; the first network element, according to the first information, Determine whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice.
第一网元支持对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制,也可以描述为,第一网元支持对接入网络切片的用户数执行计数(number of UEs counting)或第一网元具备对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制的能力。The first network element supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice, which can also be described as, the first network element supports the number of UEs counting the number of users accessing the network slice or the first network element has the connection The ability to exercise control over the number of users entering the network slice.
上述第一信息用于关联用户设备的第一会话,也可以描述为第一信息为与用户设备的第一会话相关的信息。作为一个示例,第一信息用于标识第一会话,例如,第一信息可以包括第一会话的标识或第二网元的标识中的至少一个。其中,第二网元的标识可以为第二网元的ID(identify),第一会话的标识用于标识第一会话,如协议数据单元(protocol data  unit,PDU)会话ID(PDU session ID)。The foregoing first information is used to associate the first session of the user equipment, and may also be described as information related to the first session of the user equipment. As an example, the first information is used to identify the first session, for example, the first information may include at least one of an identifier of the first session or an identifier of the second network element. Wherein, the identifier of the second network element can be the ID (identify) of the second network element, and the identifier of the first session is used to identify the first session, such as a protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session ID (PDU session ID) .
可选地,第一网元可以为网络切片准入控制功能(network slice admission control function,NSACF)网元,第二网元可以为会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)+分组数据网络(packetdata network,PDN)网关-控制面(PDN gateway-control plane,PGW-C)网元,即SMF+PGW-C。Optionally, the first network element may be a network slice admission control function (network slice admission control function, NSACF) network element, and the second network element may be a session management function (session management function, SMF) + packet data network (packetdata network, PDN) gateway-control plane (PDN gateway-control plane, PGW-C) network element, that is, SMF+PGW-C.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一网元获取到第一信息后,还可以保存第一信息、该网络切片、以及用户设备的对应关系。In a possible implementation manner, after the first network element acquires the first information, it may also store the correspondence between the first information, the network slice, and the user equipment.
在上述技术方案中,第二网元会将会话相关的信息发送给第一网元,以便第一网元保存用户设备、网络切片、以及会话相关的信息的对应关系,在第一网元接收到减少接入网路切片的用户数的指示时,可以根据该对应关系判断是否可以减少接入网络切片的用户数。这样可以实现网络切片准入控制。In the above technical solution, the second network element will send the session-related information to the first network element, so that the first network element can save the corresponding relationship between the user equipment, the network slice, and the session-related information, and the first network element will receive When an instruction to reduce the number of users accessing the network slice is received, it may be determined according to the corresponding relationship whether the number of users accessing the network slice can be reduced. This enables network slice admission control.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一网元从第二网元获取第一信息,包括:在所述第二网元请求增加已接入所述网络切片的用户数的过程中,所述第一网元获取所述第一信息。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the acquiring the first information from the second network element by the first network element includes: requesting the second network element to add users who have accessed the network slice During the process of counting, the first network element acquires the first information.
例如,当用户设备在演进分组核心网(evolved packet core,EPC)网络中建立PDN连接,第二网元确定该PDN连接对应的网络切片,进而触发网络切片的用户数控制和网络切片的会话数控制时,第二网元可以先与支持对接入该网络切片的用户数执行控制的第一网元交互,触发第一网元增加接入该网络切片的用户数,并在与第一网元交互的过程中向第一网元发送第一信息;若接入该网络切片的用户数未超额,说明接入该网络切片的用户数未到达最大数量(如第一阈值),则该网络切片允许新的用户接入,第二网元再与支持对该网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制的第三网元交互,触发第三网元增加该网络切片上建立的会话数;若第二网元从第三网元获知该网络切片已经建立的会话数未超额,说明该网络切片已经建立的会话数未到达最大数量(如第二阈值),则该网络切片允许新的会话建立,也可以理解为第二网元从第三网元获知会话数控制成功,则第二网元可以不再与第一网元交互,继续执行PDN连接建立流程的其他步骤;若第二网元从第三网元获知该网络切片已经建立的会话数超额,说明该网络切片已经建立的会话数到达最大数量(如第二阈值),则该网络切片不允许新的会话建立,也可以理解为第二网元从第三网元获知会话数控制失败,则第二网元可以再一次与第一网元交互,触发第一网元控制接入该网络切片的用户数,如触发第一网元减少接入该网络切片的用户数。For example, when the user equipment establishes a PDN connection in the evolved packet core network (evolved packet core, EPC) network, the second network element determines the network slice corresponding to the PDN connection, and then triggers the control of the number of users of the network slice and the number of sessions of the network slice When controlling, the second network element can first interact with the first network element that supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice, trigger the first network element to increase the number of users accessing the network slice, and communicate with the first network element In the process of element interaction, the first information is sent to the first network element; if the number of users accessing the network slice is not exceeded, it means that the number of users accessing the network slice has not reached the maximum number (such as the first threshold), the network The slice allows new user access, and the second network element interacts with the third network element that supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice, triggering the third network element to increase the number of sessions established on the network slice; if the second network element The second network element learns from the third network element that the number of established sessions of the network slice has not exceeded, indicating that the number of established sessions of the network slice has not reached the maximum number (such as the second threshold), then the network slice allows new session establishment, It can also be understood that the second network element learns from the third network element that the session number control is successful, then the second network element may no longer interact with the first network element, and continue to perform other steps in the PDN connection establishment process; The third network element learns that the number of established sessions of the network slice exceeds the limit, indicating that the number of established sessions of the network slice reaches the maximum number (such as the second threshold), then the network slice does not allow new session establishment, which can also be understood as the first The second network element learns from the third network element that the session number control fails, then the second network element can interact with the first network element again, triggering the first network element to control the number of users accessing the network slice, such as triggering the first network element Reduce the number of users accessing the network slice.
在上述技术方案中,第一网元在第二网元请求增加已接入所述网络切片的用户数的过程中获取第一信息,这样在第二网元从第三网元获知会话数控制成功时可以不必再与第一网元交互,有助于减少信令开销。In the above technical solution, the first network element obtains the first information when the second network element requests to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice, so that the second network element obtains the session number control from the third network element When successful, there is no need to interact with the first network element, which helps to reduce signaling overhead.
结合第一方面或其任一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一网元从第二网元获取第一信息,包括:在所述网络切片上已建立的会话数未超过所述网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值的情况下,所述第一网元接收来自所述第二网元的第二请求消息,所述第二请求消息包括所述第一信息。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the first network element obtains the first information from the second network element, including: a session established on the network slice When the number of sessions does not exceed the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, the first network element receives a second request message from the second network element, and the second request message includes the first information.
例如,当用户设备在EPC网络中建立PDN连接,第二网元确定该PDN连接对应的网络切片,进而触发网络切片的用户数控制和网络切片的会话数控制时,第二网元可以先与支持对接入该网络切片的用户数执行控制的第一网元交互,触发第一网元增加接入该网 络切片的用户数;若接入该网络切片的用户数未超额,说明接入该网络切片的用户数未到达最大数量(如第一阈值),则该网络切片允许新的用户接入,第二网元再与支持对该网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制的第三网元交互,触发第三网元增加该网络切片上建立的会话数;若第二网元从第三网元获知该网络切片已经建立的会话数未超额,说明该网络切片已经建立的会话数未到达最大数量(如第二阈值),则该网络切片允许新的会话建立,也可以理解为第二网元从第三网元获知会话数控制成功,则第二网元可以向第一网元发送第二请求消息,并在第二请求消息中携带第一信息,以便第一网元存储第一信息,并继续执行PDN连接建立流程的其他步骤;若第二网元从第三网元获知该网络切片已经建立的会话数超额,说明该网络切片已经建立的会话数到达最大数量(如第二阈值),则该网络切片不允许新的会话建立,也可以理解为第二网元从第三网元获知会话数控制失败,则第二网元可以再一次与第一网元交互,触发第一网元控制接入该网络切片的用户数,如触发第一网元减少接入该网络切片的用户数。For example, when the user equipment establishes a PDN connection in the EPC network, and the second network element determines the network slice corresponding to the PDN connection, and then triggers the control of the number of users of the network slice and the control of the number of sessions of the network slice, the second network element may first communicate with the Support the interaction of the first network element that controls the number of users accessing the network slice, triggering the first network element to increase the number of users accessing the network slice; if the number of users accessing the network slice is not exceeded, it means If the number of users of the network slice does not reach the maximum number (such as the first threshold), the network slice allows new users to access, and the second network element communicates with the third network element that supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice Interaction, triggering the third network element to increase the number of sessions established on the network slice; if the second network element learns from the third network element that the number of established sessions of the network slice is not exceeded, it means that the number of established sessions of the network slice has not reached The maximum number (such as the second threshold), then the network slice allows new session establishment, and it can also be understood that the second network element learns from the third network element that the session number control is successful, then the second network element can send to the first network element A second request message, and carry the first information in the second request message, so that the first network element stores the first information, and continues to execute other steps of the PDN connection establishment process; if the second network element learns the information from the third network element If the number of sessions established in the network slice exceeds the limit, it means that the number of sessions established in the network slice reaches the maximum number (such as the second threshold), and the network slice does not allow new sessions to be established. It can also be understood that the second network element from the third When the network element learns that the control of the number of sessions fails, the second network element can interact with the first network element again, triggering the first network element to control the number of users accessing the network slice, such as triggering the first network element to reduce the number of users accessing the network slice of users.
在上述技术方案中,第一网元在所述网络切片上已建立的会话数未超过所述网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值的情况下获取第一信息,这样在第二网元从第三网元获知会话数控制失败时可以不必指示第一网元删除第一信息,可以简化处理。In the above technical solution, the first network element obtains the first information when the number of established sessions on the network slice does not exceed the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, so that when the second network element obtains the first information from When the third network element learns that the session number control fails, it does not need to instruct the first network element to delete the first information, which can simplify the processing.
结合第一方面或其任一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一网元根据所述第一信息,确定是否减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数,包括:若所述用户设备在所述网络切片上建立了除所述第一会话以外的会话,则所述第一网元确定维持已接入所述网络切片的用户数;若所述用户设备在所述网络切片上只建立了所述第一会话,则所述第一网元确定减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数。这样可以更准确的控制已接入所述网络切片的用户数。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the first network element determines whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice according to the first information, including : If the user equipment has established a session other than the first session on the network slice, the first network element determines to maintain the number of users who have accessed the network slice; if the user equipment is in If only the first session is established on the network slice, the first network element determines to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice. In this way, the number of users who have accessed the network slice can be more accurately controlled.
结合第一方面或其任一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:在所述第一网元确定是否减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数后,所述第一网元删除所述第一信息。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: after the first network element determines whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice, The first network element deletes the first information.
结合第一方面或其任一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一会话为所述用户设备在EPC网络中建立的PDN连接,或者也可以描述为,所述第一会话为所述用户设备在EPC中建立的PDN连接对应的会话。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the first session is a PDN connection established by the user equipment in the EPC network, or it can also be described as, the first session A session is a session corresponding to a PDN connection established by the user equipment in the EPC.
第二方面,本申请提供一种网络切片准入控制方法,所述方法包括:第二网元确定用户设备的第一会话关联的网络切片;所述第二网元向第一网元发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于关联所述第一会话,所述第一网元支持对接入所述网络切片的用户数执行控制,所述第二网元服务于所述第一会话;所述第二网元向所述第一网元发送第一请求消息,所述第一请求消息用于指示减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数;其中,所述第一信息用于确定是否减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数。In a second aspect, the present application provides a network slice admission control method, the method includes: a second network element determines the network slice associated with the first session of the user equipment; the second network element sends the first network element to the first network element A piece of information, the first information is used to associate the first session, the first network element supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice, and the second network element serves the first session ; The second network element sends a first request message to the first network element, where the first request message is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice; wherein, the first information is used for Determine whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice.
其中,第二网元服务于第一会话。第二网元服务于第一会话,可以理解为,在建立第一会话时会将第一会话关联到第二网元,或者,通过第二网元支持的网络切片资源建立第一会话。Wherein, the second network element serves the first session. The second network element serving the first session can be understood as associating the first session with the second network element when establishing the first session, or establishing the first session through network slice resources supported by the second network element.
第一会话关联的网络切片,可以理解为,第一会话建立在该网络切片上,或者,建立第一会话所使用的网络切片。The network slice associated with the first session may be understood as the network slice on which the first session is established, or the network slice used to establish the first session.
第一网元支持对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制,也可以描述为,第一网元支持对接 入网络切片的用户数执行计数或第一网元具备对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制的能力。The first network element supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice. It can also be described as that the first network element supports counting the number of users accessing the network slice or the first network element has the ability to control the number of users accessing the network slice. Ability to exercise control.
上述第一信息用于关联用户设备的第一会话,也可以描述为第一信息为与用户设备的第一会话相关的信息。作为一个示例,第一信息用于标识第一会话,例如,第一信息可以包括第一会话的标识或第二网元的标识中的至少一个。其中,第二网元的标识可以为第二网元的ID,第一会话的标识用于标识第一会话,如PDU session ID。The foregoing first information is used to associate the first session of the user equipment, and may also be described as information related to the first session of the user equipment. As an example, the first information is used to identify the first session, for example, the first information may include at least one of an identifier of the first session or an identifier of the second network element. Wherein, the identifier of the second network element may be the ID of the second network element, and the identifier of the first session is used to identify the first session, such as a PDU session ID.
可选地,第一网元可以为NSACF,第二网元可以为SMF+PGW-C。Optionally, the first network element may be NSACF, and the second network element may be SMF+PGW-C.
在上述技术方案中,第二网元会将会话相关的信息发送给第一网元,以便第一网元保存用户设备、网络切片、以及会话相关的信息的对应关系,从而在第一网元接收到减少接入网路切片的用户数的指示时,可以根据该对应关系判断是否可以减少接入网络切片的用户数。这样可以实现网络切片准入控制。In the above technical solution, the second network element will send the session-related information to the first network element, so that the first network element can save the corresponding relationship between the user equipment, the network slice, and the session-related information, so that the first network element can When receiving an instruction to reduce the number of users accessing the network slice, it may be determined whether the number of users accessing the network slice can be reduced according to the corresponding relationship. This enables network slice admission control.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二网元向第一网元发送第一信息,包括:在请求增加已接入所述网络切片的用户数的过程中,所述第二网元向所述第一网元发送所述第一信息。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the sending the first information by the second network element to the first network element includes: during the process of requesting to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice, the The second network element sends the first information to the first network element.
例如,当用户设备在EPC网络中建立PDN连接,第二网元确定该PDN连接对应的网络切片,进而触发网络切片的用户数控制和网络切片的会话数控制时,第二网元可以先与支持对接入该网络切片的用户数执行控制的第一网元交互,触发第一网元增加接入该网络切片的用户数,并在与第一网元交互的过程中向第一网元发送第一信息;若接入该网络切片的用户数未超额,说明接入该网络切片的用户数未到达最大数量(如第一阈值),则该网络切片允许新的用户接入,第二网元再与支持对该网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制的第三网元交互,触发第三网元增加该网络切片上建立的会话数;若第二网元从第三网元获知该网络切片已经建立的会话数未超额,说明该网络切片已经建立的会话数未到达最大数量(如第二阈值),则该网络切片允许新的会话建立,也可以理解为第二网元从第三网元获知会话数控制成功,则第二网元可以不再与第一网元交互,继续执行PDN连接建立流程的其他步骤;若第二网元从第三网元获知该网络切片已经建立的会话数超额,说明该网络切片已经建立的会话数到达最大数量(如第二阈值),则该网络切片不允许新的会话建立,也可以理解为第二网元从第三网元获知会话数控制失败,则第二网元可以再一次与第一网元交互,触发第一网元控制接入该网络切片的用户数,如触发第一网元减少接入该网络切片的用户数。For example, when the user equipment establishes a PDN connection in the EPC network, and the second network element determines the network slice corresponding to the PDN connection, and then triggers the control of the number of users of the network slice and the control of the number of sessions of the network slice, the second network element may first communicate with the Support the interaction with the first network element that controls the number of users accessing the network slice, trigger the first network element to increase the number of users accessing the network slice, and report to the first network element during the interaction with the first network element Send the first information; if the number of users accessing the network slice is not exceeded, it means that the number of users accessing the network slice has not reached the maximum number (such as the first threshold), then the network slice allows new users to access, and the second The network element then interacts with a third network element that supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice, triggering the third network element to increase the number of sessions established on the network slice; if the second network element learns from the third network element that the The number of established sessions of the network slice is not exceeded, indicating that the number of established sessions of the network slice has not reached the maximum number (such as the second threshold), then the network slice allows new sessions to be established, which can also be understood as the second network element from the first When the three network elements know that the session number control is successful, the second network element may no longer interact with the first network element, and continue to perform other steps in the PDN connection establishment process; if the second network element learns from the third network element that the network slice has been established If the number of sessions exceeds the limit, it means that the number of established sessions of the network slice reaches the maximum number (such as the second threshold), and the network slice does not allow new sessions to be established. It can also be understood that the second network element learns the session from the third network element If the number control fails, the second network element can interact with the first network element again, triggering the first network element to control the number of users accessing the network slice, for example, triggering the first network element to reduce the number of users accessing the network slice.
在上述技术方案中,第一网元在第二网元请求增加已接入所述网络切片的用户数的过程中获取第一信息,这样在第二网元从第三网元获知会话数控制成功时可以不必再与第一网元交互,有助于减少信令开销。In the above technical solution, the first network element obtains the first information when the second network element requests to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice, so that the second network element obtains the session number control from the third network element When successful, there is no need to interact with the first network element, which helps to reduce signaling overhead.
结合第二方面或其任一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二网元向第一网元发送第一信息,包括:在所述网络切片上已建立的会话数未超过所述网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值时,所述第二网元向所述第一网元发送第二请求消息,所述第二请求消息包括所述第一信息。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the second network element sends the first information to the first network element, including: a session established on the network slice When the number of sessions does not exceed the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, the second network element sends a second request message to the first network element, where the second request message includes the first information.
例如,当用户设备在EPC网络中建立PDN连接,第二网元确定该PDN连接对应的网络切片,进而触发网络切片的用户数控制和网络切片的会话数控制时,第二网元可以先与支持对接入该网络切片的用户数执行控制的第一网元交互,触发第一网元增加接入该网络切片的用户数;若接入该网络切片的用户数未超额,说明接入该网络切片的用户数未到 达最大数量(如第一阈值),则该网络切片允许新的用户接入,第二网元再与支持对该网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制的第三网元交互,触发第三网元增加该网络切片上建立的会话数;若第二网元从第三网元获知该网络切片已经建立的会话数未超额,说明该网络切片已经建立的会话数未到达最大数量(如第二阈值),则该网络切片允许新的会话建立,也可以理解为第二网元从第三网元获知会话数控制成功,则第二网元可以向第一网元发送第二请求消息,并在第二请求消息中携带第一信息,以便第一网元存储第一信息,并继续执行PDN连接建立流程的其他步骤;若第二网元从第三网元获知该网络切片已经建立的会话数超额,说明该网络切片已经建立的会话数到达最大数量(如第二阈值),则该网络切片不允许新的会话建立,也可以理解为第二网元从第三网元获知会话数控制失败,则第二网元可以再一次与第一网元交互,触发第一网元控制接入该网络切片的用户数,如触发第一网元减少接入该网络切片的用户数。For example, when the user equipment establishes a PDN connection in the EPC network, and the second network element determines the network slice corresponding to the PDN connection, and then triggers the control of the number of users of the network slice and the control of the number of sessions of the network slice, the second network element may first communicate with the Support the interaction of the first network element that controls the number of users accessing the network slice, triggering the first network element to increase the number of users accessing the network slice; if the number of users accessing the network slice is not exceeded, it means If the number of users of the network slice does not reach the maximum number (such as the first threshold), the network slice allows new users to access, and the second network element communicates with the third network element that supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice Interaction, triggering the third network element to increase the number of sessions established on the network slice; if the second network element learns from the third network element that the number of established sessions of the network slice is not exceeded, it means that the number of established sessions of the network slice has not reached The maximum number (such as the second threshold), then the network slice allows new session establishment, and it can also be understood that the second network element learns from the third network element that the session number control is successful, then the second network element can send to the first network element A second request message, and carry the first information in the second request message, so that the first network element stores the first information, and continues to execute other steps of the PDN connection establishment process; if the second network element learns the information from the third network element If the number of sessions established in the network slice exceeds the limit, it means that the number of sessions established in the network slice reaches the maximum number (such as the second threshold), and the network slice does not allow new sessions to be established. It can also be understood that the second network element from the third When the network element learns that the control of the number of sessions fails, the second network element can interact with the first network element again, triggering the first network element to control the number of users accessing the network slice, such as triggering the first network element to reduce the number of users accessing the network slice of users.
在上述技术方案中,第一网元在所述网络切片上已建立的会话数未超过所述网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值的情况下获取第一信息,这样在第二网元从第三网元获知会话数控制失败时可以不必指示第一网元删除第一信息,可以简化处理。In the above technical solution, the first network element obtains the first information when the number of established sessions on the network slice does not exceed the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, so that when the second network element obtains the first information from When the third network element learns that the session number control fails, it does not need to instruct the first network element to delete the first information, which can simplify the processing.
结合第二方面或其任一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第二网元从第三网元获知所述网络切片上已建立的会话数达到所述网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值,所述第三网元支持对网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制;所述第二网元向所述第一网元发送第一请求消息,包括:在所述第二网元获知所述网络切片上已建立的会话数达到所述网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值后,所述第二网元向所述第一网元发送所述第一请求消息。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: the second network element obtains from a third network element the number of sessions established on the network slice The maximum number of sessions allowed to be established by the network slice is reached, and the third network element supports performing control on the number of sessions established on the network slice; the second network element sends a first request message to the first network element , including: after the second network element learns that the number of established sessions on the network slice has reached the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, the second network element sends a message to the first network element The first request message.
结合第二方面或其任一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二网元向所述第一网元发送第一请求消息,包括:在释放所述第一会话时,所述第二网元向所述第一网元发送所述第一请求消息。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the second network element sending the first request message to the first network element includes: releasing the first session , the second network element sends the first request message to the first network element.
结合第二方面或其任一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一会话为所述用户设备在EPC网络中建立的PDN连接,或者也可以描述为,所述第一会话为所述用户设备在EPC中建立的PDN连接对应的会话。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the first session is a PDN connection established by the user equipment in the EPC network, or it can also be described as, the first session A session is a session corresponding to a PDN connection established by the user equipment in the EPC.
第三方面,本申请提供了一种网络切片准入控制方法,所述方法包括:第二网元确定用户设备的第一会话关联的网络切片;所述第二网元向网络存储功能网元发送第三请求消息,所述第三请求消息用于请求第四网元的信息,所述第三请求消息包括所述网络切片的标识和第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述第四网元支持对接入所述网络切片的用户数执行控制、以及支持对所述网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制;所述第二网元接收所述网络存储功能网元的第三响应消息,所述第三响应消息包括所述第四网元的信息;所述第二网元向所述第四网元发送第四请求消息,所述第四请求消息用于请求所述第四网元对所述网络切片接入的用户数执行控制、以及对所述网络切片建立的会话数执行控制。In a third aspect, the present application provides a network slice admission control method, the method comprising: a second network element determines the network slice associated with the first session of the user equipment; the second network element sends the network storage function network element sending a third request message, where the third request message is used to request information about the fourth network element, where the third request message includes the identifier of the network slice and second information, where the second information is used to indicate the The fourth network element supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice and the number of sessions established on the network slice; the second network element receives the third A response message, the third response message includes the information of the fourth network element; the second network element sends a fourth request message to the fourth network element, and the fourth request message is used to request the fourth network element The four network elements control the number of users accessed by the network slice, and control the number of sessions established by the network slice.
在上述技术方案中,第二网元请求网络存储功能网元为其选择同时支持对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制和支持对控制网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制的第四网元,使得第四网元在确定网络切片对应的用户数和会话数时,可以判断该用户设备是否已经接入该网络切片或该用户设备的会话是否都应经释放,从而准确控制接入网络切片的用户数和在网络切片建立的会话数。这样可以实现网络切片准入控制。In the above technical solution, the second network element requests the network storage function network element to select a fourth network element that simultaneously supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice and the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice, When determining the number of users and sessions corresponding to the network slice, the fourth network element can determine whether the user equipment has already accessed the network slice or whether the sessions of the user equipment should be released, so as to accurately control the access network slice Number of users and sessions established on the network slice. This enables network slice admission control.
结合第三方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四请求消息包括用户设备的标识、第一信息、第三信息、第四信息、以及所述网络切片的标识,所述第一信息用于关联所述第一会话,其中:当所述用户设备请求建立所述第一会话时,所述第三信息用于指示增加已接入所述网络切片的用户数,所述第四信息用于指示增加在所述网络切片已建立的会话数;当所述用户设备请求释放所述第一会话时,所述第三信息用于指示减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数,所述第四信息用于指示减少在所述网络切片已建立的会话数。With reference to the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the fourth request message includes an identifier of the user equipment, first information, third information, fourth information, and an identifier of the network slice, and the first The information is used to associate the first session, wherein: when the user equipment requests to establish the first session, the third information is used to indicate to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice, and the fourth The information is used to indicate to increase the number of sessions established in the network slice; when the user equipment requests to release the first session, the third information is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice, The fourth information is used to indicate to reduce the number of established sessions in the network slice.
结合第三方面或其任一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息包括所述第二网元的标识或与所述第一会话的标识中的至少一项。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the first information includes at least one of an identifier of the second network element or an identifier of the session with the first network element .
结合第三方面或其任一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一会话为所述用户设备在EPC网络中建立的PDN连接,或者也可以描述为,所述第一会话为所述用户设备在EPC中建立的PDN连接对应的会话。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the first session is a PDN connection established by the user equipment in the EPC network, or it can also be described as, the first session A session is a session corresponding to a PDN connection established by the user equipment in the EPC.
第四方面,本申请提供了一种网络切片准入控制方法,所述方法包括:网络存储功能网元接收来自第二网元的第三请求消息,所述第三请求消息用于请求第四网元的信息,所述第三请求消息包括所述网络切片的标识和第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述第四网元支持对接入所述网络切片的用户数执行控制、以及支持对所述网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制;所述网络存储功能网元向所述第二网元发送第三响应消息,所述第三响应消息包括所述第四网元的信息。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a network slice admission control method, the method includes: a network storage function network element receives a third request message from a second network element, and the third request message is used to request the fourth Network element information, the third request message includes the identifier of the network slice and second information, the second information is used to indicate that the fourth network element supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice , and support the execution of control on the number of sessions established on the network slice; the network storage function network element sends a third response message to the second network element, and the third response message includes the fourth network element information.
在上述技术方案中,第二网元请求网络存储功能网元为其选择同时支持对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制和支持对控制网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制的第四网元,使得第四网元在确定网络切片对应的用户数和会话数时,可以判断该用户设备是否已经接入该网络切片或该用户设备的会话是否都应经释放,从而准确控制接入网络切片的用户数和在网络切片建立的会话数。这样可以实现网络切片准入控制。In the above technical solution, the second network element requests the network storage function network element to select a fourth network element that simultaneously supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice and the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice, When determining the number of users and sessions corresponding to the network slice, the fourth network element can determine whether the user equipment has already accessed the network slice or whether the sessions of the user equipment should be released, so as to accurately control the access network slice Number of users and sessions established on the network slice. This enables network slice admission control.
第五方面,本申请提供了一种网络切片准入控制方法,所述方法包括:第四网元接收来自第二网元的第四请求消息,所述第四网元支持对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制、以及支持对所述网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制,第二网元服务于用户设备的第一会话,所述第一会话与所述网络切片相关联;所述第四网元根据所述第四请求消息,对已接入所述网络切片的用户数和在所述网络切片已建立的会话数执行控制;所述第四网元向所述第二网元发送第四响应消息,所述第四响应消息用于指示对已接入所述网络切片的用户数执行控制的结果和对所述在所述网络切片已建立的会话数的执行控制的结果。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a network slice admission control method, the method comprising: a fourth network element receives a fourth request message from a second network element, and the fourth network element supports access network slice performing control on the number of users and supporting the control on the number of sessions established on the network slice, the second network element serves the first session of the user equipment, and the first session is associated with the network slice; the second network element The four network elements perform control on the number of users who have accessed the network slice and the number of sessions established in the network slice according to the fourth request message; the fourth network element sends a message to the second network element A fourth response message, where the fourth response message is used to indicate a result of controlling the number of users who have accessed the network slice and a result of controlling the number of sessions established in the network slice.
在上述技术方案中,第二网元请求网络存储功能网元为其选择同时支持对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制和支持对控制网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制的第四网元,使得第四网元在确定网络切片对应的用户数和会话数时,可以判断该用户设备是否已经接入该网络切片或该用户设备的会话是否都应经释放,从而准确控制接入网络切片的用户数和在网络切片建立的会话数。这样可以实现网络切片准入控制。In the above technical solution, the second network element requests the network storage function network element to select a fourth network element that simultaneously supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice and the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice, When determining the number of users and sessions corresponding to the network slice, the fourth network element can determine whether the user equipment has already accessed the network slice or whether the sessions of the user equipment should be released, so as to accurately control the access network slice Number of users and sessions established on the network slice. This enables network slice admission control.
结合第五方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四请求消息包括用户设备的标识、第一信息、第三信息、第四信息、以及所述网络切片的标识,所述第一信息用于关联所述第一会话,其中:当所述用户设备请求建立所述第一会话时,所述第三信息用于指示增加已接入所述网络切片的用户数,所述第四信息用于指示增加在所述网络切片已建立的会话数;当所述用户设备请求释放所述第一会话时,所述第三信息用于指示减少已接入所述网 络切片的用户数,所述第四信息用于指示减少在所述网络切片已建立的会话数。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the fourth request message includes an identifier of the user equipment, first information, third information, fourth information, and an identifier of the network slice, and the first The information is used to associate the first session, wherein: when the user equipment requests to establish the first session, the third information is used to indicate to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice, and the fourth The information is used to indicate to increase the number of sessions established in the network slice; when the user equipment requests to release the first session, the third information is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice, The fourth information is used to indicate to reduce the number of established sessions in the network slice.
第六方面,本申请提供了通信装置,所述装置包括:In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, and the device includes:
收发单元,用于从第二网元获取第一信息,所述第一信息用于关联用户设备的第一会话,所述第一网元支持对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制,所述第一会话与所述网络切片相关联,所述第二网元服务于所述第一会话;接收来自所述第二网元的第一请求消息,所述第一请求消息用于指示减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数;a transceiver unit, configured to obtain first information from a second network element, the first information is used to associate a first session of a user equipment, and the first network element supports performing control on the number of users accessing network slices, the A first session is associated with the network slice, and the second network element serves the first session; receiving a first request message from the second network element, where the first request message is used to indicate that the reduction has been made the number of users accessing the network slice;
处理单元,用于根据所述第一信息,确定是否减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数。A processing unit, configured to determine whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice according to the first information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在获取到第一信息后,装置还可以保存第一信息、该网络切片、以及用户设备的对应关系。In a possible implementation manner, after acquiring the first information, the apparatus may further save the correspondence between the first information, the network slice, and the user equipment.
结合第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元具体用于:在所述第二网元请求增加已接入所述网络切片的用户数的过程中,获取所述第一信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the transceiving unit is specifically configured to: acquire the first information.
结合第六方面或其任一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元具体用于:在所述网络切片上已建立的会话数未超过所述网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值的情况下,接收来自所述第二网元的第二请求消息,所述第二请求消息包括所述第一信息。With reference to the sixth aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: the number of established sessions on the network slice does not exceed the number of sessions allowed to be established by the network slice In the case of the maximum number of sessions, receive a second request message from the second network element, where the second request message includes the first information.
结合第六方面或其任一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理单元具体用于:若所述用户设备在所述网络切片上建立了除所述第一会话以外的会话,则确定维持已接入所述网络切片的用户数;若所述用户设备在所述网络切片上只建立了所述第一会话,则确定减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数。With reference to the sixth aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the processing unit is specifically configured to: if the user equipment establishes a session other than the first session on the network slice session, then determine to maintain the number of users who have accessed the network slice; if the user equipment has only established the first session on the network slice, determine to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice .
结合第六方面或其任一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理单元还用于:在确定是否减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数后,删除所述第一信息。With reference to the sixth aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the processing unit is further configured to: after determining whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice, delete the first a message.
结合第六方面或其任一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一会话为所述用户设备在EPC网络中建立的PDN连接。With reference to the sixth aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the first session is a PDN connection established by the user equipment in the EPC network.
第七方面,本申请提供通信装置,所述装置包括:In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a communication device, and the device includes:
处理单元,用于确定用户设备的第一会话关联的网络切片;a processing unit, configured to determine a network slice associated with the first session of the user equipment;
收发单元,用于向第一网元发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于关联所述第一会话,所述第一网元支持对接入所述网络切片的用户数执行控制,所述第二网元服务于所述第一会话;以及向所述第一网元发送第一请求消息,所述第一请求消息用于指示减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数;其中,所述第一信息用于确定是否减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数。A transceiver unit, configured to send first information to a first network element, where the first information is used to associate the first session, and where the first network element supports controlling the number of users accessing the network slice, so The second network element serves the first session; and sends a first request message to the first network element, where the first request message is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice; wherein, The first information is used to determine whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice.
结合第七方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元具体用于:在请求增加已接入所述网络切片的用户数的过程中,向所述第一网元发送所述第一信息。With reference to the seventh aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: send the first network element to the first network element during a process of requesting to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice. a message.
结合第七方面或其任一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元具体用于:在所述网络切片上已建立的会话数未超过所述网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值时,向所述第一网元发送第二请求消息,所述第二请求消息包括所述第一信息。With reference to the seventh aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: the number of established sessions on the network slice does not exceed the number of sessions allowed to be established by the network slice When the maximum number of sessions is reached, send a second request message to the first network element, where the second request message includes the first information.
结合第七方面或其任一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元具体用于:从第三网元获知所述网络切片上已建立的会话数达到所述网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值,所述第三网元支持对网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制;在所述第二网元获知所述网络切片上已建立的会话数达到所述网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值后,向所述第一网元发送所述第一请求消息。With reference to the seventh aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: learn from a third network element that the number of established sessions on the network slice reaches the network The maximum number of sessions allowed to be established by the slice, the third network element supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice; the second network element learns that the number of sessions established on the network slice reaches the network After slicing the maximum number of sessions allowed to be established, the first request message is sent to the first network element.
结合第七方面或其任一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发单元具体 用于:在释放所述第一会话时,所述第二网元向所述第一网元发送所述第一请求消息。With reference to the seventh aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: send the second network element to the first session when releasing the first session. The network element sends the first request message.
结合第七方面或其任一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一会话为所述用户设备在EPC网络中建立的PDN连接。With reference to the seventh aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the first session is a PDN connection established by the user equipment in the EPC network.
第八方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,所述装置包括:In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, the device comprising:
处理单元,用于确定用户设备的第一会话关联的网络切片;a processing unit, configured to determine a network slice associated with the first session of the user equipment;
收发单元,用于向网络存储功能网元发送第三请求消息,所述第三请求消息用于请求第四网元的信息,所述第三请求消息包括所述网络切片的标识和第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述第四网元支持对接入所述网络切片的用户数执行控制、以及支持对所述网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制;接收所述网络存储功能网元的第三响应消息,所述第三响应消息包括所述第四网元的信息;以及向所述第四网元发送第四请求消息,所述第四请求消息用于请求所述第四网元对所述网络切片接入的用户数执行控制、以及对所述网络切片建立的会话数执行控制。A transceiver unit, configured to send a third request message to a network storage function network element, where the third request message is used to request information of a fourth network element, where the third request message includes the identifier of the network slice and second information The second information is used to indicate that the fourth network element supports controlling the number of users accessing the network slice and supporting controlling the number of sessions established on the network slice; receiving the network storage function A third response message from a network element, where the third response message includes information about the fourth network element; and sending a fourth request message to the fourth network element, where the fourth request message is used to request the fourth network element The four network elements control the number of users accessed by the network slice, and control the number of sessions established by the network slice.
结合第八方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四请求消息包括用户设备的标识、第一信息、第三信息、第四信息、以及所述网络切片的标识,所述第一信息用于关联所述第一会话,其中:当所述用户设备请求建立所述第一会话时,所述第三信息用于指示增加已接入所述网络切片的用户数,所述第四信息用于指示增加在所述网络切片已建立的会话数;当所述用户设备请求释放所述第一会话时,所述第三信息用于指示减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数,所述第四信息用于指示减少在所述网络切片已建立的会话数。With reference to the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the fourth request message includes an identifier of the user equipment, first information, third information, fourth information, and an identifier of the network slice, and the first The information is used to associate the first session, wherein: when the user equipment requests to establish the first session, the third information is used to indicate to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice, and the fourth The information is used to indicate to increase the number of sessions established in the network slice; when the user equipment requests to release the first session, the third information is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice, The fourth information is used to indicate to reduce the number of established sessions in the network slice.
结合第八方面或其任一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息包括所述第二网元的标识或与所述第一会话的标识中的至少一项。With reference to the eighth aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the first information includes at least one of an identifier of the second network element or an identifier of the session with the first network element .
结合第八方面或其任一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一会话为所述用户设备在EPC网络中建立的PDN连接。With reference to the eighth aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the first session is a PDN connection established by the user equipment in the EPC network.
第九方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,所述装置包括:In a ninth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, the device comprising:
收发单元,用于接收来自第二网元的第三请求消息,所述第三请求消息用于请求第四网元的信息,所述第三请求消息包括所述网络切片的标识和第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述第四网元支持对接入所述网络切片的用户数执行控制、以及支持对所述网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制;以及向所述第二网元发送第三响应消息,所述第三响应消息包括所述第四网元的信息。A transceiver unit, configured to receive a third request message from a second network element, where the third request message is used to request information of a fourth network element, where the third request message includes an identifier of the network slice and second information , the second information is used to indicate that the fourth network element supports controlling the number of users accessing the network slice, and supports controlling the number of sessions established on the network slice; The network element sends a third response message, where the third response message includes the information of the fourth network element.
第十方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,所述装置包括:In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, and the device includes:
收发单元,用于接收来自第二网元的第四请求消息,所述第四网元支持对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制、以及支持对所述网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制,第二网元服务于用户设备的第一会话,所述第一会话与所述网络切片相关联;a transceiver unit, configured to receive a fourth request message from a second network element, where the fourth network element supports performing control on the number of users accessing the network slice, and supports performing control on the number of sessions established on the network slice, a second network element serving a first session of a user equipment, the first session being associated with the network slice;
处理单元,用于根据所述第四请求消息,对已接入所述网络切片的用户数和在所述网络切片已建立的会话数执行控制;A processing unit, configured to control the number of users who have accessed the network slice and the number of sessions established in the network slice according to the fourth request message;
所述收发单元,还用于向所述第二网元发送第四响应消息,所述第四响应消息用于指示对已接入所述网络切片的用户数执行控制的结果和对所述在所述网络切片已建立的会话数的执行控制的结果。The transceiver unit is further configured to send a fourth response message to the second network element, where the fourth response message is used to indicate the result of controlling the number of users who have accessed the network slice and to control the number of users in the network slice. The result of the execution control of the number of sessions that the network slice has established.
结合第十方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四请求消息包括用户设备的标识、第一信息、第三信息、第四信息、以及所述网络切片的标识,所述第一信息用于关联所述 第一会话,其中:当所述用户设备请求建立所述第一会话时,所述第三信息用于指示增加已接入所述网络切片的用户数,所述第四信息用于指示增加在所述网络切片已建立的会话数;当所述用户设备请求释放所述第一会话时,所述第三信息用于指示减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数,所述第四信息用于指示减少在所述网络切片已建立的会话数。With reference to the tenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the fourth request message includes an identifier of the user equipment, first information, third information, fourth information, and an identifier of the network slice, and the first The information is used to associate the first session, wherein: when the user equipment requests to establish the first session, the third information is used to indicate to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice, and the fourth The information is used to indicate to increase the number of sessions established in the network slice; when the user equipment requests to release the first session, the third information is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice, The fourth information is used to indicate to reduce the number of established sessions in the network slice.
第六方面至第十方面为与第一方面至第五方面对应的装置实施例,可以实现如第一方面至第五方面所述的方法、以及达到第一方面至第五方面所述的有益效果,具体的描述可以参考第一方面至第五方面,在此不再赘述。The sixth to tenth aspects are device embodiments corresponding to the first to fifth aspects, which can implement the methods described in the first to fifth aspects and achieve the benefits described in the first to fifth aspects For the effect, specific descriptions may refer to the first aspect to the fifth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第十一方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以使得该装置执行上述第一方面至第五方面中任一方面提供的方法,或执行第一方面至第五方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该装置还包括存储器。可选地,该装置还包括接口电路,处理器与接口电路耦合。In an eleventh aspect, the present application provides a communication device, including a processor. The processor is coupled with the memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory, so that the device executes the method provided in any one of the first to fifth aspects above, or executes any possible method in the first to fifth aspects. method in the implementation. Optionally, the device further includes a memory. Optionally, the device further includes an interface circuit, and the processor is coupled to the interface circuit.
第十二方面,本申请提供了一种处理器,包括:输入电路、输出电路和处理电路。该处理电路用于通过该输入电路接收信号,并通过该输出电路发射信号,使得该处理器执行第一方面至第五方面中任一方面提供的方法,或执行第一方面至第五方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a twelfth aspect, the present application provides a processor, including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit. The processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes the method provided in any one of the first aspect to the fifth aspect, or executes the method in the first aspect to the fifth aspect A method in any of the possible implementations.
在具体实现过程中,上述处理器可以为芯片,输入电路可以为输入管脚,输出电路可以为输出管脚,处理电路可以为晶体管、门电路、触发器和各种逻辑电路。输入电路所接收的输入的信号可以是由例如但不限于接收器接收并输入的,输出电路所输出的信号可以是例如但不限于输出给发射器并由发射器发射的,且输入电路和输出电路可以是同一电路,该电路在不同的时刻分别用作输入电路和输出电路。本申请实施例对处理器及各种电路的具体实现方式不做限定。In a specific implementation process, the above-mentioned processor can be a chip, the input circuit can be an input pin, the output circuit can be an output pin, and the processing circuit can be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop and various logic circuits. The input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example but not limited to, the receiver, the output signal of the output circuit may be, for example but not limited to, output to the transmitter and transmitted by the transmitter, and the input circuit and the output The circuit may be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit respectively at different times. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.
第十三方面,本申请提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和存储器。该处理器用于读取存储器中存储的指令,并可通过接收器接收信号,通过发射器发射信号,以执行第一方面至第五方面中任一方面提供的方法,或执行第一方面至第五方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, the present application provides a processing device, including a processor and a memory. The processor is used to read instructions stored in the memory, and can receive signals through the receiver and transmit signals through the transmitter, so as to execute the method provided in any one of the first to fifth aspects, or to execute the first to the second aspects The method in any one of the possible implementation manners in the five aspects.
可选地,该处理器为一个或多个,该存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
可选地,该存储器可以与该处理器集成在一起,或者该存储器与处理器分离设置。Optionally, the memory can be integrated with the processor, or the memory can be set separately from the processor.
在具体实现过程中,存储器可以为非瞬时性(non-transitory)存储器,例如只读存储器(read only memory,ROM),其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本申请实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。In the specific implementation process, the memory can be a non-transitory (non-transitory) memory, such as a read-only memory (read only memory, ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be respectively arranged in different On the chip, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the memory and the configuration of the memory and the processor.
上述第十三方面中的处理装置可以是一个芯片,该处理器可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现,当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路;当通过软件来实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现,该存储器可以集成在处理器中,可以位于该处理器之外,独立存在。The processing device in the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect may be a chip, and the processor may be implemented by hardware or by software. When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit or an integrated circuit; when implemented by software When implemented, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is realized by reading the software code stored in the memory, and the memory may be integrated in the processor, or it may be located outside the processor and exist independently.
第十四方面,本申请提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当该计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第五方面中任一方面提供的方法,或执行第一方面至第五方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product including: a computer program (also referred to as code, or instruction), when the computer program is executed, the computer executes the above-mentioned first aspect to The method provided in any one of the fifth aspects, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect to the fifth aspect.
第十五方面,本申请提供了一种计算机可读介质,该计算机可读介质存储有计算机程 序(也可以称为代码,或指令)当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第五方面中任一方面提供的方法,或执行第一方面至第五方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a fifteenth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable medium, the computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instruction) when it is run on a computer, so that the computer executes the above-mentioned first aspect The method provided in any one of the fifth aspects, or the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect to the fifth aspect.
第十六方面,本申请提供了一种通信系统,包括上述任一方面或其可能的实现方式中提供的装置中的至少一个。In a sixteenth aspect, the present application provides a communication system, including at least one of the devices provided in any of the foregoing aspects or possible implementations thereof.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是可以应用本申请的通信系统的示意性架构图。Fig. 1 is a schematic architecture diagram of a communication system to which the present application can be applied.
图2是可以应用本申请的通信系统的另一示意性架构图。Fig. 2 is another schematic architecture diagram of a communication system to which the present application can be applied.
图3是可以应用本申请的通信系统的另一示意性架构图。Fig. 3 is another schematic architecture diagram of a communication system to which the present application can be applied.
图4是本申请提供的网络切片准入控制方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a network slice admission control method provided by the present application.
图5是本申请提供的另一网络切片准入控制方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another network slice admission control method provided by the present application.
图6是本申请提供的网络切片准入控制方法的一个示例。FIG. 6 is an example of a network slice admission control method provided by this application.
图7是本申请提供的网络切片准入控制方法的另一个示例。Fig. 7 is another example of the network slice admission control method provided by this application.
图8是本申请提供的网络切片准入控制方法的另一个示例。Fig. 8 is another example of the network slice admission control method provided by this application.
图9是本申请提供的网络切片准入控制方法的另一个示例。Fig. 9 is another example of the network slice admission control method provided by the present application.
图10是本申请提供的网络切片准入控制方法的另一个示例。Fig. 10 is another example of the network slice admission control method provided by this application.
图11是本申请的实施例提供的装置的结构示意图。Fig. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图12是本申请的实施例提供的装置的另一结构示意图。Fig. 12 is another schematic structural diagram of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)通信系统、新无线(new radio,NR)通信系统或卫星通信系统。其中,通信系统可以包括非独立组网(non-standalone,NSA)和/或独立组网(standalone,SA)。The technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example: long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex) , TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) Communication System, Fifth Generation (5th Generation, 5G) Communication System, New Wireless (new radio, NR) communication system or satellite communication system. Wherein, the communication system may include non-standalone networking (non-standalone, NSA) and/or standalone networking (standalone, SA).
本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于机器类通信(machine type communication,MTC)、机器间通信长期演进技术(Long Term Evolution-machine,LTE-M)、设备到设备(device-to device,D2D)网络、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)网络、物联网(internet of things,IoT)网络或者其他网络。其中,IoT网络例如可以包括车联网。The technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC), inter-machine communication long-term evolution technology (Long Term Evolution-machine, LTE-M), device-to-device (device-to-device, D2D) A network, a machine to machine (M2M) network, an Internet of things (IoT) network, or other networks. Wherein, the IoT network may include, for example, the Internet of Vehicles.
本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的移动通信系统,如第六代移动通信系统,本申请对此不作限定。The technical solutions provided in this application can also be applied to future mobile communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system, which is not limited in this application.
下面以图1至图3为例,对可以应用本申请的通信系统进行描述。The communication system to which the present application can be applied is described below by taking FIG. 1 to FIG. 3 as examples.
图1是可以应用本申请的通信系统的示意性架构图。图1为基于服务化架构的5G网络架构示意图。图1所示的5G网络架构中可包括三部分,分别是用户设备(user equipment,UE)部分、数据网络(data network,DN)部分和运营商网络部分。其中,运营商网络可 包括以下网元中的一个或多个:(无线)接入网((radio)access network,(R)AN)、用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元、认证服务器功能(authentication server function,AUSF)网元、NSACF网元、接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元、SMF网元、网络切片选择功能(network slice selection function,NSSF)网元、网络开放功能(network exposure function,NEF)网元、网络功能库功能(network repository function,NRF)网元、策略控制功能模块(policy control function,PCF)网元、统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)网元和应用功能(application function,AF)网元。上述运营商网络中,除RAN部分之外的部分可以称为核心网部分。下文将用户设备、无线接入网、UPF网元、AUSF网元、AMF网元、SMF网元、NEF网元、NRF网元、PCF网元、UDM网元、NSSF网元、NSACF网元、AF网元分别简称为UE、RAN、UPF、DN、AUSF、AMF、SMF、NEF、NRF、PCF、UDM、NSSF、NSACF、AF。Fig. 1 is a schematic architecture diagram of a communication system to which the present application can be applied. Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on a service-based architecture. The 5G network architecture shown in FIG. 1 may include three parts, namely a user equipment (user equipment, UE) part, a data network (data network, DN) part, and an operator network part. Wherein, the operator network may include one or more of the following network elements: (wireless) access network ((radio) access network, (R)AN), user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element, authentication Server function (authentication server function, AUSF) network element, NSACF network element, access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) network element, SMF network element, network slice selection function (network slice selection function, NSSF) ) network element, network exposure function (network exposure function, NEF) network element, network repository function (network repository function, NRF) network element, policy control function module (policy control function, PCF) network element, unified data management (unified data management (UDM) network element and application function (application function, AF) network element. In the above operator network, the part other than the RAN part may be referred to as the core network part. The user equipment, wireless access network, UPF network element, AUSF network element, AMF network element, SMF network element, NEF network element, NRF network element, PCF network element, UDM network element, NSSF network element, NSACF network element, The AF network elements are referred to as UE, RAN, UPF, DN, AUSF, AMF, SMF, NEF, NRF, PCF, UDM, NSSF, NSACF, and AF respectively.
在该网络架构中,Nnssf为NSSF展现的基于服务的接口,Nnef为NEF展现的基于服务的接口,Nnrf为NRF展现的基于服务的接口,Npcf为PCF展现的基于服务的接口,Nudm为UDM展现的基于服务的接口,Naf为AF展现的基于服务的接口,Nausf为AUSF展现的基于服务的接口,Namf为AMF展现的基于服务的接口,Nsmf为SMF展现的基于服务的接口,Nnsacf为NSACF展现的基于服务的接口。N1为UE和AMF之间的接口,N2为RAN和AMF的接口,用于NAS消息的发送;N3为RAN和UPF之间的接口,用于传输用户面的数据;N4为SMF和UPF之间的接口,用于传输例如N3连接的隧道标识信息,数据缓存指示信息,以及下行数据通知消息;N6接口为UPF和DN之间的接口,用于传输用户面的数据;N9为UPF和UPF之间的接口。In this network architecture, Nnssf is the service-based interface presented by NSSF, Nnef is the service-based interface presented by NEF, Nnrf is the service-based interface presented by NRF, Npcf is the service-based interface presented by PCF, and Nudm is the service-based interface presented by UDM Naf is the service-based interface presented by AF, Nausf is the service-based interface presented by AUSF, Namf is the service-based interface presented by AMF, Nsmf is the service-based interface presented by SMF, Nnsacf is the service-based interface presented by NSACF service-based interface. N1 is the interface between UE and AMF, N2 is the interface between RAN and AMF, used to send NAS messages; N3 is the interface between RAN and UPF, used to transmit user plane data; N4 is between SMF and UPF The interface is used to transmit tunnel identification information such as N3 connection, data cache indication information, and downlink data notification message; N6 interface is the interface between UPF and DN, used to transmit user plane data; N9 is between UPF and UPF interface between.
下面对图1中的涉及的网元进行简单描述。The network elements involved in FIG. 1 are briefly described below.
1、UE1. UE
UE主要通过无线空口接入5G网络并获得服务,UE通过空口和RAN进行交互,通过非接入层信令(non-access stratum,NAS)和核心网的AMF进行交互。The UE mainly accesses the 5G network through the wireless air interface and obtains services. The UE interacts with the RAN through the air interface, and interacts with the AMF of the core network through non-access stratum signaling (non-access stratum, NAS).
本申请实施例中的UE也可以称为终端设备、用户、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。UE可以是蜂窝电话、智能手表、无线数据卡、手机、平板电脑、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)电脑、无线调制解调器、手持设备、膝上型电脑、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)终端、带无线收发功能的电脑、物联网终端、虚拟现实终端设备、增强现实终端设备、可穿戴设备、车辆、设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)通信中的终端、车物(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信中的终端、机器类通信(machine-type communication,MTC)中的终端、物联网(internet of things,IOT)中的终端、智能办公中的终端、工业控制中的终端、无人驾驶中的终端、远程手术中的终端、智能电网中的终端、运输安全中的终端、智慧城市中的终端、智慧家庭中的终端、卫星通信中的终端(例如,卫星电话或卫星终端)。UE还可以是客户终端设备(customer-premises equipment,CPE)、电话、路由器、网络交换机、家庭网关(residential gateway,RG)、机顶盒、固定移动融合产品、家庭网络适配器、以及互联网接入网关。本申请的实施例对UE所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。The UE in this embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as a terminal device, user, access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, User Agent or User Device. A UE can be a cellular phone, a smart watch, a wireless data card, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a personal digital assistant (PDA) computer, a wireless modem, a handheld device, a laptop computer, a machine type communication (MTC) ) terminals, computers with wireless transceiver functions, Internet of Things terminals, virtual reality terminal devices, augmented reality terminal devices, wearable devices, vehicles, terminals in device-to-device (D2D) communication, vehicles ( Terminals in vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, terminals in machine-type communication (MTC), terminals in Internet of Things (IOT), terminals in smart office, terminals in industrial control , terminals in unmanned driving, terminals in remote surgery, terminals in smart grids, terminals in transportation security, terminals in smart cities, terminals in smart homes, terminals in satellite communications (for example, satellite phones or satellite terminal). The UE may also be customer-premises equipment (CPE), telephone, router, network switch, residential gateway (residential gateway, RG), set-top box, fixed mobile convergence product, home network adapter, and Internet access gateway. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form adopted by the UE.
2、接入网设备2. Access network equipment
本申请中的接入网设备可以是用于与UE通信的设备,主要负责空口侧的无线资源管理、服务质量管理、数据压缩和加密功能。该接入网设备可以是全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication,GSM)系统或码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统中的基站(base transceiver station,BTS)、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统中的基站(nodeB,NB)、LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolutional nodeB,eNB或eNodeB)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统中的基站、云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器、无线高保真(wireless fidelity)系统的中接入点、中继站、车载设备或者可穿戴设备。或者接入网设备可以为D2D通信或机器通信中承担基站功能的终端。或者接入网设备可以为5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备。此外,接入网设备也可以是完成基站部分功能的模块或单元,例如,可以是集中式单元(central unit,CU),也可以是分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)。本申请的实施例对接入网设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。The access network device in this application may be a device for communicating with UE, and is mainly responsible for wireless resource management, service quality management, data compression and encryption functions on the air interface side. The access network equipment may be a base transceiver station (BTS) in a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system or a code division multiple access (CDMA) system, a broadband code division multiple access Base station (nodeB, NB) in (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, evolved base station (evolutional nodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE system, worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication A base station in the system, a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, an access point, a relay station, a vehicle-mounted device, or a wearable device in a wireless high-fidelity (wireless fidelity) system. Alternatively, the access network device may be a terminal that assumes the base station function in D2D communication or machine-to-machine communication. Alternatively, the access network device may be a network device in a 5G network or a network device in a future evolved PLMN network. In addition, the access network device may also be a module or unit that completes some functions of the base station, for example, it may be a centralized unit (central unit, CU) or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU). The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form adopted by the access network equipment.
3、UPF3. UPF
UPF为用户面功能网元,支持以下全部或者部分功能:将协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话与DN互连;分组路由和转发(例如,支持对流量进行上行分类(Uplink classifier)后转发到DN,支持分支点(Branching point)以支持多连接(multi-homed)PDU会话);数据包检测。UPF is a functional network element of the user plane, supporting all or part of the following functions: interconnecting protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) sessions with DN; packet routing and forwarding (for example, supporting uplink classifier for traffic Forward to DN, support branching point (Branching point) to support multi-connection (multi-homed) PDU session); packet inspection.
4、DN4. DN
DN是用户的PDU会话访问的目的地。DN是为用户提供数据传输服务的运营商网络,例如,因特网协议(internet protocol,IP)多媒体业务(IP multi-media service,IMS)、Internet。UE可以通过建立UE到RAN到UPF到DN之间的PDU会话,来访问DN。DN is the destination accessed by the user's PDU session. The DN is an operator network that provides data transmission services for users, for example, Internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) multimedia service (IP multi-media service, IMS), Internet. The UE can access the DN by establishing a PDU session between the UE, the RAN, the UPF, and the DN.
5、AUSF5. AUSF
AUSF属于核心网控制面网元,主要负责对用户的鉴权、授权以保证用户是合法用户。The AUSF belongs to the control plane network element of the core network, and is mainly responsible for authenticating and authorizing users to ensure that users are legitimate users.
6、AMF6. AMF
AMF是移动性管理功能网元,负责用户的移动性管理,包括移动状态管理、分配用户临时身份标识、认证和授权用户。AMF is a network element with mobility management function, which is responsible for user mobility management, including mobility state management, allocation of user temporary IDs, authentication and authorization of users.
7、SMF7. SMF
SMF是会话管理功能网元,负责用户面网元选择,用户面网元重定向,IP地址分配,承载的建立、修改和释放,以及QoS控制。SMF is a session management function network element, which is responsible for user plane network element selection, user plane network element redirection, IP address allocation, bearer establishment, modification and release, and QoS control.
8、NEF8.NEF
NEF属于核心网控制面网元,用于负责移动网络能力的对外开放,对外开放网络能力和服务。NEF belongs to the core network control plane network element, which is responsible for the opening of mobile network capabilities to the outside world, and the opening of network capabilities and services to the outside world.
9、NRF9. NRF
NRF属于核心网控制面网元,负责网元的注册和发现功能,并维护网元的信息,例如,该网元的实例标识、类型、PLMN、切片相关的标识、IP地址或者FQDN、该网元的能力、支持的服务。NRF belongs to the network element of the control plane of the core network, and is responsible for the registration and discovery of the network element, and maintains the information of the network element, for example, the instance identifier, type, PLMN, slice-related identifier, IP address or FQDN of the network element, the network element Meta capabilities, supporting services.
10、PCF10. PCF
PCF包含策略控制决策和基于流计费控制的功能,包含用户签约数据管理功能、策略 控制功能、计费策略控制功能、QoS控制,主要支持提供统一的策略框架来控制网络行为,提供策略规则给控制层网络功能,同时负责获取与策略决策相关的用户签约信息。PCF includes policy control decision-making and flow-based charging control functions, including user subscription data management functions, policy control functions, charging policy control functions, and QoS control. It mainly supports the provision of a unified policy framework to control network behavior, and provides policy rules for The network function of the control layer is also responsible for obtaining user subscription information related to policy decisions.
11、UDM11. UDM
UDM属于核心网控制面网元,归属用户服务器,负责管理签约数据,当签约数据修改的时候,负责通知相应的网元。The UDM belongs to the core network control plane network element, belongs to the user server, and is responsible for managing the subscription data, and is responsible for notifying the corresponding network element when the subscription data is modified.
12、NSSF12. NSSF
NSSF负责网络切片的选择。NSSF is responsible for the selection of network slices.
13、NSACF13. NSACF
NSACF负责对网络切片进行准入控制(admission control)。例如,当网络切片需要执行准入控制时,NSACF可以控制每个网络切片上接入的用户数。NSACF上可以配置每个网络切片允许的最大用户数目(max number of UEs per network slice)。当增加网络切片当前注册的用户数时,NSACF首先判断该网络切片当前已经接入的用户数是否已经达到该网络切片下的最大用户数。NSACF is responsible for admission control on network slices. For example, when network slices need to perform admission control, NSACF can control the number of users connected to each network slice. The maximum number of users allowed per network slice (max number of UEs per network slice) can be configured on NSACF. When increasing the number of currently registered users of a network slice, NSACF first determines whether the number of users currently connected to the network slice has reached the maximum number of users under the network slice.
NSACF还可以负责控制每个网络切片上的建立的会话数。NSACF上可以配置每个网络切片允许的最大会话数目(max number of PDU sessions per network slice)。当增加网络切片当前会话数时,NSACF首先判断该网络切片上当前已经建立的会话数是否已经达到该网络切片下的最大会话数。NSACF may also be responsible for controlling the number of established sessions on each network slice. The maximum number of sessions allowed per network slice (max number of PDU sessions per network slice) can be configured on NSACF. When increasing the current number of sessions in a network slice, NSACF first determines whether the number of currently established sessions on the network slice has reached the maximum number of sessions under the network slice.
14、AF14. AF
AF负责向UE提供某种应用层服务,AF在向UE提供服务时,对QoS(policy)和计费策略(charging)有要求,且需要通知网络。同时,AF也需要核心网反馈的应用相关的信息。The AF is responsible for providing certain application layer services to the UE. When the AF provides services to the UE, it has requirements for QoS (policy) and charging policy (charging), and needs to notify the network. At the same time, the AF also needs application-related information fed back by the core network.
图2是可以应用本申请的通信系统的另一示意性架构图。图2为基于点对点接口的5G网络架构示意图,图2与图1的主要区别在于图2中的各个网元之间的接口是点对点的接口,而不是服务化的接口,各网元的描述可以参考图1,在此不再赘述。Fig. 2 is another schematic architecture diagram of a communication system to which the present application can be applied. Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a 5G network architecture based on point-to-point interfaces. The main difference between Figure 2 and Figure 1 is that the interfaces between network elements in Figure 2 are point-to-point interfaces rather than service-oriented interfaces. The description of each network element can be Referring to FIG. 1 , details will not be repeated here.
图3是可以应用本申请的通信系统的另一示意性架构图。图3是用于第五代通信系统(5 th generation system,5GS)和EPC/演进的通用陆基无线接入网(evolved universal terrestrial radio access network,e-UTRAN)之间互通的非漫游架构。其中,EPC网络的部分网元和5G网络的部分网元可以部署于同一个物理实体上,从而使得EPS网络和5G网络可以进行交互。例如图3所示,归属签约用户服务器(home subscriber server,HSS)网元和统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)网元可以部署于同一个物理实体。分组数据网络网关(packet data network gateway,PGW)的控制面功能(PGW-C)和会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元可以部署于同一个物理实体。分组数据网络网关(packet data network gateway,PGW)的用户面功能(PGW-U)和用户面功能(User plane function,UPF)网元可以部署于同一个物理实体。上述网元也可以为分离的网元,本申请实施例对此并不加以限定。N26接口是移动性管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)与5GS AMF之间的一个跨CN接口(inter-CN interface),用于实现EPC与5G核心网之间的互通。支持N26接口对于实现5GS和EPC/E-UTRAN之间互通来说是可选的。N26支持S10支持的功能子集(互连的基本功能)。HSS+UDM网元具有HSS功能和UDM网元功能的网元,能够存储用户的签约数据。例如,用户的签约数据包括移 动性管理相关的签约数据以及会话管理相关的签约数据。所述HSS+UDM网元也可称为HSS+UDM设备或HSS+UDM实体或UDM+HSS网元或UDM+HSS设备或UDM+HSS实体。SMF+PGW-C网元具有SMF和PGW-C功能,UPF+PGW-C网元具有UPF网元和PGW-U功能。驻留在EPC的UE在建立PDN连接时可以通过SMF+PGW-C获取5G核心网的服务或者EPC的服务。图3涉及的5G部分可以由图1或图2所示。 Fig. 3 is another schematic architecture diagram of a communication system to which the present application can be applied. FIG. 3 is a non-roaming architecture for intercommunication between a fifth generation communication system (5 th generation system, 5GS) and an EPC/evolved universal terrestrial radio access network (e-UTRAN). Among them, some network elements of the EPC network and some network elements of the 5G network can be deployed on the same physical entity, so that the EPS network and the 5G network can interact. For example, as shown in FIG. 3 , a home subscriber server (home subscriber server, HSS) network element and a unified data management (unified data management, UDM) network element may be deployed in the same physical entity. A control plane function (PGW-C) and a session management function (session management function, SMF) network element of a packet data network gateway (packet data network gateway, PGW) can be deployed in the same physical entity. A user plane function (PGW-U) and a user plane function (User plane function, UPF) network element of a packet data network gateway (packet data network gateway, PGW) may be deployed in the same physical entity. The foregoing network element may also be a separate network element, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. The N26 interface is an inter-CN interface (inter-CN interface) between the mobility management entity (MME) and the 5GS AMF, and is used to realize the intercommunication between the EPC and the 5G core network. Support for the N26 interface is optional for interworking between 5GS and EPC/E-UTRAN. The N26 supports a subset of the functions supported by the S10 (basic functions of the interconnect). HSS+UDM network element is a network element with HSS function and UDM network element function, which can store user's subscription data. For example, the subscription data of the user includes subscription data related to mobility management and subscription data related to session management. The HSS+UDM network element may also be called HSS+UDM equipment or HSS+UDM entity or UDM+HSS network element or UDM+HSS equipment or UDM+HSS entity. The SMF+PGW-C network element has the functions of SMF and PGW-C, and the UPF+PGW-C network element has the functions of UPF network element and PGW-U. The UE residing in the EPC can obtain the service of the 5G core network or the service of the EPC through the SMF+PGW-C when establishing a PDN connection. The 5G part involved in Figure 3 can be shown in Figure 1 or Figure 2 .
应理解,图1至图3所示的各个网元的命名仅是一个名字,名字对网元本身的功能不构成限定。在不同的网络中,上述各个网元也可以是其他的名字,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。例如,在6G网络中,上述各个网元中的部分或全部可以沿用5G中的术语,也可能是其他命名,等等,在此进行统一说明,以下不再赘述。类似地,图1至图3所示的网元之间的接口仅是一个示例,在5G网络以及未来其它的网络中,网元之间的接口也可以不是图中所示的接口,本申请对此不作限定。还应理解,本申请实施例并不限于图1至图3所示的系统架构中。例如,可以应用本申请的通信系统可以包括更多或更少的网元或设备。图1至图3中的设备或网元可以是硬件,也可以是从功能上划分的软件或者以上二者的结合。图1至图3中的设备或网元之间可以通过其他设备或网元通信。It should be understood that the naming of each network element shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 3 is only a name, and the name does not limit the function of the network element itself. In different networks, the foregoing network elements may also have other names, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. For example, in a 6G network, some or all of the above-mentioned network elements may use the terms in 5G, or may be named by other names, etc., which will be described in a unified manner here, and will not be described in detail below. Similarly, the interfaces between network elements shown in Figures 1 to 3 are only examples, and in 5G networks and other networks in the future, the interfaces between network elements may not be the interfaces shown in the figure. There is no limit to this. It should also be understood that the embodiments of the present application are not limited to the system architectures shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 3 . For example, a communication system to which the present application can be applied may include more or fewer network elements or devices. The devices or network elements in FIG. 1 to FIG. 3 may be hardware, or functionally divided software, or a combination of the above two. The devices or network elements in FIG. 1 to FIG. 3 may communicate through other devices or network elements.
在5G通信系统中,引入了网络切片。网络切片是基于逻辑的概念,对资源进行的重组,可以在同一套物理设施上虚拟出多个具有不同特点且相互隔离的逻辑子网,来针对性地为用户提供服务。不同逻辑子网由单个网络切片选择辅助信息(single network slice selection assistance information,S-NSSAI)来标识和区分。在网络切片的实际部署场景中,由于网络资源限制,一个网络切片可以容纳接入的用户的数量以及支持建立的会话的数量是有限的。In the 5G communication system, network slicing is introduced. Network slicing is a logic-based concept. By reorganizing resources, multiple logical subnets with different characteristics and isolated from each other can be virtualized on the same set of physical facilities to provide targeted services to users. Different logical subnets are identified and distinguished by single network slice selection assistance information (single network slice selection assistance information, S-NSSAI). In an actual deployment scenario of network slicing, due to the limitation of network resources, a network slice can accommodate a limited number of connected users and a limited number of established sessions.
依据目前的5G标准规定,如果网络切片需要执行准入控制,那么可以通过NSACF对该网络切片执行准入控制。例如,NSACF对网络切片接入的UE数进行准入控制或者对网络切片建立的会话数进行准入控制。具体地,以NSACF对网络切片接入的UE数进行准入控制为例,NSACF上可以配置网络切片的配额(quota)以及保存当前已经接入该网络切片的用户数,在UE的注册或去注册流程中对网络切片接入的UE数进行控制。以在注册流程中对网络切片接入的UE数进行控制为例,UE可以携带请求的NSSAI(requested NSSAI);AMF判断请求的NSSAI中是否包含需要执行网络切片准入控制(network slice admission control,NSAC)的网络切片,若请求的NSSAI中包含需要执行NSAC的网络切片,则AMF可以确定目标NSSAI(target NSSAI),目标NSSAI是UE请求接入且需要执行NSAC的所有网络切片集合;AMF与NSACF网元进行交互,触发NSACF判断当前的网络切片的配额是否可以允许UE接入该网络切片。若目标NSSAI包含的某个网络切片的当前配额仍可用,则UE可以接入该网络切片,同时NSACF对配额可用的网络切片进行用户数计数,NSACF向AMF返回“配额可用(quota available)”的指示信息,AMF“配额可用”的网络切片包含在允许的NSSAI(allowed NSSAI)中;若目标NSSAI包含的某个网络切片的当前配额不可用,则UE不可以接入该网络切片,NSACF向AMF返回“无配额可用(noquota available)”的指示信息,AMF“无配额可用”的网络切片包含在拒绝的NSSAI(rejected NSSAI)中。同理,还可以通过NSACF对网络切片建立的会话数进行控制。具体地,NSACF上可以配置网络切片的配额以及保存当前已经在该网络切片的建立的会话数,NSACF可以在UE的PDU会话管理流程中对 网络切片建立的会话数进行控制,具体的流程与对网络切片接入的UE数进行控制的流程类似,不再赘述。According to the current 5G standard, if a network slice needs to perform admission control, then the network slice can be controlled through NSACF. For example, the NSACF performs admission control on the number of UEs accessed by the network slice or performs admission control on the number of sessions established by the network slice. Specifically, taking NSACF as an example to perform admission control on the number of UEs connected to the network slice, NSACF can configure network slice quotas (quota) and store the number of users currently connected to the network slice. During the registration process, the number of UEs connected to the network slice is controlled. Taking the control of the number of UEs connected to the network slice during the registration process as an example, the UE can carry the requested NSSAI (requested NSSAI); the AMF judges whether the requested NSSAI includes the network slice admission control (network slice admission control, NSAC) network slices, if the requested NSSAI contains network slices that need to perform NSAC, AMF can determine the target NSSAI (target NSSAI), the target NSSAI is the set of all network slices that the UE requests to access and needs to perform NSAC; AMF and NSACF The network elements interact to trigger the NSACF to judge whether the quota of the current network slice allows the UE to access the network slice. If the current quota of a network slice included in the target NSSAI is still available, the UE can access the network slice, and at the same time, the NSACF counts the number of users in the network slice with available quotas, and the NSACF returns "quota available" to the AMF Indication information, AMF "quota available" network slice is included in the allowed NSSAI (allowed NSSAI); if the current quota of a certain network slice contained in the target NSSAI is not available, the UE cannot access the network slice, and NSACF sends a message to AMF An indication of "no quota available" is returned, and AMF's "no quota available" network slice is included in the rejected NSSAI (rejected NSSAI). Similarly, the number of sessions established by the network slice can also be controlled through the NSACF. Specifically, the NSACF can configure the quota of the network slice and save the number of sessions currently established in the network slice. The NSACF can control the number of sessions established in the network slice during the PDU session management process of the UE. The specific process is related to the The process of controlling the number of UEs accessed by the network slice is similar and will not be repeated here.
需要注意的是,负责控制每个网络切片上接入的用户数的NSACF和负责控制每个网络切片上的建立的会话数的NSACF可以相同或者不同。It should be noted that the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of users accessed on each network slice and the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of established sessions on each network slice may be the same or different.
对于图3所示互通场景,当UE发起PDN连接建立流程,该PDN连接会关联到某个网络切片的核心网网元,如SMF+PGW-C,也可以理解为该UE会使用SMF+PGW-C的网络切片资源建立PDN连接;当UE发起PDN连接释放流程时,与该PDN连接关联的SMF+PGW-C的资源会释放。驻留在EPC的UE在发起PDN连接建立流程或PDN连接释放流程时会同时触发对网络切片接入的UE数和对网络切片建立的会话数的控制。在此情况下,如何对网络切片接入的用户数以及网络切片建立的会话数进行控制成为亟需解决的问题。For the interworking scenario shown in Figure 3, when the UE initiates the PDN connection establishment process, the PDN connection will be associated with a core network element of a network slice, such as SMF+PGW-C, which can also be understood as the UE will use SMF+PGW -C's network slice resources establish a PDN connection; when the UE initiates the PDN connection release process, the SMF+PGW-C resources associated with the PDN connection will be released. When the UE residing in the EPC initiates the PDN connection establishment process or the PDN connection release process, it will simultaneously trigger the control of the number of UEs accessing the network slice and the number of sessions established by the network slice. In this case, how to control the number of users connected to the network slice and the number of sessions established by the network slice becomes an urgent problem to be solved.
针对上述问题,本申请提供了一种网络切片准入控制方法和装置,能够实现对接入网络切片的用户数和在网络切片建立的会话数执行控制,有助于网络切片的准入控制。In view of the above problems, the present application provides a network slice admission control method and device, which can realize the control of the number of users accessing the network slice and the number of sessions established in the network slice, and contribute to the admission control of the network slice.
在描述本申请的技术方案之前,首先对本申请涉及的术语进行描述。Before describing the technical solutions of the present application, the terms involved in the present application will be described first.
本申请示出的网络切片的UE数的配额,也可以理解为:网络切片接入的UE的数量,或者,接入网络切片的UE的数量的最大值,或者,网络切片允许接入的UE数,或者,网络切片允许注册的UE数。网络切片的UE数的配额不可用,也可以理解为:网络切片的UE数的配额超额,或者,网络切片接入的UE的数量超过了配额,或者,已接入网络切片的UE的数量超过了配额,或者,网络切片接入的UE数量超过最大值,或者,网络切片接入的UE的数量已经到达允许接入的最大UE数量,或者,网络切片接入的UE的数量大于或等于预设阈值,或者,已经接入网络切片的UE的数量大于或等于预设阈值。网络切片的UE数的配额可用,也可以理解为:网络切片接入的UE的数量未超过最大数量,或者,网络切片接入的UE的数量未到达允许接入的最大UE数量,或者,已接入网络切片的UE的数量小于或者等于预设阈值,或者,已接入网络切片接入的UE的数量小于预设阈值。The quota for the number of UEs in the network slice shown in this application can also be understood as: the number of UEs accessed by the network slice, or the maximum number of UEs accessed by the network slice, or the number of UEs allowed to be accessed by the network slice number, or, the number of UEs that the network slice allows to register. The quota for the number of UEs in the network slice is not available. It can also be understood as: the quota for the number of UEs in the network slice is exceeded, or the number of UEs connected to the network slice exceeds the quota, or the number of UEs connected to the network slice exceeds the quota. quota, or, the number of UEs accessed by the network slice exceeds the maximum value, or, the number of UEs accessed by the network slice has reached the maximum number of UEs allowed to be accessed, or, the number of UEs accessed by the network slice is greater than or equal to the preset A threshold is set, or the number of UEs that have accessed the network slice is greater than or equal to the preset threshold. The quota for the number of UEs in the network slice is available, which can also be understood as: the number of UEs accessed by the network slice does not exceed the maximum number, or the number of UEs accessed by the network slice does not reach the maximum number of UEs allowed to be accessed, or, The number of UEs that have accessed the network slice is less than or equal to a preset threshold, or the number of UEs that have accessed the network slice is smaller than the preset threshold.
同理,本申请示出的网络切片的会话数的配额,也可以理解为:网络切片已经建立的会话数的数量,或者,网络切片已经建立的会话数的数量的最大值,或者,网络切片允许建立的会话数,或者,网络切片允许建立的PDN连接数。网络切片的会话数的配额不可用,可以理解为:网络切片的会话数的配额超额,或者,网络切片允许建立的会话数的数量超过了配额,或者,在网络切片上已建立的会话数超过最大值,或者,网络切片已经建立的会话的数量已经到达允许建立的最大会话数量,或者,网络切片已建立的会话的数量大于或等于预设阈值,或者,网络切片已经建立的会话的数量大于预设阈值。网络切片的会话数的配额可用,也可以理解为:网络切片建立的会话的数量未超过最大数量,或者,网络切片建立的会话的数量未到达允许接入的最大会话数量,或者,网络切片建立的会话的数量小于预设阈值,或者,网络切片建立的会话的数量小于或等于预设阈值。Similarly, the quota for the number of sessions of the network slice shown in this application can also be understood as: the number of sessions that have been established by the network slice, or the maximum number of sessions that have been established by the network slice, or the maximum number of sessions that have been established by the network slice The number of sessions allowed to be established, or the number of PDN connections allowed to be established by the network slice. The quota of the number of sessions of the network slice is not available, which can be understood as: the quota of the number of sessions of the network slice is exceeded, or the number of sessions allowed to be established on the network slice exceeds the quota, or the number of established sessions on the network slice exceeds the quota The maximum value, or, the number of sessions established by the network slice has reached the maximum number of sessions allowed to be established, or, the number of sessions established by the network slice is greater than or equal to the preset threshold, or, the number of sessions established by the network slice is greater than preset threshold. The quota for the number of sessions of the network slice is available, which can also be understood as: the number of sessions established by the network slice does not exceed the maximum number, or, the number of sessions established by the network slice does not reach the maximum number of sessions allowed to be accessed, or, the network slice establishes The number of sessions of the network slice is less than the preset threshold, or the number of sessions established by the network slice is less than or equal to the preset threshold.
在本申请中,对接入网络切片的用户数控制失败或计数失败,可以说明,接入网络切片的用户数未发生改变,或者,接入网络切片的用户数维持原数值,或者,接入网络切片的用户数更新失败。同理,对网络切片上建立的会话数控制失败或计数失败,可以说明,网络切片上建立的会话数未发生改变,或者,网络切片上建立的会话数维持原数值,或者, 网络切片上建立的会话数更新失败。In this application, if the number of users accessing the network slice fails to be controlled or counted, it can be explained that the number of users accessing the network slice has not changed, or the number of users accessing the network slice remains Failed to update the number of users of the network slice. Similarly, if the number of sessions established on the network slice fails to be controlled or counted, it can be explained that the number of sessions established on the network slice has not changed, or that the number of sessions established on the network slice maintains the original value, or that the number of sessions established on the network slice Session count update failed for .
需要说明的是,在本申请中,网络切片接入的用户的数量,也可以描述为,已接入网络切片的用户数或者网络切片对应的用户数。网络切片建立的会话数,也可以描述为,在网络切片已建立的会话数或网络切片对应的会话数。本申请的会话可以是PDU会话或PDN连接。下面对本申请提供的一种网络切片准入控制方法进行描述。It should be noted that, in this application, the number of users connected to the network slice may also be described as the number of users who have accessed the network slice or the number of users corresponding to the network slice. The number of sessions established in the network slice can also be described as the number of sessions established in the network slice or the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice. The session in this application can be a PDU session or a PDN connection. A network slice admission control method provided by this application is described below.
图4是本申请提供的网络切片准入控制方法的示意性流程图。图4所示的方法可以由第一网元和第二网元执行,也可以由第一网元和第二网元中的模块或单元执行,本申请不予限制。下面以执行主体为第一网元和第二网元为例,对本申请的技术方案进行描述。Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a network slice admission control method provided by the present application. The method shown in FIG. 4 may be executed by the first network element and the second network element, or may be executed by modules or units in the first network element and the second network element, which is not limited in this application. The following describes the technical solution of the present application by taking the first network element and the second network element as an example for execution.
在图4所示的方法中,对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制的网元(下文称为第一网元,例如,对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制的NSACF_1)和对网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制的网元(下文称为第三网元,例如,对接入网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制的NSACF_2)不同。In the method shown in Figure 4, the network element that controls the number of users accessing the network slice (hereinafter referred to as the first network element, for example, NSACF_1 that controls the number of users accessing the network slice) and the network element that controls the number of users accessing the network slice The network element that performs control on the number of sessions established on the access network slice (hereinafter referred to as the third network element, for example, NSACF_2 that performs control on the number of sessions established on the access network slice) is different.
步骤401,第二网元确定用户设备的第一会话关联的网络切片。Step 401, the second network element determines the network slice associated with the first session of the user equipment.
其中,第二网元服务于第一会话。Wherein, the second network element serves the first session.
第二网元服务于第一会话,可以理解为,在建立第一会话时会将第一会话关联到第二网元,或者,通过第二网元支持的网络切片资源建立第一会话。The second network element serving the first session can be understood as associating the first session with the second network element when establishing the first session, or establishing the first session through network slice resources supported by the second network element.
第一会话关联的网络切片,可以理解为,第一会话建立在该网络切片上,或者,建立第一会话所使用的网络切片。The network slice associated with the first session may be understood as the network slice on which the first session is established, or the network slice used to establish the first session.
一种可能的实现方式,第一会话为PDN连接,第二网元为SMF+PGW-C。具体地,SMF+PGW-C可以根据PDN连接建立流程中接收到的创建会话请求消息中携带的接入点名称(access point name,APN),确定PDN连接关联的网络切片。In a possible implementation manner, the first session is a PDN connection, and the second network element is an SMF+PGW-C. Specifically, the SMF+PGW-C can determine the network slice associated with the PDN connection according to the access point name (access point name, APN) carried in the session creation request message received during the PDN connection establishment process.
步骤402,第二网元向第一网元发送第一信息。相应地,第一网元接收来自第二网元的第一信息。Step 402, the second network element sends the first information to the first network element. Correspondingly, the first network element receives the first information from the second network element.
其中,第一网元支持对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制。第一网元支持对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制,也可以描述为,第一网元支持对接入网络切片的UE数执行计数(number of UEs counting)或第一网元具备对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制的能力。上述第一信息用于关联用户设备的第一会话,也可以描述为第一信息为与用户设备的第一会话相关的信息。作为一个示例,第一信息用于标识第一会话,例如,第一信息可以包括第一会话的标识或第二网元的标识中的至少一个。其中,第二网元的标识可以为第二网元的ID,第一会话的标识用于标识第一会话,如PDU session ID。Wherein, the first network element supports performing control on the number of users accessing the network slice. The first network element supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice. It can also be described as, the first network element supports counting the number of UEs accessing the network slice (number of UEs counting) or the first network element has the connection The ability to exercise control over the number of users entering the network slice. The foregoing first information is used to associate the first session of the user equipment, and may also be described as information related to the first session of the user equipment. As an example, the first information is used to identify the first session, for example, the first information may include at least one of an identifier of the first session or an identifier of the second network element. Wherein, the identifier of the second network element may be the ID of the second network element, and the identifier of the first session is used to identify the first session, such as a PDU session ID.
可选地,第一网元可以为NSACF,第二网元可以为SMF+PGW-C。Optionally, the first network element may be NSACF, and the second network element may be SMF+PGW-C.
本申请对第二网元发送第一信息的时机不做限定。This application does not limit the timing for the second network element to send the first information.
在一些实现方式中,第二网元可以在请求增加已接入步骤401确定的网络切片的用户数的过程中向第一网元发送第一信息。例如,在由建立PDN连接触发的UE数和会话数的控制过程,第二网元可以先与支持对接入该网络切片的用户数执行控制的第一网元交互,触发第一网元增加接入该网络切片的用户数,并在与第一网元交互的过程中向第一网元发送第一信息;若接入该网络切片的用户数未超额,第二网元再与支持对该网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制的第三网元交互,触发第三网元增加该网络切片上建立的会话数。在该示例中,若第二网元从第三网元获知会话数控制成功,则第二网元可以不再与第一网元交 互,这样可以减少信令开销。In some implementation manners, the second network element may send the first information to the first network element during the process of requesting to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice determined in step 401 . For example, in the process of controlling the number of UEs and sessions triggered by the establishment of a PDN connection, the second network element may first interact with the first network element that supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice, and trigger the first network element to increase The number of users accessing the network slice, and sending the first information to the first network element during the interaction with the first network element; if the number of users accessing the network slice is not exceeded, the second network element and the support pair The number of sessions established on the network slice is executed to interact with the third network element, and the third network element is triggered to increase the number of sessions established on the network slice. In this example, if the second network element learns from the third network element that session number control is successful, the second network element may no longer interact with the first network element, which can reduce signaling overhead.
在另一些实现方式中,第二网元可以在步骤401确定的网络切片上已建立的会话数未超过该网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值时向第一网元发送第二请求消息,并在第二请求消息中携带第一信息。例如,在由建立PDN连接触发的UE数和会话数的控制过程,第二网元可以先与支持对接入该网络切片的用户数执行控制的第一网元交互,触发第一网元增加接入该网络切片的用户数;若接入该网络切片的用户数未超额,第二网元再与支持对该网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制的第三网元交互,触发第三网元增加该网络切片上建立的会话数;若第二网元从第三网元获知会话数控制成功,则第二网元可以向第一网元发送第二请求消息,并在第二请求消息中携带第一信息,以便第一网元存储第一信息。In some other implementation manners, the second network element may send the second request message to the first network element when the number of established sessions on the network slice determined in step 401 does not exceed the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, And carry the first information in the second request message. For example, in the process of controlling the number of UEs and sessions triggered by the establishment of a PDN connection, the second network element may first interact with the first network element that supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice, and trigger the first network element to increase The number of users accessing the network slice; if the number of users accessing the network slice is not exceeded, the second network element interacts with the third network element that supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice to trigger the third network The element increases the number of sessions established on the network slice; if the second network element learns from the third network element that the session number control is successful, the second network element can send a second request message to the first network element, and in the second request message carry the first information, so that the first network element stores the first information.
上述第三网元可以为NSACF,第三网元与第一网元不同。第一网元负责对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制,第三网元负责对网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制。第三网元支持对网络切片上建立的会话数控制,也可以描述为,第三网元支持对网络切片上建立的会话数执行计数(number of sessionscounting)或第三网元具备对网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制的能力。The foregoing third network element may be an NSACF, and the third network element is different from the first network element. The first network element is responsible for controlling the number of users accessing the network slice, and the third network element is responsible for controlling the number of sessions established on the network slice. The third network element supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice, which can also be described as, the third network element supports the number of sessions counting on the network slice or the third network element has The ability to perform control over the number of sessions established.
在另一些实现方式中,第一网元在接收到第一信息后,还可以保存第一信息、该网络切片、以及用户设备的对应关系。In some other implementation manners, after receiving the first information, the first network element may also store the correspondence between the first information, the network slice, and the user equipment.
步骤403,第二网元向第一网元发送第一请求消息。相应地,第一网元接收来自第二网元的第一请求消息。Step 403, the second network element sends a first request message to the first network element. Correspondingly, the first network element receives the first request message from the second network element.
其中,第一请求消息用于指示减少已接入该网络切片的用户数。Wherein, the first request message is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice.
可选地,第一请求消息可以是Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAnd Update request。Optionally, the first request message may be Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAnd Update request.
本申请对第二网元发送第一请求消息的时机不做限定。This application does not limit the timing for the second network element to send the first request message.
在一些实现方式中,第二网元可以在释放第一会话的过程中,向第一网元发送第一请求消息,以便第一网元对已接入该网络切片的用户数执行控制。例如,当PDN连接建立成功之后,某个时刻释放该PDN连接,在由释放PDN连接触发的UE数和会话数的控制过程,第二网元可以与支持对该网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制的第三网元交互,触发第三网元减少该网络切片上建立的会话数;第二网元还可以向支持对接入该网络切片的用户数执行控制的第一网元发送第一请求消息,触发第一网元减少该网络切片上建立的会话数。In some implementation manners, the second network element may send the first request message to the first network element during the process of releasing the first session, so that the first network element controls the number of users that have accessed the network slice. For example, after the PDN connection is successfully established, the PDN connection is released at a certain moment. In the process of controlling the number of UEs and the number of sessions triggered by the release of the PDN connection, the second network element can support the execution of the number of sessions established on the network slice. The controlled third network element interacts, triggering the third network element to reduce the number of sessions established on the network slice; the second network element can also send the first The request message triggers the first network element to reduce the number of sessions established on the network slice.
在另一些实现方式中,第二网元可以在PDN连接建立流程中从第三网元获知对该网络切片的会话数控制失败时向第一网元发送第一请求消息,以便第一网元对已接入该网络切片的用户数执行控制。例如,在由建立PDN连接触发的UE数和会话数的控制过程,第二网元可以先与支持对接入该网络切片的用户数执行控制的第一网元交互,触发第一网元增加接入该网络切片的用户数;若接入该网络切片的用户数未超额,第二网元再与支持对该网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制的第三网元交互,触发第三网元增加该网络切片上建立的会话数;若第二网元从第三网元获知会话数控制失败,则第二网元可以向支持对接入该网络切片的用户数执行控制的第一网元发送第一请求消息,触发第一网元减少该网络切片上建立的用户数。In some other implementation manners, the second network element may send the first request message to the first network element when learning from the third network element that the session number control of the network slice fails during the PDN connection establishment process, so that the first network element Controls the number of users connected to the network slice. For example, in the process of controlling the number of UEs and sessions triggered by the establishment of a PDN connection, the second network element may first interact with the first network element that supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice, and trigger the first network element to increase The number of users accessing the network slice; if the number of users accessing the network slice is not exceeded, the second network element interacts with the third network element that supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice to trigger the third network The second network element increases the number of sessions established on the network slice; if the second network element learns from the third network element that the control of the number of sessions fails, the second network element can send a request to the first network element that supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice. The element sends a first request message, triggering the first network element to reduce the number of users established on the network slice.
步骤404,第一网元根据第一信息,确定是否减少已接入网络切片的用户数。Step 404, the first network element determines whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice according to the first information.
在一些实现方式中,第一网元确定用户设备在该网络切片上是否建立了除第一会话以外的会话。例如,第一网元保存了用户设备、网络切片、以及用户设备在该网络切片建立的会话的对应关系,第一网元可以根据该对应关系中是否存在出第一会话以外的会话,来判断用户设备在该网络切片上是否有除了第一会话以外的会话。若用户设备在该网络切片上建立了除第一会话以外的会话,则第一网元确定维持已接入所述网络切片的用户数,即第一网元确定不减少已接入该网络切片的用户数。若用户设备在该网络切片上只建立了第一会话,则第一网元确定可以减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数。In some implementation manners, the first network element determines whether the user equipment has established a session other than the first session on the network slice. For example, the first network element stores the corresponding relationship between the user equipment, the network slice, and the session established by the user equipment in the network slice, and the first network element can determine whether there is a session other than the first session in the corresponding relationship Whether the user equipment has a session other than the first session on the network slice. If the user equipment has established a session other than the first session on the network slice, the first network element determines to maintain the number of users who have accessed the network slice, that is, the first network element determines not to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice of users. If the user equipment has only established the first session on the network slice, the first network element determines that the number of users who have accessed the network slice can be reduced.
在另一些实现方式中,在接收到第一请求消息后或确定是否减少已接入网络切片的用户数后,第一网元还可以删除第一信息。也就是说,不管第一网元确定是减少已接入网络切片的用户数还是维持已接入网络切片的用户数,第一网元都可以删除第一信息。In some other implementation manners, after receiving the first request message or determining whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice, the first network element may also delete the first information. That is to say, no matter whether the first network element determines whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice or maintain the number of users who have accessed the network slice, the first network element may delete the first information.
需要说明的是,对于第一网元来说,用户设备在网络切片上是否建立了某个会话,可以理解为,第一网元是否存储了该会话的相关的信息,例如该会话的标识或服务于该会话的会话管理网元的标识。It should be noted that, for the first network element, whether the user equipment establishes a certain session on the network slice can be understood as whether the first network element stores information related to the session, such as the session identifier or The identifier of the session management network element serving the session.
可选地,第一请求消息中还可以携带第一信息,以便第一网元确定需要删除的会话。Optionally, the first request message may also carry first information, so that the first network element determines the session that needs to be deleted.
需要说明的是,图4中的第一会话还可以是PDU会话,第二网元还可以是SMF,即图4所示的方法同样适用于5G通信系统。It should be noted that the first session in FIG. 4 may also be a PDU session, and the second network element may also be an SMF, that is, the method shown in FIG. 4 is also applicable to a 5G communication system.
在上述技术方案中,第二网元会将会话相关的信息发送给第一网元,以便第一网元保存用户设备、网络切片、以及会话相关的信息的对应关系,在第一网元接收到减少接入网路切片的用户数的指示时,可以根据该对应关系判断是否可以减少接入网络切片的用户数。这样可以实现网络切片准入控制。In the above technical solution, the second network element will send the session-related information to the first network element, so that the first network element can save the corresponding relationship between the user equipment, the network slice, and the session-related information, and the first network element will receive When an instruction to reduce the number of users accessing the network slice is received, it may be determined according to the corresponding relationship whether the number of users accessing the network slice can be reduced. This enables network slice admission control.
图5是本申请提供的另一网络切片准入控制方法的示意性流程图。图5所示的方法可以由第二网元、第四网元和NRF执行,也可以由第二网元、第四网元和NRF中的模块或单元执行,本申请不予限制。下面以执行主体为第二网元、第四网元和NRF为例,对本申请的技术方案进行描述。Fig. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another network slice admission control method provided by the present application. The method shown in FIG. 5 may be executed by the second network element, the fourth network element, and the NRF, or may be executed by modules or units in the second network element, the fourth network element, and the NRF, which is not limited in this application. The following describes the technical solution of the present application by taking the second network element, the fourth network element, and the NRF as an example for executing entities.
在图5所示的方法中,对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制的网元和对网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制的网元相同,下文称为第四网元。换句话说,第四网元即能够对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制,又能够对网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制。In the method shown in FIG. 5 , the network element that controls the number of users accessing the network slice is the same as the network element that controls the number of sessions established on the network slice, and is hereinafter referred to as the fourth network element. In other words, the fourth network element can not only control the number of users accessing the network slice, but also control the number of sessions established on the network slice.
步骤501,第二网元确定用户设备的第一会话关联的网络切片。Step 501, the second network element determines the network slice associated with the first session of the user equipment.
其中,第二网元服务于第一会话。Wherein, the second network element serves the first session.
第二网元服务于第一会话,可以理解为,在建立第一会话时会将第一会话关联到第二网元,或者,通过第二网元的网络切片资源建立第一会话。The second network element serves the first session. It can be understood that the first session is associated with the second network element when the first session is established, or the first session is established through the network slice resources of the second network element.
第一会话关联的网络切片,可以理解为,第一会话建立在该网络切片上,或者,建立第一会话所使用的网络切片。The network slice associated with the first session may be understood as the network slice on which the first session is established, or the network slice used to establish the first session.
一种可能的实现方式,第一会话为PDN连接,第二网元为SMF+PGW-C。具体地,SMF+PGW-C可以根据PDN连接建立流程中接收到的创建会话请求消息中携带的APN,确定PDN连接关联的网络切片。In a possible implementation manner, the first session is a PDN connection, and the second network element is an SMF+PGW-C. Specifically, the SMF+PGW-C can determine the network slice associated with the PDN connection according to the APN carried in the session creation request message received during the PDN connection establishment process.
步骤502,第二网元向NRF发送第三请求消息。相应地,NRF接收来自第二网元的第三请求消息。Step 502, the second network element sends a third request message to the NRF. Correspondingly, the NRF receives the third request message from the second network element.
其中,第三请求消息用于请求第四网元的信息。Wherein, the third request message is used to request information of the fourth network element.
可选地,第三请求消息包括该网络切片的标识和第二信息。其中,第二信息用于指示第二网元请求的第四网元支持对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制、以及支持对网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制。第二信息也可称为网元能力信息,用于指示第二网元请求具有对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制以及对网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制能力的第四网元。Optionally, the third request message includes the identifier of the network slice and the second information. Wherein, the second information is used to indicate that the fourth network element requested by the second network element supports controlling the number of users accessing the network slice and supporting controlling the number of sessions established on the network slice. The second information may also be called network element capability information, and is used to indicate that the second network element requests a fourth network element capable of controlling the number of users accessing the network slice and the number of sessions established on the network slice.
在一些实现方式中,第二网元可以在建立PDN连接的过程中发送第三请求消息。In some implementation manners, the second network element may send the third request message during the process of establishing the PDN connection.
一种可能的实现方式,第二网元可以调用NRF的服务化操作Nnrf_NFDiscovery request。In a possible implementation manner, the second network element may call NRF service operation Nnrf_NFDiscovery request.
可选地,第二网元可以为SMF+PGW-C,第四网元为NSACF。Optionally, the second network element may be SMF+PGW-C, and the fourth network element may be NSACF.
步骤503,NRF向第二网元发送第三响应消息。相应地,第二网元接收来自NRF的第三响应消息。Step 503, the NRF sends a third response message to the second network element. Correspondingly, the second network element receives the third response message from the NRF.
其中,第三响应消息包括第四网元的信息。例如,第三响应消息携带第四网元的地址信息。第四网元支持对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制、以及支持对网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制。Wherein, the third response message includes information of the fourth network element. For example, the third response message carries address information of the fourth network element. The fourth network element supports performing control on the number of users accessing the network slice, and supports performing control on the number of sessions established on the network slice.
一种可能的实现方式,NRF可以向第二网元发送Nnrf_NFDiscovery response。In a possible implementation manner, the NRF may send the Nnrf_NFDiscovery response to the second network element.
步骤504,第二网元向第四网元发送第四请求消息。相应地,第四网元接收来自第二网元的第四请求消息。Step 504, the second network element sends a fourth request message to the fourth network element. Correspondingly, the fourth network element receives the fourth request message from the second network element.
其中,第四请求消息用于请求第四网元对网络切片接入的用户数执行控制、以及对网络切片建立的会话数执行控制。第四网元可以是根据第三响应消息确定的。Wherein, the fourth request message is used to request the fourth network element to control the number of users accessing the network slice and to control the number of sessions established by the network slice. The fourth network element may be determined according to the third response message.
在一些实现方式中,第四请求消息包括用户设备的标识、第一信息、第三信息、第四信息、以及网络切片的标识。其中,第一信息用于关联用户设备的第一会话,第一信息的详细描述可以参考步骤402,在此不再赘述。当用户设备请求建立第一会话时,第三信息用于指示增加已接入网络切片的用户数,第四信息用于指示增加在网络切片已建立的会话数。当用户设备请求释放第一会话时,第三信息用于指示减少已接入网络切片的用户数,第四信息用于指示减少在网络切片已建立的会话数。In some implementation manners, the fourth request message includes the identifier of the user equipment, the first information, the third information, the fourth information, and the identifier of the network slice. Wherein, the first information is used for associating the first session of the user equipment. For a detailed description of the first information, reference may be made to step 402 , which will not be repeated here. When the user equipment requests to establish the first session, the third information is used to indicate to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice, and the fourth information is used to indicate to increase the number of sessions established on the network slice. When the user equipment requests to release the first session, the third information is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice, and the fourth information is used to indicate to reduce the number of sessions established on the network slice.
一种可能的实现方式,第二网元向第四网元发送Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request,或第二网元向第四网元发送Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request。In a possible implementation manner, the second network element sends a Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to the fourth network element, or the second network element sends a Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to the fourth network element.
步骤505,第四网元根据第四请求消息,对网络切片执行准入控制。Step 505, the fourth network element performs admission control on the network slice according to the fourth request message.
在一些实现方式当中,第四网元对网络切片执行准入控制包括对网络切片执行用户数的准入控制和对网络切片执行会话数的准入控制,也可以称为执行UE数的计数和会话数的计数,从而保证当前已经接入网络切片的UE的数量总和不超过该网络切片允许接入的终端设备的最大数量/数目,并保证当前已经在网络切片建立的会话数量总和不超过该网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大数量/数目,本申请不限制第四网元执行用户数的计数和执行会话数的计数的先后顺序。第四网元可以保存当前已经接入网络切片的用户数,或者保存当前已经接入网络切片的UE标识列表,该UE标识列表里面的标识用于标识当前已经接入网络切片的UE。第四网元还可以保存当前已经在网络切片建立的会话数量。第四网元还可以配置网络切片允许接入的用户的数量的最大值和网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值,即第四网元可以配置网络切片允许接入的最大用户数的数量和网络切片允许建立的最大会话数的数量。In some implementations, the fourth network element performing admission control on the network slice includes performing admission control on the number of users on the network slice and performing admission control on the number of sessions on the network slice, which can also be referred to as performing counting and summing of the number of UEs. Count the number of sessions, so as to ensure that the total number of UEs currently connected to the network slice does not exceed the maximum number/number of terminal devices that are allowed to access the network slice, and ensure that the total number of sessions currently established on the network slice does not exceed this The maximum number/number of sessions allowed to be established by network slicing, this application does not limit the order in which the fourth network element counts the number of users and counts the number of sessions. The fourth network element may store the number of users who have currently accessed the network slice, or store a list of UE identities that have currently accessed the network slice, and the identities in the UE identification list are used to identify UEs that have currently accessed the network slice. The fourth network element may also save the number of sessions currently established in the network slice. The fourth network element can also configure the maximum number of users allowed to access the network slice and the maximum number of sessions allowed to be established by the network slice, that is, the fourth network element can configure the maximum number of users allowed to access the network slice and the maximum number of sessions allowed to be established by the network slice. The maximum number of sessions that a network slice is allowed to establish.
当用户设备请求建立第一会话时,第三信息用于指示增加已接入网络切片的用户数,第四信息用于指示增加在网络切片已建立的会话数。第四网元判断接入网络切片的用户数是否超过该网络切片允许接入的用户的最大数量,以及判断该网络切片上建立的会话数是否超过该网络切片允许建立的会话的最大数量。若第四网元判断该网络切片的对应的用户数未超过该网络切片允许接入的用户的最大数量,同时该用户设备的ID并没有存储在该网络切片已经接入的用户设备标识列表中,则第四网元可以根据第三信息增加该网络切片对应的用户数并将该用户设备的ID添加到该网络切片已经接入的用户设备标识列表中,从而保存该用户设备的ID和该网络切片的对应关系,同时第四网元判断该网络切片对应的会话数未超过该网络切片允许建立的会话的最大数量,第四网元可以根据第四信息增加该网络切片对应的会话数,并保存第一信息和该网络切片的对应关系。若该网络切片的对应的用户数超过该网络切片允许接入的用户的最大数量和/或会话数超过该网络切片允许建立的会话的最大数量,则第四网元可以不改变该网络切片对应的用户数以及不改变该网络切片对应的会话数。When the user equipment requests to establish the first session, the third information is used to indicate to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice, and the fourth information is used to indicate to increase the number of sessions established on the network slice. The fourth network element determines whether the number of users accessing the network slice exceeds the maximum number of users allowed by the network slice, and determines whether the number of sessions established on the network slice exceeds the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice. If the fourth network element determines that the number of users corresponding to the network slice does not exceed the maximum number of users allowed to access the network slice, and the ID of the user equipment is not stored in the user equipment identification list that has been accessed by the network slice , the fourth network element may increase the number of users corresponding to the network slice according to the third information and add the ID of the user equipment to the list of user equipment identifiers that have been accessed by the network slice, thereby saving the ID of the user equipment and the network slice, and the fourth network element judges that the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice does not exceed the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, the fourth network element can increase the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice according to the fourth information, And save the corresponding relationship between the first information and the network slice. If the number of users corresponding to the network slice exceeds the maximum number of users allowed to access the network slice and/or the number of sessions exceeds the maximum number of sessions allowed to be established by the network slice, the fourth network element may not change the corresponding The number of users and the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice do not change.
当用户设备请求释放第一会话时,第三信息用于指示减少已接入网络切片的用户数,第四信息用于指示减少在网络切片已建立的会话数。第四网元根据第四信息减少该网络切片对应的会话数,并删除上下文信息中的第一信息;第四网元确定该用户设备在该网络切片上是否建立了除第一会话以外的会话。例如,第一网元保存了用户设备、网络切片、以及用户设备在该网络切片建立的会话的对应关系,第一网元可以根据该对应关系中是否存在出第一会话以外的会话,来判断用户设备在该网络切片上是否有除了第一会话以外的会话。若用户设备在该网络切片上建立了除第一会话以外的会话,则第一网元确定维持已接入所述网络切片的用户数,即第一网元确定不减少已接入该网络切片的用户数。若用户设备在该网络切片上只建立了第一会话,则第一网元确定可以减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数。When the user equipment requests to release the first session, the third information is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice, and the fourth information is used to indicate to reduce the number of sessions established on the network slice. The fourth network element reduces the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice according to the fourth information, and deletes the first information in the context information; the fourth network element determines whether the user equipment has established a session other than the first session on the network slice . For example, the first network element stores the corresponding relationship between the user equipment, the network slice, and the session established by the user equipment in the network slice, and the first network element can determine whether there is a session other than the first session in the corresponding relationship Whether the user equipment has a session other than the first session on the network slice. If the user equipment has established a session other than the first session on the network slice, the first network element determines to maintain the number of users who have accessed the network slice, that is, the first network element determines not to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice of users. If the user equipment has only established the first session on the network slice, the first network element determines that the number of users who have accessed the network slice can be reduced.
步骤506,第四网元向第二网元发送第四响应消息。相应地,第二网元接收来自第四网元的第四响应消息。Step 506, the fourth network element sends a fourth response message to the second network element. Correspondingly, the second network element receives the fourth response message from the fourth network element.
其中,第四响应消息用于指示对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。该结果可以包括:对网络切片执行准入控制成功或对网络切片执行准入控制失败。如果第二网元判断接入网络切片的用户数没有超过该网络切片允许接入的用户的最大数量,且该网络切片上建立的会话数没有超过该网络切片允许建立的会话的最大数量,则网络切片执行准入控制成功。根据上述描述可以理解为,如果对网络切片执行准入控制成功,说明执行UE数的计数和执行会话数的计数均成功。如果第二网元判断接入网络切片的用户数已经超过该网络切片允许接入的用户的最大数量,但是该网络切片上建立的会话数没有超过该网络切片允许建立的会话的最大数量则网络切片执行准入控制失败;如果第二网元判断接入网络切片的用户数没有超过该网络切片允许接入的用户的最大数量,但是该网络切片上建立的会话数已经超过该网络切片允许建立的会话的最大数量,则网络切片执行准入控制失败;如果第二网元判断接入网络切片的用户数已经超过该网络切片允许接入的用户的最大数量,但是该网络切片上建立的会话数已经超过该网络切片允许建立的会话的最大数量则网络切片执行准入控制失败。根据上述描述可以理解为,如果对网络切片执行准入控制失败,则说明执行UE数的计数失败和/或执行会话数的计数失败,那么第四响应消息还可以携带失败原因 值,若用户设备请求建立第一会话,则该失败原因值可以为接入网络切片的用户数是否超过该网络切片允许接入的用户的最大数量和/或该网络切片上建立的会话数是否超过该网络切片允许建立的会话的最大数量,若用户设备请求释放第一会话,则该失败原因值可以为该用户设备在该网络切片上还存在其他会话。Wherein, the fourth response message is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice. The result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the second network element determines that the number of users accessing the network slice does not exceed the maximum number of users allowed by the network slice, and the number of sessions established on the network slice does not exceed the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, then The network slice performs admission control successfully. According to the above description, it can be understood that if the admission control is successfully performed on the network slice, it means that both the counting of the number of UEs and the counting of the number of sessions are performed successfully. If the second network element judges that the number of users accessing the network slice has exceeded the maximum number of users allowed by the network slice, but the number of sessions established on the network slice does not exceed the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, the network The slice fails to perform admission control; if the second network element judges that the number of users accessing the network slice does not exceed the maximum number of users allowed by the network slice, but the number of sessions established on the network slice has exceeded the number of sessions allowed by the network slice If the maximum number of sessions of the network slice fails, the network slice fails to perform admission control; if the second network element judges that the number of users accessing the network slice has exceeded the maximum number of users allowed to access the network slice, but the sessions established on the network slice If the number exceeds the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, the network slice fails to perform admission control. According to the above description, it can be understood that if the admission control of the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of UEs and/or the counting of the number of sessions fails, and the fourth response message may also carry a failure reason value. If the user equipment Request to establish the first session, the failure reason value may be whether the number of users accessing the network slice exceeds the maximum number of users allowed by the network slice and/or whether the number of sessions established on the network slice exceeds the number allowed by the network slice The maximum number of established sessions. If the user equipment requests to release the first session, the failure cause value may be that the user equipment still has other sessions on the network slice.
同样,图5中的第一会话还可以是PDU会话,第二网元还可以是SMF,即图5所示的方法同样适用于5G通信系统。Similarly, the first session in FIG. 5 may also be a PDU session, and the second network element may also be an SMF, that is, the method shown in FIG. 5 is also applicable to a 5G communication system.
在上述技术方案中,首先对第二网元发现第四网元的流程进行了增强,具体地,第二网元请求NRF为其选择同时支持对接入网络切片的UE数执行控制和支持对控制网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制的第四网元。其次,第四网元在确定网络切片对应的用户数和会话数时,还会判断该用户设备是否已经接入该网络切片或该用户设备的会话是否都应经释放。这样可以实现互通场景下的网络切片准入控制。In the above technical solution, firstly, the process of discovering the fourth network element by the second network element is enhanced. Specifically, the second network element requests the NRF to select for it while supporting the control of the number of UEs accessing the network slice and supporting the The fourth network element that controls the number of sessions established on the network slice and performs control. Secondly, when determining the number of users and the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice, the fourth network element also judges whether the user equipment has already connected to the network slice or whether all sessions of the user equipment should be released. In this way, network slice admission control in interworking scenarios can be realized.
下面结合具体的示例对本申请的技术方案进行详细描述。The technical solution of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with specific examples.
示例1Example 1
在示例1中,UE分别发起建立多个PDN连接的建立流程(PDN connection establishment),且多个PDN连接关联同一个网络切片,负责该网络切片的UE数的配额管理的NSACF与负责该网络切片的会话数的配额管理的NSACF为同一NSACF。图6以UE建立2个PDN连接为例。In Example 1, the UE respectively initiates the establishment process of establishing multiple PDN connections (PDN connection establishment), and multiple PDN connections are associated with the same network slice. The quota of the number of sessions managed by the NSACF is the same NSACF. FIG. 6 takes the UE establishing two PDN connections as an example.
图6是本申请提供的网络切片准入控制方法的一个示例。图6中的SMF+PGW-C_1和SMF+PGW-C_2可以对应于上文图5中的第二网元,NSACF可以对应于上文图5中的第四网元。FIG. 6 is an example of a network slice admission control method provided by this application. SMF+PGW-C_1 and SMF+PGW-C_2 in FIG. 6 may correspond to the second network element in FIG. 5 above, and NSACF may correspond to the fourth network element in FIG. 5 above.
步骤601,UE发起PDN连接建立流程。In step 601, the UE initiates a PDN connection establishment procedure.
一种可能的实现方式,UE向MME发送PDN连接建立请求消息(PDN connectivity request),该消息中可以携带APN;MME在接收到PDN连接建立请求消息后,根据该消息中携带的APN以及UE的位置,选择服务网关(serving gateway,SGW)和SMF+PGW-C网元;MME向SGW发送创建会话请求消息(create session request),之后SGW向选择的SMF+PGW-C发送创建会话请求消息。为了方便描述,下文将该PDN连接称为PDN连接_1,将选择的SMF+PGW-C称为SMF+PGW-C_1。In a possible implementation, the UE sends a PDN connection establishment request message (PDN connectivity request) to the MME, and the message may carry an APN; after the MME receives the PDN connection establishment request message, it Location, select a serving gateway (serving gateway, SGW) and SMF+PGW-C network element; MME sends a create session request message (create session request) to the SGW, and then the SGW sends a create session request message to the selected SMF+PGW-C. For convenience of description, the PDN connection is referred to as PDN connection_1 hereinafter, and the selected SMF+PGW-C is referred to as SMF+PGW-C_1.
步骤602,SMF+PGW-C_1确定与该PDN连接相关联的网络切片。Step 602, SMF+PGW-C_1 determines the network slice associated with the PDN connection.
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_1根据创建会话请求消息携带的APN,确定与该PDN连接相关联的网络切片。In a possible implementation manner, SMF+PGW-C_1 determines the network slice associated with the PDN connection according to the APN carried in the session creation request message.
步骤603,SMF+PGW-C_1根据配置信息,确定该网络切片是否需要执行NSAC流程。In step 603, SMF+PGW-C_1 determines whether the network slice needs to execute the NSAC process according to the configuration information.
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_1上存储了需要执行NSAC的网络切片的配置信息。当SMF+PGW-C_1确定了与该PDN连接相关联的网络切片之后,SMF+PGW-C_1根据配置信息确定该网络切片是否需要执行NSAC流程。In a possible implementation manner, SMF+PGW-C_1 stores configuration information of network slicing that needs to perform NSAC. After SMF+PGW-C_1 determines the network slice associated with the PDN connection, SMF+PGW-C_1 determines whether the network slice needs to execute the NSAC process according to the configuration information.
若SMF+PGW-C_1确定该网络切片需要执行NSAC流程,则可以继续执行步骤604-608。若SMF+PGW-C_1确定该网络切片无需执行NSAC流程,则可以跳过步骤604-608,直接执行步骤609。If SMF+PGW-C_1 determines that the network slice needs to execute the NSAC process, it can continue to execute steps 604-608. If SMF+PGW-C_1 determines that the network slice does not need to execute the NSAC process, steps 604-608 can be skipped, and step 609 can be directly executed.
步骤604,SMF+PGW-C_1向NRF发送第三请求消息_1。Step 604, SMF+PGW-C_1 sends a third request message_1 to NRF.
其中,第三请求消息_1用于请求服务于与PDN连接_1相关联的网络切片、支持对接 入网络切片的UE数执行控制且支持对网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制的NSACF。作为一个示例,第三请求消息_1可以携带用于标识该网络切片的S-NSSAI和NSACF业务能力指示信息(NSACF service capability),所述NSACF业务能力指示信息用于指示SMF+PGW-C_1请求的NSACF支持对接入网络切片的UE数执行控制且支持对控制网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制,即图5中描述的第二信息。Wherein, the third request message_1 is used to request the NSACF that serves the network slice associated with PDN connection_1, supports the control of the number of UEs accessing the network slice, and supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice. As an example, the third request message_1 may carry S-NSSAI and NSACF service capability indication information (NSACF service capability) for identifying the network slice, and the NSACF service capability indication information is used to indicate the SMF+PGW-C_1 request The NSACF supports the control of the number of UEs accessing the network slice and the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice, that is, the second information described in FIG. 5 .
需要说明的是,NSACF支持对接入网络切片的UE数执行控制,也可以描述为,NSACF具备控制接入网络切片的UE数的能力,下文同一描述为NSACF支持对接入网络切片的UE数执行控制。NSACF支持对控制网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制,也可以描述为,NSACF具备控制网络切片上建立的会话数的能力,下文同一描述为NSACF支持对控制网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制。It should be noted that NSACF supports the control of the number of UEs accessing network slices. It can also be described as NSACF has the ability to control the number of UEs accessing network slices. The same description below is that NSACF supports the number of UEs accessing network slices. Executive control. NSACF supports the control of the number of sessions established on the control network slice. It can also be described as NSACF has the ability to control the number of sessions established on the network slice. The same description below is that NSACF supports the control of the number of sessions established on the control network slice.
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_1可以调用NRF的服务化操作Nnrf_NFDiscovery request。One possible implementation, SMF+PGW-C_1 can call NRF's service operation Nnrf_NFDiscovery request.
步骤605,NRF根据第三请求消息_1,向SMF+PGW-C_1发送第三响应消息_1。Step 605, the NRF sends a third response message_1 to the SMF+PGW-C_1 according to the third request message_1.
其中,第三响应消息_1携带NSACF的相关信息。NSACF的相关信息可以包括NSACF的地址。该NSACF为服务于第三请求消息_1中携带的S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的NSACF,并且该NSACF同时支持对接入由该S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的UE数执行控制和支持对由该S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制。Wherein, the third response message_1 carries relevant information of the NSACF. The relevant information of the NSACF may include the address of the NSACF. The NSACF is the NSACF serving the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI carried in the third request message_1, and the NSACF also supports the control and support of the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI Control is performed on the number of sessions established on the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI.
一种可能的实现方式,NRF向SMF+PGW-C_1返回Nnrf_NFDiscovery response,携带NSACF的信息,如NSACF的地址信息。In a possible implementation, NRF returns Nnrf_NFDiscovery response to SMF+PGW-C_1, carrying NSACF information, such as NSACF address information.
可选地,SMF+PGW-C_1在上下文中保存NRF返回的NSACF的信息。Optionally, SMF+PGW-C_1 saves the NSACF information returned by the NRF in the context.
步骤606,SMF+PGW-C_1根据第三响应消息_1确定NSACF,并向该NSACF发送第四请求消息_1。Step 606, SMF+PGW-C_1 determines the NSACF according to the third response message_1, and sends the fourth request message_1 to the NSACF.
其中,第四请求消息_1可以携带UE ID、更新标志_1(update_flag_1)、S-NSSAI、更新标志_2(update_flag_2)、以及会话_1相关的信息。UE ID可以是SMF+PGW-C_1根据创建会话请求消息确定的,例如,创建会话请求消息中携带了UE ID,示例性地,该UE ID可以是UE的永久性标识,例如,国际移动用户识别码(international mobile subscriber identity,IMSI)。更新标志_1用于指示增加由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的UE数,例如,UE数加1。更新标志_2用于指示增加由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的会话数,例如,会话数加1。会话_1相关的信息可以包括SMF+PGW-C_1的标识和/或会话_1的标识,SMF+PGW-C_1的标识可以是SMF+PGW-C_1的ID,会话_1的标识用于标识该会话_1,如PDU session ID_1,其中,PDU session ID_1可以包含在创建会话请求消息中。Wherein, the fourth request message_1 may carry UE ID, update flag_1 (update_flag_1), S-NSSAI, update flag_2 (update_flag_2), and session_1 related information. The UE ID can be determined by SMF+PGW-C_1 according to the session creation request message. For example, the session creation request message carries the UE ID. Exemplarily, the UE ID can be a permanent identifier of the UE, for example, International Mobile Subscriber Identity code (international mobile subscriber identity, IMSI). The update flag_1 is used to indicate to increase the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, add 1 to the number of UEs. The update flag_2 is used to indicate to increase the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, add 1 to the number of sessions. The information related to session_1 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 and/or the identifier of session_1, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_1, and the identifier of session_1 is used to identify the Session_1, such as PDU session ID_1, where PDU session ID_1 may be included in the create session request message.
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_1向NSACF发送Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request,或者SMF+PGW-C_1向NSACF发送Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request,本申请不做限定。A possible implementation, SMF+PGW-C_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF, or SMF+PGW-C_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF, which is not limited in this application.
步骤607,NSACF根据第四请求消息_1,对网络切片执行准入控制。In step 607, the NSACF performs admission control on the network slice according to the fourth request message_1.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF对网络切片执行准入控制包括对网络切片执行UE数的准入控制和对网络切片执行会话数的准入控制,也可以称为执行UE数的计数(number of UEs counting)和会话数的计数(number of sessions counting),从而保证当前已经接入 网络切片的UE的数量总和不超过该网络切片允许接入的终端设备的最大数量/数目,并保证当前已经在网络切片建立的会话数量总和不超过该网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大数量/数目。NSACF可以保存当前已经接入网络切片的UE的数量,或者保存当前已经接入网络切片的UE标识列表,该UE标识列表里面的标识用于标识当前已经接入网络切片的UE。NSACF还可以保存当前已经在网络切片建立的会话数量。NSACF还可以配置网络切片允许接入的UE的数量的最大值和网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值,即NSACF可以配置网络切片允许接入的最大用户数的数量和网络切片允许建立的最大会话数的数量。In a possible implementation, NSACF performs admission control on network slices, including performing admission control on the number of UEs on the network slices and performing admission control on the number of sessions on the network slices, which can also be called counting the number of UEs (number of UEs counting) and the number of sessions counting (number of sessions counting), so as to ensure that the sum of the number of UEs currently connected to the network slice does not exceed the maximum number/number of terminal devices that are allowed to access the network slice, and to ensure that the current The total number of sessions established by the network slice does not exceed the maximum number/number of sessions allowed by the network slice. The NSACF can store the number of UEs that have currently accessed the network slice, or store a list of UE identities that have currently accessed the network slice, and the identities in the UE identification list are used to identify UEs that have currently accessed the network slice. NSACF can also save the number of sessions currently established in the network slice. NSACF can also configure the maximum number of UEs allowed to access the network slice and the maximum number of sessions allowed to be established by the network slice, that is, NSACF can configure the maximum number of users allowed to access the network slice and the maximum The number of sessions.
例如,NSACF判断由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的对应的UE数的配额是否可用(即当前接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的UE数是否超过最大数量),以及判断由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的对应的会话数的配额是否可用(即S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片当前建立的会话数是否超过最大数量)。若NSACF判断由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的对应的UE数的配额可用,同时该UE ID并没有存储在该S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片已经接入的UE标识列表中,NSACF根据更新标志_1增加该网络切片对应的UE数(例如,接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的UE数加1),并将UE ID添加到该网络切片已经接入的UE标识列表中,从而保存UE ID和S-NSSAI的对应关系。NSACF还判断S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的会话数的配额可用,NSACF根据更新标志_2增加该网络切片对应的会话数(例如,在S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片内建立的会话数加1),并保存会话_1相关的信息和S-NSSAI的对应关系。若由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的对应的UE数的配额不可用和/或会话数的配额不可用,NSACF可以不改变该网络切片对应的UE数以及该网络切片对应的会话数。For example, the NSACF judges whether the quota for the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is available (that is, whether the number of UEs currently accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI exceeds the maximum number), Whether the quota of the number of sessions corresponding to the identified network slice is available (that is, whether the number of sessions currently established by the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI exceeds the maximum number). If the NSACF determines that the quota for the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is available, and the UE ID is not stored in the list of UE identities that have been accessed by the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, the NSACF will update the Flag_1 increases the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice (for example, the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI plus 1), and adds the UE ID to the list of UE identifiers that have been accessed by the network slice, so that Save the correspondence between UE ID and S-NSSAI. NSACF also judges that the quota of the number of sessions of the network slice identified by S-NSSAI is available, and NSACF increases the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice according to the update flag_2 (for example, the number of sessions established in the network slice identified by S-NSSAI plus 1), and save the corresponding relationship between session_1 related information and S-NSSAI. If the quota of the number of UEs and/or the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is not available, the NSACF may not change the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice and the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice.
需要说明的是,本申请不限制NSACF执行UE数的计数和执行会话数的计数的先后顺序。例如,可以先执行UE数的计数再执行会话数的计数,在此情况下,若在确定由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的对应的UE数的配额可用且对UE数加一后,NSACF确定会话数的配额不可用,则NSACF在确定会话数的配额不可用后更新UE数,即NSACF再对UE数减一并将UE ID从该网络切片已经接入的终端设备的标识列表中删除。又例如,可以先执行会话数的计数再执行UE数的计数,在此情况下,若在确定由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的对应会话数的配额可用且对会话数加一后,NSACF确定UE数的配额不可用,则NSACF在确定UE的配额不可用后更新会话数,即NSACF再对会话数减一。再例如,可以同时执行UE数的计数和会话数的计数,在此情况下,NSACF可以综合UE数的配额的判断结果和会话数的配额的判断结果,统一更新UE数和会话数。It should be noted that the present application does not limit the order in which the NSACF performs the counting of the number of UEs and the number of sessions. For example, counting the number of UEs may be performed first and then counting the number of sessions. In this case, if it is determined that the quota for the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is available and the number of UEs is increased by one, NSACF If it is determined that the quota for the number of sessions is unavailable, then NSACF will update the number of UEs after determining that the quota for the number of sessions is unavailable, that is, NSACF will decrease the number of UEs by one and delete the UE ID from the identification list of terminal devices that have been connected to the network slice . For another example, counting the number of sessions may be performed first and then counting the number of UEs. In this case, if it is determined that the quota for the corresponding number of sessions of the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is available and the number of sessions is increased by one, NSACF If it is determined that the quota for the number of UEs is unavailable, the NSACF updates the number of sessions after determining that the quota for the UE is unavailable, that is, the NSACF then subtracts one from the number of sessions. For another example, the counting of the number of UEs and the number of sessions may be performed simultaneously. In this case, the NSACF may integrate the judgment results of the quota of the number of UEs and the judgment result of the quota of the number of sessions, and update the number of UEs and the number of sessions in a unified manner.
由于图6以建立2个PDN连接为例,此时为建立第1个PDN连接,因此NSACF会增加该网络切片对应的UE数(例如,接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的UE数加1)以及增加该网络切片对应的会话数(例如,在S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片内建立的会话数加1),并保存UE ID、S-NSSAI以及会话_1相关的信息的对应关系。Since Figure 6 takes the establishment of two PDN connections as an example, the first PDN connection is established at this time, so the NSACF will increase the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice (for example, the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI plus 1) and increase the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice (for example, the number of sessions established in the network slice identified by S-NSSAI plus 1), and save the correspondence between UE ID, S-NSSAI, and session_1-related information .
步骤608,NSACF向SMF+PGW-C_1发送第四响应消息_1。Step 608, NSACF sends a fourth response message_1 to SMF+PGW-C_1.
其中,第四响应消息_1用于指示对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。该结果可以包括:对网络切片执行准入控制成功或对网络切片执行准入控制失败。如果对网络切片执行准入控制成功,说明执行UE数的计数和执行会话数的计数均成功,如果对网络切片执行准入 控制失败,则说明执行UE数的计数失败和/或执行会话数的计数失败,那么第四响应消息_1还可以携带失败原因值,该失败原因值可以用于指示网络切片已经接入的UE数已经达到最大值和/或指示网络切片已经建立的会话数已经达到最大值。在本示例中,第四响应消息_1可以指示对网络切片执行准入控制成功。Wherein, the fourth response message_1 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice. The result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the admission control on the network slice is successfully performed, it means that the counting of the number of UEs and the number of sessions are both performed successfully. If the admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of UEs and/or the number of sessions is failed If the counting fails, the fourth response message_1 may also carry a failure cause value, which may be used to indicate that the number of UEs that have been accessed by the network slice has reached the maximum value and/or that the number of sessions that have been established by the network slice has reached the maximum value. maximum value. In this example, the fourth response message_1 may indicate that admission control on the network slice is performed successfully.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF向SMF+PGW-C_1发送Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response,或者NSACF向SMF+PGW-C_1发送Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response,本申请不做限定,NSACF在发送的消息中携带对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。A possible implementation mode, NSACF sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_1, or NSACF sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_1, this application does not limit it, NSACF carries in the message sent by NSACF to perform admission control on network slices the result of.
步骤609,执行PDN连接建立的剩余流程。Step 609, execute the remaining procedures of PDN connection establishment.
至此,完成了PDN连接_1的建立,NSACF保存了UE ID、S-NSSAI以及会话_1相关的信息的对应关系。So far, the establishment of the PDN connection_1 is completed, and the NSACF stores the correspondence between the UE ID, S-NSSAI and session_1-related information.
步骤610,UE又发起PDN连接建立流程。In step 610, the UE initiates a PDN connection establishment procedure again.
步骤610的实现方式与步骤601相同,可以参考步骤601的描述,在此不再赘述。为了方便描述,下文该PDN连接称为PDN连接_2,将选择的SMF+PGW-C称为SMF+PGW-C_2。The implementation manner of step 610 is the same as that of step 601, and reference may be made to the description of step 601, which will not be repeated here. For convenience of description, the PDN connection is called PDN connection_2 hereinafter, and the selected SMF+PGW-C is called SMF+PGW-C_2.
步骤611,SMF+PGW-C_2确定与该PDN连接相关联的网络切片。Step 611, SMF+PGW-C_2 determines the network slice associated with the PDN connection.
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_2根据创建会话请求消息携带的APN,确定与该PDN连接相关联的网络切片。In a possible implementation manner, SMF+PGW-C_2 determines the network slice associated with the PDN connection according to the APN carried in the session creation request message.
步骤611中确定的网络切片与步骤603中的确定的网络切片相同。The network slice determined in step 611 is the same as the network slice determined in step 603 .
步骤612,SMF+PGW-C_2根据配置信息,确定该网络切片是否需要执行NSAC流程。In step 612, SMF+PGW-C_2 determines whether the network slice needs to execute the NSAC process according to the configuration information.
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_2上存储了需要执行NSAC的网络切片的配置信息。当SMF+PGW-C_2确定了与该PDN连接相关联的网络切片之后,SMF+PGW-C_2根据配置信息确定该网络切片是否需要执行NSAC流程。In a possible implementation manner, SMF+PGW-C_2 stores configuration information of network slicing that needs to perform NSAC. After SMF+PGW-C_2 determines the network slice associated with the PDN connection, SMF+PGW-C_2 determines whether the network slice needs to execute the NSAC process according to the configuration information.
若SMF+PGW-C_2确定该网络切片需要执行NSAC流程,则可以继续执行步骤613-617。若SMF+PGW-C_2确定该网络切片无需执行NSAC流程,则可以跳过步骤613-617,直接执行步骤618。If SMF+PGW-C_2 determines that the network slice needs to execute the NSAC process, it may continue to execute steps 613-617. If SMF+PGW-C_2 determines that the network slice does not need to execute the NSAC process, steps 613-617 may be skipped, and step 618 may be directly executed.
步骤613,SMF+PGW-C_2向NRF发送第三请求消息_2。Step 613, SMF+PGW-C_2 sends a third request message_2 to NRF.
其中,第三请求消息_2用于请求服务于与PDN连接_2相关联的网络切片、且支持对接入网络切片的UE数执行控制和支持对网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制的NSACF。作为一个示例,第三请求消息_2可以携带用于标识该网络切片的S-NSSAI和NSACF业务能力指示信息,所述NSACF业务能力指示信息用于指示SMF+PGW-C_2请求的NSACF同时支持对接入由该S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的UE数执行控制和支持对由该S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制。Among them, the third request message_2 is used to request the NSACF that serves the network slice associated with PDN connection_2 and supports the control of the number of UEs accessing the network slice and the number of sessions established on the network slice . As an example, the third request message_2 may carry S-NSSAI and NSACF service capability indication information used to identify the network slice, and the NSACF service capability indication information is used to indicate that the NSACF requested by SMF+PGW-C_2 simultaneously supports the The number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is controlled and the number of sessions established on the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is controlled.
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_2可以调用NRF的服务化操作Nnrf_NFDiscovery request。One possible implementation, SMF+PGW-C_2 can call NRF's service operation Nnrf_NFDiscovery request.
步骤614,NRF根据第三请求消息_2,向SMF+PGW-C_2发送第三响应消息_2。Step 614, the NRF sends a third response message_2 to the SMF+PGW-C_2 according to the third request message_2.
其中,第三响应消息_2携带NSACF的相关信息。NSACF的相关信息可以包括NSACF的地址。该NSACF为服务于第三请求消息_2中携带的S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的NSACF,并且该NSACF同时支持对接入由该S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的UE数执行控 制和支持对由该S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制。步骤614中NSACF与步骤605中的NSACF相同。Wherein, the third response message_2 carries relevant information of the NSACF. The relevant information of the NSACF may include the address of the NSACF. The NSACF is the NSACF serving the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI carried in the third request message_2, and the NSACF also supports the control and support of the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI Control is performed on the number of sessions established on the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI. The NSACF in step 614 is the same as the NSACF in step 605 .
一种可能的实现方式,NRF向SMF+PGW-C_2返回Nnrf_NFDiscovery response,携带NSACF的信息,如NSACF的地址信息。In a possible implementation, NRF returns Nnrf_NFDiscovery response to SMF+PGW-C_2, carrying NSACF information, such as NSACF address information.
可选地,SMF+PGW-C_2在上下文中保存NRF返回的NSACF的信息。Optionally, SMF+PGW-C_2 saves the NSACF information returned by the NRF in the context.
步骤615,SMF+PGW-C_2根据第三响应消息_2确定NSACF,并向该NSACF发送第四请求消息_2。Step 615, SMF+PGW-C_2 determines the NSACF according to the third response message_2, and sends the fourth request message_2 to the NSACF.
其中,第四请求消息_2可以携带UE ID、更新标志_1、S-NSSAI、更新标志_2、以及会话_2相关的信息。UE ID可以是SMF+PGW-C_2根据创建会话请求消息确定的,例如,创建会话请求消息中携带了UE ID,示例性地,该UE ID可以是UE的IMSI。更新标志_1用于指示增加由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的UE数,例如,UE数加1。更新标志_2用于指示增加由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的会话数,例如,会话数加1。会话_2相关的信息可以包括SMF+PGW-C_2的标识和/或会话_2的标识,SMF+PGW-C_2的标识可以是SMF+PGW-C_2的ID,会话_2的标识用于标识该会话_2,如PDU session ID_2,其中,PDU session ID_2可以包含在创建会话请求消息中。Wherein, the fourth request message_2 may carry information related to UE ID, update flag_1, S-NSSAI, update flag_2, and session_2. The UE ID may be determined by SMF+PGW-C_2 according to the session creation request message. For example, the session creation request message carries the UE ID. Exemplarily, the UE ID may be the IMSI of the UE. The update flag_1 is used to indicate to increase the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, add 1 to the number of UEs. The update flag_2 is used to indicate to increase the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, add 1 to the number of sessions. The information related to session_2 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 and/or the identifier of session_2, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_2, and the identifier of session_2 is used to identify the Session_2, such as PDU session ID_2, where PDU session ID_2 may be included in the create session request message.
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_2向NSACF发送Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request,或者SMF+PGW-C_2向NSACF发送Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request,本申请不做限定。A possible implementation, SMF+PGW-C_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF, or SMF+PGW-C_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF, which is not limited in this application.
步骤616,NSACF根据第四请求消息_2,对网络切片执行准入控制。In step 616, the NSACF performs admission control on the network slice according to the fourth request message_2.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF对网络切片执行准入控制包括对网络切片执行UE数的准入控制和对网络切片执行会话数的准入控制,也可以称为执行UE数的计数和会话数的计数。In a possible implementation, NSACF performs admission control on network slices, including performing admission control on the number of UEs on the network slices and performing admission control on the number of sessions on the network slices, which can also be called counting the number of UEs and the number of sessions of counts.
具体地,NSACF判断由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的对应的UE数的配额是否可用(即当前接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的UE数是否超过最大数量),以及判断由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的对应的会话数的配额是否可用(即S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片当前建立的会话数是否超过最大数量)。NSACF根据上下文信息中存储的UE ID和S-NSSAI的对应关系(即步骤607存储的UE ID和S-NSSAI的对应关系),判断出该UE ID已经存储在该S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片已经接入的UE标识列表中,说明该UE已经接入了由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片,在此情况下,NSACF无需对该网络切片对应的UE数进行计数,即该网络切片的UE数保持不变,同时NSACF判断S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的会话数的配额可用,NSACF根据更新标志_2增加该网络切片对应的会话数(例如,在S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片内建立的会话数加1),并保存会话_2相关的信息和S-NSSAI的对应关系。若由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的对应的UE数的配额不可用和/或会话数的配额不可用,NSACF可以不改变该网络切片对应的UE数以及该网络切片对应的会话数。Specifically, the NSACF judges whether the quota for the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is available (that is, whether the number of UEs currently accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI exceeds the maximum number), and judges whether the quota specified by the S-NSSAI is available. Whether the quota of the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the NSSAI is available (that is, whether the number of sessions currently established by the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI exceeds the maximum number). NSACF judges that the UE ID has been stored in the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI according to the correspondence between the UE ID and the S-NSSAI stored in the context information (that is, the correspondence between the UE ID and the S-NSSAI stored in step 607). In the list of UE identifiers that have been accessed, it means that the UE has accessed the network slice identified by S-NSSAI. In this case, NSACF does not need to count the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice, that is, the number of UEs in the network slice Keep unchanged, and at the same time, NSACF judges that the quota of the number of sessions of the network slice identified by S-NSSAI is available, and NSACF increases the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice according to the update flag_2 (for example, established in the network slice identified by S-NSSAI number of sessions plus 1), and save the correspondence between the information related to session_2 and the S-NSSAI. If the quota of the number of UEs and/or the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is not available, the NSACF may not change the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice and the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice.
同样,本申请不限制NSACF执行UE数的计数和执行会话数的计数的先后顺序。具体说明可以参考上文,在此不再赘述。Likewise, the present application does not limit the order in which the NSACF performs the counting of the number of UEs and the number of sessions. For specific description, reference may be made to the above, and details are not repeated here.
由于图6以建立2个PDN连接为例,此时为建立第2个PDN连接,因此NSACF会 保持该网络切片对应的UE数不变,增加该网络切片对应的会话数,并继续保存UE ID、会话_2相关的信息和S-NSSAI的对应关系。Since Figure 6 takes the establishment of two PDN connections as an example, the second PDN connection is established at this time, so NSACF will keep the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice unchanged, increase the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice, and continue to save the UE ID , the corresponding relationship between the information related to session_2 and the S-NSSAI.
步骤617,NSACF向SMF+PGW-C_2发送第四响应消息_2。Step 617, NSACF sends a fourth response message_2 to SMF+PGW-C_2.
其中,第四响应消息_2用于指示对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。该结果可以包括:对网络切片执行准入控制成功或对网络切片执行准入控制失败。如果对网络切片执行准入控制成功,说明执行UE数的计数和执行会话数的计数均成功。如果对网络切片执行准入控制失败,则说明执行UE数的计数失败和/或执行会话数的计数失败,那么第四响应消息_2还可以携带失败原因值,例如,该失败原因值用于指示网络切片已经接入的UE数已经达到最大值和/或指示网络切片已经建立的会话数已经达到最大值。在本示例中,第四响应消息_2可以指示对网络切片执行准入控制成功。Wherein, the fourth response message_2 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice. The result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the admission control is successfully performed on the network slice, it means that both the counting of the number of UEs and the counting of the number of sessions are performed successfully. If the execution of admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of UEs and/or the counting of the number of sessions fails, then the fourth response message_2 may also carry a failure reason value, for example, the failure reason value is used for Indicating that the number of UEs that have accessed the network slice has reached the maximum value and/or indicating that the number of sessions that have been established in the network slice has reached the maximum value. In this example, the fourth response message_2 may indicate that the admission control on the network slice is successfully performed.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF向SMF+PGW-C_2发送Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response,或者NSACF向SMF+PGW-C_2发送Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response,本申请不做限定,NSACF在发送的消息中携带对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。A possible implementation mode, NSACF sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_2, or NSACF sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_2, this application does not make a limitation, NSACF carries the admission control on network slices in the sent message the result of.
步骤618,执行PDN连接建立的剩余流程。Step 618, execute the remaining procedures of PDN connection establishment.
至此完成了PDN连接_1和PDN连接_2的建立,NSACF中保存了UE ID、S-NSSAI、会话_1相关的信息和会话_2相关的信息的对应关系。So far, the establishment of PDN connection_1 and PDN connection_2 is completed, and the corresponding relationship between UE ID, S-NSSAI, information related to session_1 and information related to session_2 is saved in NSACF.
由上文可知,对于由建立PDN连接触发的UE数和会话数的确定过程,在示例1中,首先对SMF+PGW-C发现NSACF的流程进行了增强,具体地,SMF+PGW-C请求NRF为其选择同时支持对接入网络切片的UE数执行控制和支持对控制网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制的NSACF。其次,NSACF在确定网络切片对应的UE数和会话数时,还会判断该UE是否已经接入该网络切片,若该UE已经接入该网络切片,则可以不增加UE数。这样可以实现互通场景下的网络切片准入控制。It can be seen from the above that for the determination process of the number of UEs and the number of sessions triggered by the establishment of a PDN connection, in Example 1, the process of discovering NSACF by SMF+PGW-C is firstly enhanced, specifically, SMF+PGW-C requests NRF selects for it an NSACF that supports both the control of the number of UEs accessing the network slice and the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice. Secondly, when the NSACF determines the number of UEs and sessions corresponding to the network slice, it will also determine whether the UE has already accessed the network slice. If the UE has already accessed the network slice, the number of UEs may not be increased. In this way, network slice admission control in interworking scenarios can be realized.
示例2Example 2
在示例2中,UE分别发起多个PDN连接的释放流程,且多个PDN连接关联同一个网络切片,负责该网络切片的UE数的配额管理的NSACF与负责该网络切片的会话数的配额管理的NSACF为同一NSACF。图7以UE建立了2个PDN连接为例。假设根据示例1,UE已经建立了针对同一网络切片的2个PDN连接(PDN连接_1和PDN连接_2),在某一时刻,UE向网络发起PDN连接释放流程(PDN connection release)。In Example 2, the UE initiates the release process of multiple PDN connections respectively, and multiple PDN connections are associated with the same network slice, the NSACF responsible for the quota management of the number of UEs in the network slice and the quota management of the number of sessions in the network slice The NSACF is the same NSACF. FIG. 7 takes the UE establishing two PDN connections as an example. Assuming that according to example 1, the UE has established two PDN connections (PDN connection_1 and PDN connection_2) for the same network slice, at a certain moment, the UE initiates a PDN connection release procedure (PDN connection release) to the network.
图7是本申请提供的网络切片准入控制方法的另一个示例。图7中的SMF+PGW-C_1和SMF+PGW-C_2可以对应于上文图5中的第二网元,NSACF可以对应于上文图5中的第四网元。Fig. 7 is another example of the network slice admission control method provided by this application. SMF+PGW-C_1 and SMF+PGW-C_2 in FIG. 7 may correspond to the second network element in FIG. 5 above, and NSACF may correspond to the fourth network element in FIG. 5 above.
步骤701,UE发起PDN连接_1的释放流程。In step 701, the UE initiates a PDN connection_1 release procedure.
一种可能的实现方式,UE向MME发送PDN连接释放消息(PDN disconnection request);MME收到该消息之后,确定UE要释放PDN连接,MME向服务该PDN连接的SGW发送删除会话请求消息(delete session request),SGW向服务该PDN连接的SMF+PGW-C_1发送删除会话请求消息。In a possible implementation, the UE sends a PDN connection release message (PDN disconnection request) to the MME; after the MME receives the message, it determines that the UE wants to release the PDN connection, and the MME sends a delete session request message (delete session request) to the SGW serving the PDN connection. session request), the SGW sends a delete session request message to the SMF+PGW-C_1 serving the PDN connection.
步骤702,SMF+PGW-C_1向NSACF发送第四请求消息_3。Step 702, SMF+PGW-C_1 sends a fourth request message_3 to NSACF.
其中,第四请求消息_3可以携带UE ID、更新标志_1、S-NSSAI、更新标志_2、以及 会话_1相关的信息。UE ID可以是SMF+PGW-C_1根据删除会话请求消息确定的,示例性地,该UE ID可以是UE的永久性标识,例如,IMSI。更新标志_1用于指示减少由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的UE数,例如,UE数减1。更新标志_2用于指示减少由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的会话数,例如,会话数减1。会话_1相关的信息可以包括SMF+PGW-C_1的标识和/或会话_1的标识,SMF+PGW-C_1的标识可以是SMF+PGW-C_1的ID,会话_1的标识用于标识该会话_1,如PDU session ID_1,其中,PDU session ID_1可以包含在创建会话请求消息中。Wherein, the fourth request message_3 may carry information related to UE ID, update flag_1, S-NSSAI, update flag_2, and session_1. The UE ID may be determined by SMF+PGW-C_1 according to the delete session request message. Exemplarily, the UE ID may be a permanent identifier of the UE, for example, IMSI. The update flag_1 is used to indicate to reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, the number of UEs is reduced by 1. The update flag_2 is used to indicate that the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is reduced, for example, the number of sessions is reduced by 1. The information related to session_1 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 and/or the identifier of session_1, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_1, and the identifier of session_1 is used to identify the Session_1, such as PDU session ID_1, where PDU session ID_1 may be included in the create session request message.
一种可能的实现方式,如果SMF+PGW-C_1在上下文中保存了NSACF的信息,那么SMF+PGW-C_1可以直接根据该NSACF的信息确定NSACF。In a possible implementation manner, if the SMF+PGW-C_1 saves the information of the NSACF in the context, then the SMF+PGW-C_1 can directly determine the NSACF according to the information of the NSACF.
作为另一种实现方式,如果SMF+PGW-C_1在上下文中没有保存NSACF的信息,那么SMF+PGW-C_1可以向NRF请求发现NSACF。该方法可以参考上述步骤604和步骤605。As another implementation, if SMF+PGW-C_1 does not save the information of NSACF in the context, then SMF+PGW-C_1 may request NRF to discover NSACF. For this method, reference may be made to step 604 and step 605 above.
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_1向NSACF发送Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request,或者SMF+PGW-C_1向NSACF发送Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request,本申请不做限定。A possible implementation, SMF+PGW-C_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF, or SMF+PGW-C_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF, which is not limited in this application.
步骤703,NSACF根据第四请求消息_3,对网络切片执行准入控制。In step 703, the NSACF performs admission control on the network slice according to the fourth request message_3.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF对网络切片执行准入控制包括对网络切片执行UE数的准入控制和对网络切片执行会话数的准入控制,也可以称为执行UE数的计数和会话数的计数,本申请不限制NSACF执行UE数的计数和执行会话数的计数的先后顺序。In a possible implementation, NSACF performs admission control on network slices, including performing admission control on the number of UEs on the network slices and performing admission control on the number of sessions on the network slices, which can also be called counting the number of UEs and the number of sessions The present application does not limit the order in which the NSACF performs the counting of the number of UEs and the number of sessions.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF先执行会话数的计数,NSACF根据更新标志_2减少由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的会话数(例如,NSACF将在S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片内建立的会话数减1),并删除上下文信息中的SMF+PGW-C ID_1的标识;由于NSACF_1针对该UE ID同时存储了会话_1相关的信息和会话_2相关的信息,而该UE当前仅释放会话_1相关的信息对应的PDN连接_1,NSACF判断该UE还存在其他会话,无需减少接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的UE数,NSACF删除会话_1相关的信息,并继续保存UE ID、会话_2相关的信息与S-NSSAI的对应关系。即该S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片已经接入的UE标识列表中继续保存UE ID。In a possible implementation, the NSACF first performs the counting of the number of sessions, and the NSACF reduces the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI according to the update flag_2 (for example, the NSACF will establish the session number in the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI The number of sessions minus 1), and delete the SMF+PGW-C ID_1 identifier in the context information; since NSACF_1 stores both session_1-related information and session_2-related information for the UE ID, and the UE currently only Release the PDN connection_1 corresponding to the information related to session_1, NSACF judges that the UE still has other sessions, and there is no need to reduce the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by S-NSSAI, NSACF deletes the information related to session_1, and continues The corresponding relationship between UE ID, session_2 related information and S-NSSAI is saved. That is, the UE ID will continue to be stored in the UE ID list that the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI has already accessed.
步骤704,NSACF向SMF+PGW-C_1发送第四响应消息_3。Step 704, NSACF sends a fourth response message_3 to SMF+PGW-C_1.
其中,第四响应消息_3用于指示对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。该结果可以包括:对网络切片执行准入控制成功或对网络切片执行准入控制失败。如果对网络切片执行准入控制成功,说明执行UE数的计数和执行会话数的计数均成功。如果对网络切片执行准入控制失败,则说明执行UE数的计数失败和/或执行会话数的计数失败,那么第四响应消息_3还可以携带失败原因值,该失败原因值可以为该UE在该网络切片上还存在其他会话。在步骤704中,第四响应消息_3可以指示对网络切片执行准入控制失败,第四响应消息_3还可以携带失败原因值,例如该UE在该网络切片上还存在其他会话。Wherein, the fourth response message_3 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice. The result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the admission control is successfully performed on the network slice, it means that both the counting of the number of UEs and the counting of the number of sessions are performed successfully. If the execution of admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of UEs and/or the counting of the number of sessions fails, then the fourth response message_3 may also carry a failure reason value, and the failure reason value may be the UE There are also other sessions on that network slice. In step 704, the fourth response message_3 may indicate failure to perform admission control on the network slice, and the fourth response message_3 may also carry a failure reason value, for example, the UE still has other sessions on the network slice.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF向SMF+PGW-C_1发送Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response,或者NSACF向SMF+PGW-C_1发送Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response, 本申请不做限定,NSACF在发送的消息中携带对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。A possible implementation mode, NSACF sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_1, or NSACF sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_1, this application does not make a limitation, NSACF carries the admission control on network slices in the sent message the result of.
步骤705,执行PDN连接释放的剩余流程。Step 705, execute the remaining procedures of PDN connection release.
至此,完成了PDN连接_1的释放。So far, the release of the PDN connection_1 is completed.
步骤706,UE又发起PDN连接_2的释放流程。In step 706, the UE initiates the release procedure of the PDN connection_2 again.
步骤706的实现方式与步骤701相同,可以参考步骤701的描述,在此不再赘述。The implementation manner of step 706 is the same as that of step 701, and reference may be made to the description of step 701, which will not be repeated here.
步骤707,SMF+PGW-C_2向NSACF发送第四请求消息_4。Step 707, SMF+PGW-C_2 sends a fourth request message_4 to the NSACF.
其中,第四请求消息_4可以携带UE ID、更新标志_1、S-NSSAI、更新标志_2、以及会话_2相关的信息。UE ID可以是SMF+PGW-C_2根据删除会话请求消息确定的,示例性地,该UE ID可以是UE的IMSI。更新标志_1用于指示减少由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的UE数,例如,UE数减1。更新标志_2用于指示减少由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的会话数,例如,会话数减1。会话_2相关的信息可以包括SMF+PGW-C_2的标识和/或会话_2的标识,SMF+PGW-C_2的标识可以是SMF+PGW-C_2的ID,会话_2的标识用于标识该会话_2,如PDU session ID_2,其中,PDU session ID_2可以包含在创建会话请求消息中。Wherein, the fourth request message_4 may carry UE ID, update flag_1, S-NSSAI, update flag_2, and session_2 related information. The UE ID may be determined by SMF+PGW-C_2 according to the delete session request message. Exemplarily, the UE ID may be the IMSI of the UE. The update flag_1 is used to indicate to reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, the number of UEs is reduced by 1. The update flag_2 is used to indicate that the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is reduced, for example, the number of sessions is reduced by 1. The information related to session_2 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 and/or the identifier of session_2, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_2, and the identifier of session_2 is used to identify the Session_2, such as PDU session ID_2, where PDU session ID_2 may be included in the create session request message.
一种可能的实现方式,如果SMF+PGW-C_2在上下文中保存了NSACF的信息,那么SMF+PGW-C_2可以直接根据该NSACF的信息确定NSACF。In a possible implementation manner, if the SMF+PGW-C_2 saves the information of the NSACF in the context, then the SMF+PGW-C_2 can directly determine the NSACF according to the information of the NSACF.
作为另一种实现方式,如果SMF+PGW-C_2在上下文中没有保存NSACF的信息,那么SMF+PGW-C_2可以向NRF请求发现NSACF。该方法可以参考上述步骤613和步骤614。As another implementation, if the SMF+PGW-C_2 does not save the information of the NSACF in the context, then the SMF+PGW-C_2 may request the NRF to discover the NSACF. For this method, reference may be made to step 613 and step 614 above.
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_2向NSACF发送Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request,或者SMF+PGW-C_2向NSACF发送Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request,本申请不做限定。A possible implementation, SMF+PGW-C_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF, or SMF+PGW-C_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF, which is not limited in this application.
步骤708,NSACF根据第四请求消息_4,对网络切片执行准入控制。In step 708, the NSACF performs admission control on the network slice according to the fourth request message_4.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF对网络切片执行准入控制包括对网络切片执行UE数的准入控制和对网络切片执行会话数的准入控制,也可以称为执行UE数的计数和会话数的计数,本申请不限制NSACF执行UE数的计数和执行会话数的计数的先后顺序。In a possible implementation, NSACF performs admission control on network slices, including performing admission control on the number of UEs on the network slices and performing admission control on the number of sessions on the network slices, which can also be called counting the number of UEs and the number of sessions The present application does not limit the order in which the NSACF performs the counting of the number of UEs and the number of sessions.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF先执行会话数的计数,NSACF根据更新标志_2减少由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的会话数(例如,NSACF将在S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片内建立的会话数减1),并删除上下文信息中的会话_2相关的信息;由于上下文信息中针对该UE ID仅存储了会话_2相关的信息,当删除会话_2相关的信息后,对于该UE没有其他已经建立的会话了,因此NSACF根据更新标志_1可以对UE计数(即NSACF减少接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的UE数),并在上下文信息中删除该UE ID。即NSACF将UE ID从该S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片已经接入的UE标识列表中删除。In a possible implementation, the NSACF first performs the counting of the number of sessions, and the NSACF reduces the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI according to the update flag_2 (for example, the NSACF will establish the session number in the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI The number of sessions minus 1), and delete the information related to session_2 in the context information; since only the information related to session_2 is stored in the context information for the UE ID, after deleting the information related to session_2, for the UE ID The UE has no other established sessions, so the NSACF can count the UE according to the update flag_1 (that is, the NSACF reduces the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI), and delete the UE ID in the context information. That is, the NSACF deletes the UE ID from the list of UE identities that have been accessed by the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI.
步骤709,NSACF向SMF+PGW-C_2发送第四响应消息_4。Step 709, NSACF sends a fourth response message_4 to SMF+PGW-C_2.
其中,第四响应消息_4用于指示对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。该结果可以包括:对网络切片执行准入控制成功或对网络切片执行准入控制失败。如果对网络切片执行准入控制成功,说明执行UE数的计数和执行会话数的计数均成功。如果对网络切片执行准入控制失败,则说明执行UE数的计数失败和/或执行会话数的计数失败,那么第四响应消息 _4还可以携带失败原因值。在步骤709中,第四响应消息_4可以指示对网络切片执行准入控制成功。Wherein, the fourth response message_4 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice. The result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the admission control is successfully performed on the network slice, it means that both the counting of the number of UEs and the counting of the number of sessions are performed successfully. If the execution of admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of UEs and/or the counting of the number of sessions fails, and the fourth response message_4 may also carry a failure reason value. In step 709, the fourth response message_4 may indicate that admission control on the network slice is performed successfully.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF向SMF+PGW-C_2发送Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response,或者NSACF向SMF+PGW-C_1发送Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response,本申请不做限定,NSACF在发送的消息中携带对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。A possible implementation method, NSACF sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_2, or NSACF sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_1, this application does not make a limitation, NSACF carries in the message sent to perform access control on network slices the result of.
步骤710,执行PDN连接释放的剩余流程。Step 710, execute the remaining procedures of PDN connection release.
至此,完成了PDN连接_1和PDN连接_2的释放。So far, the release of the PDN connection_1 and the PDN connection_2 is completed.
由上文可知,对于由释放PDN连接触发的UE数和会话数的确定过程,在示例2中,NSACF在确定网络切片对应的UE数和会话数时,还会判断该UE的PDN连接是否都应经释放,在UE没有已经建立的会话时,NSACF减少接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的UE数,并在上下文信息中删除该UE ID。这样可以实现互通场景下的网络切片准入控制。It can be seen from the above that for the determination process of the number of UEs and the number of sessions triggered by the release of the PDN connection, in Example 2, when the NSACF determines the number of UEs and the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice, it will also determine whether the PDN connection of the UE is all After release, when the UE has no established session, the NSACF reduces the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, and deletes the UE ID in the context information. In this way, network slice admission control in interworking scenarios can be realized.
示例3Example 3
在示例3中,UE分别发起建立多个PDN连接的建立流程,且多个PDN连接关联同一个网络切片,负责该网络切片的UE数的配额管理的NSACF与负责该网络切片的会话数的配额管理的NSACF不同。图8和图9以UE建立2个PDN连接为例,其中,图8示出了第1个PDN连接(下文称为PDN连接_1)的建立过程,图9示出了第2个PDN连接(下文称为PDN连接_2)的建立过程。In example 3, the UE respectively initiates the establishment process of establishing multiple PDN connections, and the multiple PDN connections are associated with the same network slice, and the NSACF responsible for the quota management of the number of UEs in the network slice is responsible for the quota of the number of sessions in the network slice Managed NSACF is different. Figure 8 and Figure 9 take the UE establishing two PDN connections as an example, wherein Figure 8 shows the establishment process of the first PDN connection (hereinafter referred to as PDN connection_1), and Figure 9 shows the second PDN connection (hereinafter referred to as PDN connection_2) establishment process.
图8是本申请提供的网络切片准入控制方法的另一个示例。图8中的SMF+PGW-C_1可以对应于上文图4中的第二网元,NSACF_1可以对应于上文图4中的第一网元,NSACF_2可以对应于上文步骤402-403涉及的第三网元。Fig. 8 is another example of the network slice admission control method provided by this application. SMF+PGW-C_1 in Figure 8 may correspond to the second network element in Figure 4 above, NSACF_1 may correspond to the first network element in Figure 4 above, and NSACF_2 may correspond to the above steps 402-403 involved The third network element.
步骤801,UE发起PDN连接建立流程。In step 801, the UE initiates a PDN connection establishment procedure.
步骤802,SMF+PGW-C_1确定与该PDN连接相关联的网络切片。Step 802, SMF+PGW-C_1 determines the network slice associated with the PDN connection.
步骤803,SMF+PGW-C_1根据配置信息,确定该网络切片是否需要执行NSAC流程。Step 803, SMF+PGW-C_1 determines whether the network slice needs to execute the NSAC process according to the configuration information.
步骤801-803的实现方式与步骤601-603相同,可以参考步骤601-603的描述,在此不再赘述。为了方便描述,下文将选择的SMF+PGW-C称为SMF+PGW-C_1。The implementation manner of steps 801-803 is the same as that of steps 601-603, and reference may be made to the description of steps 601-603, which will not be repeated here. For convenience of description, the selected SMF+PGW-C is referred to as SMF+PGW-C_1 below.
若SMF+PGW-C_1确定该网络切片需要执行NSAC流程,则可以继续执行步骤804-816。若SMF+PGW-C_1确定该网络切片无需执行NSAC流程,则可以跳过步骤804-816,直接执行步骤817。If SMF+PGW-C_1 determines that the network slice needs to execute the NSAC process, it may continue to execute steps 804-816. If SMF+PGW-C_1 determines that the network slice does not need to perform the NSAC process, steps 804-816 may be skipped, and step 817 may be directly performed.
步骤804,SMF+PGW-C_1向NRF发送第七请求消息_1。Step 804, SMF+PGW-C_1 sends a seventh request message_1 to NRF.
其中,第七请求消息_1用于请求服务于与PDN连接_1相关联的网络切片、且支持对接入网络切片的UE数执行控制的NSACF。作为一个示例,第七请求消息_1可以携带用于标识该网络切片的S-NSSAI和NSACF业务能力指示信息,所述NSACF业务能力指示信息用于指示SMF+PGW-C_1请求的NSACF支持对接入网络切片的UE数执行控制。为了描述方便,下文将该NSACF称为NSACF_1。Wherein, the seventh request message_1 is used to request the NSACF serving the network slice associated with the PDN connection_1 and supporting the control of the number of UEs accessing the network slice. As an example, the seventh request message_1 may carry S-NSSAI and NSACF service capability indication information used to identify the network slice, and the NSACF service capability indication information is used to indicate that the NSACF requested by SMF+PGW-C_1 supports interconnection The number of UEs entering the network slice is controlled. For convenience of description, the NSACF is referred to as NSACF_1 hereinafter.
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_1可以调用NRF的服务化操作Nnrf_NFDiscovery request。One possible implementation, SMF+PGW-C_1 can call NRF's service operation Nnrf_NFDiscovery request.
步骤805,NRF根据第七请求消息_1,向SMF+PGW-C_1发送第七响应消息_1。Step 805, the NRF sends a seventh response message_1 to the SMF+PGW-C_1 according to the seventh request message_1.
其中,第七响应消息_1携带NSACF_1的相关信息。NSACF_1的相关信息可以包括 NSACF_1的地址。该NSACF_1为服务于第七请求消息_1中携带的S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的NSACF,并且该NSACF_1支持对接入由该S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的UE数执行控制。Wherein, the seventh response message_1 carries relevant information of NSACF_1. The relevant information of NSACF_1 may include the address of NSACF_1. The NSACF_1 is the NSACF serving the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI carried in the seventh request message_1, and the NSACF_1 supports the control of the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI.
一种可能的实现方式,NRF向SMF+PGW-C_1返回Nnrf_NFDiscovery response,携带NSACF_1的信息,如NSACF_1的地址信息。In a possible implementation manner, NRF returns Nnrf_NFDiscovery response to SMF+PGW-C_1, carrying information of NSACF_1, such as address information of NSACF_1.
可选地,SMF+PGW-C_1在上下文中保存NRF返回的NSACF_1的信息。Optionally, SMF+PGW-C_1 saves the information of NSACF_1 returned by NRF in the context.
步骤806,SMF+PGW-C_1根据第七响应消息_1确定NSACF_1,并向该NSACF_1发送第八请求消息_1。Step 806, SMF+PGW-C_1 determines NSACF_1 according to the seventh response message_1, and sends the eighth request message_1 to the NSACF_1.
其中,第八请求消息_1可以携带UE ID、更新标志_1、以及S-NSSAI。UE ID可以是SMF+PGW-C_1根据创建会话请求消息确定的,例如,创建会话请求消息中携带了UE ID,示例性地,该UE ID可以是UE的IMSI。更新标志_1用于指示增加由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的UE数,例如,UE数加1。Wherein, the eighth request message_1 may carry UE ID, update flag_1, and S-NSSAI. The UE ID may be determined by SMF+PGW-C_1 according to the session creation request message. For example, the session creation request message carries the UE ID. Exemplarily, the UE ID may be the IMSI of the UE. The update flag_1 is used to indicate to increase the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, add 1 to the number of UEs.
可选地,第八请求消息_1还可以携带会话_1相关的信息。会话_1相关的信息可以包括SMF+PGW-C_1的标识和/或会话_1的标识,SMF+PGW-C_1的标识可以是SMF+PGW-C_1的ID,会话_1的标识用于标识该会话_1,如PDU session ID_1,其中,PDU session ID_1可以包含在创建会话请求消息中。Optionally, the eighth request message_1 may also carry information related to session_1. The information related to session_1 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 and/or the identifier of session_1, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_1, and the identifier of session_1 is used to identify the Session_1, such as PDU session ID_1, where PDU session ID_1 may be included in the create session request message.
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_1向NSACF_1发送Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request。A possible implementation, SMF+PGW-C_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF_1.
一种可能的实现方式,可选的,当SMF+PGW-C_1判断PDN连接_1是SMF+PGW-C_1为该UE服务的第一个与S-NSSAI关联的PDN连接,那么SMF+PGW-C_1执行步骤806-808。具体地,SMF+PGW-C_1可以根据SMF+PGW-C_1存储的上下文信息判断PDN连接_1是否是该UE建立的第一个与该网络切片关联的PDN连接,比如,SMF+PGW-C_1保存了该UE当前建立的所有PDN连接的上下文信息,如果上下文中存在其他的PDN连接与该PDN连接_1关联的网络切片相同,则说明PDN连接_1不是该UE发起建立的第一个与该网络切片关联的PDN连接。例如,UE当前已经建立了PDN连接_1’,该PDN连接_1’也是SMF+PGW-C_1服务且PDN连接_1’关联的网络切片与PDN连接_1关联的网络切片相同。需要说明的是,PDN连接_1’对应的APN与PDN连接_1对应的APN可以不同。如果上下文中不存在其他的PDN连接与该PDN连接_1关联的网络切片相同,则说明PDN连接_1是该UE发起建立的第一个与该网络切片关联的、且由SMF+PGW-C_1服务的PDN连接。A possible implementation, optional, when SMF+PGW-C_1 judges that PDN connection_1 is the first PDN connection associated with S-NSSAI served by SMF+PGW-C_1 for the UE, then SMF+PGW- C_1 performs steps 806-808. Specifically, SMF+PGW-C_1 can judge whether PDN connection_1 is the first PDN connection established by the UE and associated with the network slice according to the context information stored by SMF+PGW-C_1, for example, SMF+PGW-C_1 saves The context information of all PDN connections currently established by the UE, if there are other PDN connections in the context that are the same as the network slice associated with the PDN connection_1, it means that the PDN connection_1 is not the first one initiated by the UE to be established with the network slice The PDN connection associated with the network slice. For example, the UE has currently established PDN connection_1', which is also served by SMF+PGW-C_1, and the network slice associated with PDN connection_1' is the same as the network slice associated with PDN connection_1. It should be noted that the APN corresponding to the PDN connection_1' may be different from the APN corresponding to the PDN connection_1. If there is no other PDN connection in the context that is the same as the network slice associated with the PDN connection_1, it means that the PDN connection_1 is the first one associated with the network slice initiated by the UE and is established by SMF+PGW-C_1 The PDN connection of the service.
如果SMF+PGW-C_1根据上述描述,判断PDN连接_1不是SMF+PGW-C_1为该UE服务的第一个与S-NSSAI关联的PDN连接,例如,UE当前在SMF+PGW-C_1上已经建立了PDN连接_1’且该PDN连接_1’与相同的S-NSSAI关联,那么该S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的UE数执行控制流程在PDN连接_1’的建立流程中已经执行,由于当前PDN连接_1是同一个UE建立的,且关联在相同的网络切片上,SMF+PGW-C_1可以无需再请求NSACF_1对该网络切片进行用户数控制,即步骤806-808可以不执行。If SMF+PGW-C_1 judges that PDN connection_1 is not the first PDN connection associated with S-NSSAI served by SMF+PGW-C_1 for the UE according to the above description, for example, the UE is currently on SMF+PGW-C_1 PDN connection_1' is established and the PDN connection_1' is associated with the same S-NSSAI, then the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI execution control process has been executed in the establishment process of PDN connection_1' , since the current PDN connection_1 is established by the same UE and is associated with the same network slice, SMF+PGW-C_1 does not need to request NSACF_1 to control the number of users of the network slice, that is, steps 806-808 may not be executed .
需要说明的是,在建立PDN连接的过程中,SMF+PGW-C_1可以在本地上下文中存储该PDN连接的信息。在释放PDN连接的过程中,SMF+PGW-C_1可以在本地上下文中删除该PDN连接的信息。It should be noted that, during the process of establishing a PDN connection, SMF+PGW-C_1 can store the information of the PDN connection in the local context. During the process of releasing the PDN connection, SMF+PGW-C_1 can delete the information of the PDN connection in the local context.
步骤807,NSACF_1根据第八请求消息_1,对网络切片执行准入控制。Step 807, NSACF_1 performs admission control on the network slice according to the eighth request message_1.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF_1对网络切片执行准入控制包括对网络切片执行UE数的准入控制,也可以称为执行UE数的计数,从而保证当前已经接入网络切片的UE的数量总和不超过该网络切片允许接入的终端设备的最大数量/数目。NSACF_1可以保存当前已经接入网络切片的UE的数量,该UE标识列表里面的标识用于标识当前已经接入网络切片的UE。NSACF_1还可以配置网络切片允许接入的UE的数量的最大值,即NSACF_1可以配置网络切片允许接入的最大用户数的数量。In a possible implementation, NSACF_1 performs admission control on the network slice including performing admission control on the number of UEs on the network slice, which can also be called counting the number of UEs, so as to ensure the sum of the number of UEs currently connected to the network slice Do not exceed the maximum number/number of terminal devices allowed to be accessed by the network slice. NSACF_1 may store the number of UEs that have currently accessed the network slice, and the identifiers in the UE identifier list are used to identify the UEs that have currently accessed the network slice. NSACF_1 can also configure the maximum number of UEs allowed to be accessed by the network slice, that is, NSACF_1 can configure the maximum number of users allowed to be accessed by the network slice.
具体地,若S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的当前配额仍可用(即当前接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的UE数没有超过最大数量),同时该UE ID并没有存储在该S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片已经接入的UE标识列表中,则UE可以接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片,在此情况下,NSACF_1增加网络切片的UE数(例如,接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的UE数加1),并将UE ID添加到该网络切片已经接入的UE标识列表中,从而保存UE ID和S-NSSAI的对应关系。若S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的当前配额仍可用,同时该UE ID已经存储在该S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片已经接入的UE标识列表中,则说明该UE已经接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片,在此情况下,NSACF_1不改变网络切片的UE数。若S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的当前配额不可用(即当前接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的UE数超过最大数量),则UE不可以接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片,在此情况下,NSACF_1同样不改变网络切片的UE数。Specifically, if the current quota of the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is still available (that is, the number of UEs currently accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI does not exceed the maximum number), and the UE ID is not stored in the S-NSSAI The network slice identified by the NSSAI has already been included in the UE identification list, and the UE can access the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI. In this case, NSACF_1 increases the number of UEs in the network slice. The UE number of the identified network slice is increased by 1), and the UE ID is added to the UE identification list that the network slice has accessed, so as to save the corresponding relationship between the UE ID and the S-NSSAI. If the current quota of the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is still available, and the UE ID has been stored in the list of UE identifiers that have been accessed by the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, it means that the UE has accessed the S-NSSAI The identified network slice, in this case, NSACF_1 does not change the number of UEs of the network slice. If the current quota of the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is not available (that is, the number of UEs currently accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI exceeds the maximum number), the UE cannot access the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, In this case, NSACF_1 also does not change the number of UEs in the network slice.
在图8所示的流程中,NSACF_1会增加网络切片的UE数,并将UE ID添加到该网络切片已经接入的UE标识列表中,从而保存UE ID和S-NSSAI的对应关系。In the process shown in Figure 8, NSACF_1 will increase the number of UEs in the network slice, and add the UE ID to the list of UE identifiers that have been accessed by the network slice, thereby saving the correspondence between the UE ID and the S-NSSAI.
可选地,如果第八请求消息_1中携带了会话_1相关的信息,NSACF_1还可以保存会话_1相关的信息。例如,NSACF_1上存储了配置信息或者策略信息:该配置信息或者策略信息用于指示NSACF_1存储会话_1相关的信息。Optionally, if the information related to session_1 is carried in the eighth request message_1, NSACF_1 may also save the information related to session_1. For example, configuration information or policy information is stored on NSACF_1: the configuration information or policy information is used to instruct NSACF_1 to store information related to session_1.
步骤808,NSACF_1向SMF+PGW-C_1发送第八响应消息_1。Step 808, NSACF_1 sends an eighth response message_1 to SMF+PGW-C_1.
其中,第八响应消息_1用于指示对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。该结果可以包括:对网络切片执行准入控制成功或对网络切片执行准入控制失败。如果对网络切片执行准入控制成功,说明执行UE数的计数成功,如果对网络切片执行准入控制失败,则说明执行UE数的计数失败,那么第八响应消息_1还可以携带失败原因值,该失败原因值用于指示网络切片已经接入的UE数已经达到最大值。在本示例中,第八响应消息_1可以指示对网络切片执行准入控制成功。Wherein, the eighth response message_1 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice. The result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the execution of admission control on the network slice is successful, it means that the counting of the number of UEs is successful, and if the execution of admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of UEs is failed, then the eighth response message_1 can also carry the failure reason value , the failure cause value is used to indicate that the number of UEs connected to the network slice has reached the maximum value. In this example, the eighth response message_1 may indicate that admission control on the network slice is performed successfully.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF_1向SMF+PGW-C_1发送Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response,NSACF_1在发送的消息中携带对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。In a possible implementation manner, NSACF_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_1, and NSACF_1 carries the result of performing admission control on network slices in the sent message.
步骤809,SMF+PGW-C_1向NRF发送第五请求消息_1。Step 809, SMF+PGW-C_1 sends a fifth request message_1 to NRF.
其中,第五请求消息_1用于请求服务于与PDN连接_1相关联的该网络切片、且支持对网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制的NSACF。作为一个示例,第五请求消息_1可以携带用于标识该网络切片的NS-NSSAI和NSACF业务能力指示信息,所述NSACF业务能力指示信息用于指示SMF+PGW-C_1请求的NSACF支持对由该S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制。为了描述方便,下文将该NSACF称为NSACF_2。Wherein, the fifth request message_1 is used to request the NSACF serving the network slice associated with the PDN connection_1 and supporting the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice. As an example, the fifth request message_1 may carry NS-NSSAI and NSACF service capability indication information used to identify the network slice, and the NSACF service capability indication information is used to indicate that the NSACF requested by SMF+PGW-C_1 supports support for The number of sessions established on the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is controlled. For convenience of description, the NSACF is referred to as NSACF_2 hereinafter.
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_1可以调用NRF的服务化操作Nnrf_NFDiscovery request。One possible implementation, SMF+PGW-C_1 can call NRF's service operation Nnrf_NFDiscovery request.
步骤810,NRF根据第五请求消息_1,向SMF+PGW-C_1发送第五响应消息_1。Step 810, the NRF sends a fifth response message_1 to the SMF+PGW-C_1 according to the fifth request message_1.
其中,第五响应消息_1携带NSACF_2的相关信息。NSACF_2的相关信息可以包括NSACF_2的地址。该NSACF_2为服务于第五请求消息_1中携带的S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的NSACF,并且该NSACF_2支持对由该S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制。Wherein, the fifth response message_1 carries relevant information of NSACF_2. The related information of NSACF_2 may include the address of NSACF_2. The NSACF_2 is the NSACF serving the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI carried in the fifth request message_1, and the NSACF_2 supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI.
一种可能的实现方式,NRF向SMF+PGW-C_1返回Nnrf_NFDiscovery response,携带NSACF_2的信息,如NSACF_2的地址信息。In a possible implementation, NRF returns Nnrf_NFDiscovery response to SMF+PGW-C_1, carrying NSACF_2 information, such as NSACF_2 address information.
可选地,SMF+PGW-C_1在上下文中保存NRF返回的NSACF_2的信息。Optionally, SMF+PGW-C_1 saves the information of NSACF_2 returned by NRF in the context.
需要说明的是,本申请不限制SMF+PGW-C_1向NRF请求发现NSACF_1和NSACF_2的先后顺序。一种可能的实现方式,如图8所示,SMF+PGW-C_1可以先向NRF请求发现NSACF_1并在确定UE数的计数成功之后,再去请求NRF发现NSACF_2,即SMF+PGW-C_1分别向NRF发送两条请求消息来获取NSACF_1的信息和NSACF_2的信息。另一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_1通过一条请求消息触发NRF发现NSACF_1和NSACF_2,NRF在一条响应消息中同时返回NSACF_1的信息和NSACF_2的信息。It should be noted that this application does not limit the order in which SMF+PGW-C_1 requests NRF to discover NSACF_1 and NSACF_2. A possible implementation, as shown in Figure 8, SMF+PGW-C_1 can first request the NRF to discover NSACF_1 and after determining that the count of the number of UEs is successful, then request the NRF to discover NSACF_2, that is, SMF+PGW-C_1 respectively send NRF sends two request messages to obtain the information of NSACF_1 and the information of NSACF_2. In another possible implementation manner, SMF+PGW-C_1 triggers NRF to discover NSACF_1 and NSACF_2 through a request message, and NRF returns the information of NSACF_1 and the information of NSACF_2 in a response message at the same time.
步骤811,SMF+PGW-C_1根据第五响应消息_1确定NSACF_2,并向该NSACF_2发送第六请求消息_1。Step 811, SMF+PGW-C_1 determines NSACF_2 according to the fifth response message_1, and sends a sixth request message_1 to the NSACF_2.
其中,第六请求消息_1可以携带更新标志_2、S-NSSAI、以及会话_1相关的信息。更新标志_2用于指示增加由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的会话数,例如,会话数加1。会话_1相关的信息可以包括SMF+PGW-C_1的标识和/或会话_1的标识,SMF+PGW-C_1的标识可以是SMF+PGW-C_1的ID,会话_1的标识用于标识该会话_1,如PDU session ID_1,其中,PDU session ID_1可以包含在创建会话请求消息中。Wherein, the sixth request message_1 may carry update flag_2, S-NSSAI, and information related to session_1. The update flag_2 is used to indicate to increase the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, add 1 to the number of sessions. The information related to session_1 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 and/or the identifier of session_1, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_1, and the identifier of session_1 is used to identify the Session_1, such as PDU session ID_1, where PDU session ID_1 may be included in the create session request message.
可选的,第六请求消息_1还可以携带UE ID,其中,UE ID可以是SMF+PGW-C_1根据创建会话请求消息或上下文确定的。Optionally, the sixth request message_1 may also carry a UE ID, where the UE ID may be determined by SMF+PGW-C_1 according to the session creation request message or context.
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_1向NSACF_2发送Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request。A possible implementation, SMF+PGW-C_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF_2.
步骤812,NSACF_2根据第六请求消息_1,对网络切片执行准入控制。Step 812, NSACF_2 performs admission control on the network slice according to the sixth request message_1.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF_2对网络切片执行准入控制包括对网络切片执行会话数的准入控制,也可以称为会话数的计数,从而保证当前已经在网络切片建立的会话数量总和不超过该网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大数量/数目。NSACF_2可以保存当前已经在网络切片建立的会话数量。NSACF_2还可以配置网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值,即NSACF_2可以配置网络切片允许接入的最大用户数的数量和网络切片允许建立的最大会话数的数量。In a possible implementation, NSACF_2 performs admission control on the network slice, including performing admission control on the number of sessions on the network slice, which can also be called counting the number of sessions, so as to ensure that the total number of sessions currently established in the network slice does not exceed The maximum number/number of sessions allowed to be established for this network slice. NSACF_2 can save the number of sessions currently established in the network slice. NSACF_2 can also configure the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, that is, NSACF_2 can configure the maximum number of users allowed to access the network slice and the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice.
具体地,若S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的当前配额仍可用(即由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片当前建立的会话数没有超过最大数量),则UE可以在S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片内建立新的会话,在此情况下,NSACF_2增加网络切片的会话数(例如,接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的会话数加1),并保存会话_1相关的信息和S-NSSAI的对应关系。若S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的当前配额不可用(即由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片当前 建立的会话数超过最大数量),则UE不可在S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片内建立新的会话,在此情况下,NSACF_2不改变配额可用的网络切片的会话数。Specifically, if the current quota of the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is still available (that is, the number of sessions currently established by the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI does not exceed the maximum number), the UE can use the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI A new session is established in the slice. In this case, NSACF_2 increases the number of sessions in the network slice (for example, the number of sessions accessing the network slice identified by S-NSSAI plus 1), and saves session_1 related information and S-NSSAI Correspondence of NSSAI. If the current quota of the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is not available (that is, the number of sessions currently established by the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI exceeds the maximum number), the UE cannot establish a new session in the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI. sessions, in which case NSACF_2 does not change the quota for the number of sessions available for the network slice.
在图8所示的流程中,NSACF_2会增加网络切片的会话数,并保存会话_1相关的信息和S-NSSAI的对应关系。若在第六请求消息_1中携带了UE ID,NSACF_2可以保存UE ID、S-NSSAI以及会话_1相关的信息的对应关系In the process shown in FIG. 8 , NSACF_2 will increase the number of sessions of the network slice, and save the corresponding relationship between session_1 related information and S-NSSAI. If the UE ID is carried in the sixth request message_1, NSACF_2 can save the correspondence between UE ID, S-NSSAI and session_1 related information
步骤813,NSACF_2向SMF+PGW-C_1发送第六响应消息_1。Step 813, NSACF_2 sends a sixth response message_1 to SMF+PGW-C_1.
其中,第六响应消息_1用于对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。该结果可以包括:对网络切片执行准入控制成功或对网络切片执行准入控制失败。如果对网络切片执行准入控制成功,说明执行会话数的计数成功,如果对网络切片执行准入控制失败,则说明执行会话数的计数失败,那么第六响应消息_1还可以携带失败原因值,该失败原因值用于指示网络切片上建立的会话数已经达到最大值。在图8所示的流程中,第六响应消息_1可以指示对网络切片执行准入控制成功。Wherein, the sixth response message_1 is used for the result of performing admission control on the network slice. The result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the admission control on the network slice is successfully performed, it means that the counting of the number of sessions is performed successfully, and if the admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of sessions is failed, then the sixth response message_1 can also carry the failure reason value , the failure reason value is used to indicate that the number of sessions established on the network slice has reached the maximum value. In the process shown in FIG. 8 , the sixth response message_1 may indicate that admission control is successfully performed on the network slice.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF_2向SMF+PGW-C_1发送Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response,NSACF_2在发送的消息中携带对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。In a possible implementation, NSACF_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_1, and NSACF_2 carries the result of performing admission control on network slices in the sent message.
步骤814,SMF+PGW-C_1向NSACF_1发送第九请求消息_1。Step 814, SMF+PGW-C_1 sends a ninth request message_1 to NSACF_1.
其中,SMF+PGW-C_1执行步骤814的原因可以是以下任意一种:Wherein, the reason for SMF+PGW-C_1 to execute step 814 may be any of the following:
1)第八请求消息_1中未携带会话_1相关的信息;1) The eighth request message_1 does not carry information related to session_1;
2)第八请求消息_1中携带了会话_1相关的信息,但第六响应消息_1指示会话数的计数失败。2) The eighth request message_1 carries information related to the session_1, but the sixth response message_1 indicates that counting the number of sessions fails.
如果SMF+PGW-C_1执行步骤814原因是上述原因1),第九请求消息_1可以存在以下2种情况:If SMF+PGW-C_1 executes step 814 because of the above reason 1), the ninth request message_1 may have the following two situations:
a)若第六响应消息_1指示会话数的计数成功,则第九请求消息_1可以携带UE ID、S-NSSAI、会话_1相关的信息。UE ID可以是根据上下文确定的。可选地,第九请求消息_1还可以携带第一指示信息,用于指示NSACF_1存储该会话_1相关的信息,即NSACF_1存储会话_1相关的信息;可以理解为,如果NSACF-2返回的结果是会话数的计数成功,说明当前网络资源允许UE在该网络切片上建立PDN连接,那么NSACF_1需要存储该会话_1相关的信息。此时第九请求消息_1可以对应于上文步骤402中涉及的第二请求消息。a) If the sixth response message_1 indicates that the counting of the number of sessions is successful, then the ninth request message_1 may carry information related to UE ID, S-NSSAI, and session_1. The UE ID may be contextually determined. Optionally, the ninth request message_1 may also carry first indication information, which is used to instruct NSACF_1 to store information related to session_1, that is, NSACF_1 stores information related to session_1; it can be understood that if NSACF-2 returns The result is that the number of sessions is successfully counted, indicating that the current network resources allow the UE to establish a PDN connection on the network slice, and then NSACF_1 needs to store information related to the session_1. At this time, the ninth request message_1 may correspond to the second request message involved in step 402 above.
b)若第六响应消息_1指示会话数的计数失败,则第九请求消息_1可以携带UE ID、S-NSSAI、以及第一指示信息(如更新标志_1)。UE ID可以是根据上下文确定的。第一指示信息指示减少由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的UE数,如UE数减1。b) If the sixth response message_1 indicates that the counting of the number of sessions fails, then the ninth request message_1 may carry UE ID, S-NSSAI, and first indication information (such as update flag_1). The UE ID may be contextually determined. The first indication information indicates to reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, the number of UEs is reduced by 1.
如果SMF+PGW-C_1执行步骤814原因是上述原因2),那么第九请求消息_1可以携带UE ID、S-NSSAI、以及第一指示信息(如更新标志_1)。UE ID可以是根据上下文确定的。第一指示信息指示减少由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的UE数,如UE数减1。可以理解为,如果NSACF-2返回的结果是会话数的计数失败,说明当前网络资源不允许UE在该网络切片上建立PDN连接,那么进一步地可以理解为该会话建立失败,UE也不再接入该网络切片。此时第九请求消息_1可以对应于上文图4中的第一请求消息。If SMF+PGW-C_1 performs step 814 because of the above reason 2), then the ninth request message_1 may carry UE ID, S-NSSAI, and first indication information (such as update flag_1). The UE ID may be contextually determined. The first indication information indicates to reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, the number of UEs is reduced by 1. It can be understood that if the result returned by NSACF-2 is that the counting of the number of sessions fails, it means that the current network resources do not allow the UE to establish a PDN connection on the network slice. into the network slice. At this time, the ninth request message_1 may correspond to the first request message in FIG. 4 above.
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_1向NSACF_1发送Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request。A possible implementation, SMF+PGW-C_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF_1.
步骤815,NSACF_1根据第九请求消息_1,判断是否存储会话_1相关的信息。Step 815, NSACF_1 determines whether to store information related to session_1 according to the ninth request message_1.
一种可能的实现方式,若第九请求消息_1中包含了会话_1相关的信息,则NSACF_1可以维持由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片对应的UE数,并保存会话_1相关的信息。若第九请求消息_1中的第一指示信息指示减少UE数,则NSACF_1判断当前UE是否存在其他会话,由于NSACF_1存储的上下文中只包含会话_1相关的信息(即NSACF_1只存储了PDN连接_1的信息),则NSACF_1可以减少由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片对应的UE数,同时NSACF_1删除会话_1相关的信息。In a possible implementation, if the ninth request message_1 contains information related to session_1, NSACF_1 can maintain the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by S-NSSAI, and save information related to session_1 . If the first indication information in the ninth request message_1 indicates to reduce the number of UEs, then NSACF_1 judges whether there are other sessions in the current UE, because the context stored in NSACF_1 only contains _1), NSACF_1 may reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, and at the same time, NSACF_1 deletes information related to session_1.
步骤816,NSACF_1向SMF+PGW-C_1发送第九响应消息_1。Step 816, NSACF_1 sends a ninth response message_1 to SMF+PGW-C_1.
其中,若第九请求消息_1中包含了会话_1相关的信息,那么第九响应消息_1用于指示该会话信息存储成功;若第九请求消息_1用于请求对接入网络切片的UE数执行准入控制(例如,指示减少由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的UE数),那么第九响应消息_1用于指示对网络切片的UE数执行准入控制的结果。Wherein, if the ninth request message_1 contains information related to session_1, then the ninth response message_1 is used to indicate that the session information is stored successfully; if the ninth request message_1 is used to request the access network slice The number of UEs performing admission control (for example, indicating to reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by S-NSSAI), then the ninth response message_1 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the number of UEs in the network slice.
需要说明的是,若在步骤807中,NSACF_1保存了会话_1相关的信息,当第六响应消息_1指示会话数的计数成功时,也可以不执行步骤814-816。It should be noted that, if in step 807, NSACF_1 saves the information related to session_1, when the sixth response message_1 indicates that the counting of the number of sessions is successful, steps 814-816 may not be executed.
步骤817,执行PDN连接建立的剩余流程。Step 817, execute the rest of the process of establishing the PDN connection.
由于示例3以建立2个PDN连接为例,此时为建立第1个PDN连接,因此NSACF_1会增加该网络切片对应的UE数,并保存UE ID、S-NSSAI以及会话_1相关的信息的对应关系,NSACF_2会增加该网络切片对应的会话数并保存S-NSSAI以及会话_1相关的信息的对应关系。若在第六请求消息_1中携带了UE ID,NSACF_2可以保存UE ID、S-NSSAI以及会话_1相关的信息的对应关系。Since Example 3 takes the establishment of two PDN connections as an example, the first PDN connection is established at this time, so NSACF_1 will increase the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice, and save UE ID, S-NSSAI and session_1 related information. Corresponding relationship, NSACF_2 will increase the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice and save the corresponding relationship between S-NSSAI and session_1 related information. If the UE ID is carried in the sixth request message_1, NSACF_2 may save the correspondence between the UE ID, S-NSSAI and session_1-related information.
至此,完成了PDN连接_1的建立,NSACF_1保存了UE ID、S-NSSAI、和会话_1相关的信息的对应关系。So far, the establishment of PDN connection_1 is completed, and NSACF_1 saves the correspondence between UE ID, S-NSSAI, and information related to session_1.
图9是本申请提供的网络切片准入控制方法的另一个示例。图9中的SMF+PGW-C_1可以对应于上文的第二网元,NSACF_1可以对应于上文图4中的第一网元,NSACF_2可以对应于上文步骤402-403涉及的第三网元。Fig. 9 is another example of the network slice admission control method provided by the present application. SMF+PGW-C_1 in Figure 9 may correspond to the second network element above, NSACF_1 may correspond to the first network element in Figure 4 above, and NSACF_2 may correspond to the third network involved in steps 402-403 above Yuan.
根据图8所示的流程,UE已经成功建立了PDN连接_1,PDN连接_1由SMF+PGW-C_1提供服务,UE可以继续向网络发起PDN连接建立流程,为了方便描述,下文将服务PDN连接_2的SMF+PGW-C称为SMF+PGW-C_2。According to the process shown in Figure 8, the UE has successfully established PDN connection_1, and PDN connection_1 is served by SMF+PGW-C_1, and the UE can continue to initiate the PDN connection establishment process to the network. For the convenience of description, the following will serve PDN The SMF+PGW-C for connection_2 is called SMF+PGW-C_2.
步骤901,UE发起PDN连接建立流程。In step 901, the UE initiates a PDN connection establishment procedure.
步骤902,SMF+PGW-C_2确定与该PDN连接相关联的网络切片。Step 902, SMF+PGW-C_2 determines the network slice associated with the PDN connection.
步骤903,SMF+PGW-C_2根据配置信息,确定该网络切片是否需要执行NSAC流程。In step 903, SMF+PGW-C_2 determines whether the network slice needs to execute the NSAC process according to the configuration information.
步骤901-903的实现方式与步骤601-603相同,可以参考步骤601-603的描述,在此不再赘述。The implementation manner of steps 901-903 is the same as that of steps 601-603, and reference may be made to the description of steps 601-603, which will not be repeated here.
若SMF+PGW-C_2确定该网络切片需要执行NSAC流程,则可以继续执行步骤904-916。若SMF+PGW-C_2确定该网络切片无需执行NSAC流程,则可以跳过步骤904-916,直接执行步骤917。If SMF+PGW-C_2 determines that the network slice needs to execute the NSAC process, it may continue to execute steps 904-916. If SMF+PGW-C_2 determines that the network slice does not need to execute the NSAC process, steps 904-916 may be skipped, and step 917 may be directly executed.
步骤904,SMF+PGW-C_2向NRF发送第七请求消息_2。Step 904, SMF+PGW-C_2 sends a seventh request message_2 to NRF.
其中,第七请求消息_2用于请求服务于与PDN连接_2相关联的网络切片、且支持对接入网络切片的UE数执行控制的NSACF。作为一个示例,第七请求消息_2可以携带用 于标识该网络切片的S-NSSAI和NSACF业务能力指示信息,所述NSACF业务能力指示信息用于指示SMF+PGW-C_2请求的NSACF支持对接入网络切片的UE数执行控制。为了描述方便,下文将该NSACF称为NSACF_1。Wherein, the seventh request message_2 is used to request the NSACF serving the network slice associated with the PDN connection_2 and supporting the control of the number of UEs accessing the network slice. As an example, the seventh request message_2 may carry S-NSSAI and NSACF service capability indication information used to identify the network slice, and the NSACF service capability indication information is used to indicate that the NSACF requested by SMF+PGW-C_2 supports interconnection The number of UEs entering the network slice is controlled. For convenience of description, the NSACF is referred to as NSACF_1 hereinafter.
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_2可以调用NRF的服务化操作Nnrf_NFDiscovery request。One possible implementation, SMF+PGW-C_2 can call NRF's service operation Nnrf_NFDiscovery request.
步骤905,NRF根据第七请求消息_2,向SMF+PGW-C_2发送第七响应消息_2。In step 905, the NRF sends a seventh response message_2 to the SMF+PGW-C_2 according to the seventh request message_2.
其中,第七响应消息_2携带NSACF_1的相关信息。该NSACF_1为服务于第七请求消息_2中携带的S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的NSACF,并且该NSACF_1支持对接入由该S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的UE数执行控制。步骤905中的NSACF与步骤805中的NSACF相同。Wherein, the seventh response message_2 carries relevant information of NSACF_1. The NSACF_1 is the NSACF serving the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI carried in the seventh request message_2, and the NSACF_1 supports the control of the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI. The NSACF in step 905 is the same as the NSACF in step 805 .
可选地,SMF+PGW-C_2在上下文中保存NRF返回的NSACF_1的信息。Optionally, SMF+PGW-C_2 saves the information of NSACF_1 returned by NRF in the context.
步骤906,SMF+PGW-C_2根据第七响应消息_2确定NSACF_1,并向该NSACF_1发送第八请求消息_2。Step 906, SMF+PGW-C_2 determines NSACF_1 according to the seventh response message_2, and sends the eighth request message_2 to the NSACF_1.
其中,第八请求消息_2可以携带UE ID、更新标志_1、以及S-NSSAI。UE ID可以是SMF+PGW-C_2根据创建会话请求消息确定的,例如,创建会话请求消息中携带了UE ID,示例性地,该UE ID可以是UE的IMSI。更新标志_1用于指示增加由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的UE数,例如,UE数加1。Wherein, the eighth request message_2 may carry UE ID, update flag_1, and S-NSSAI. The UE ID may be determined by SMF+PGW-C_2 according to the session creation request message. For example, the session creation request message carries the UE ID. Exemplarily, the UE ID may be the IMSI of the UE. The update flag_1 is used to indicate to increase the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, add 1 to the number of UEs.
可选地,第八请求消息_2还可以携带会话_2相关的信息。会话_2相关的信息可以包括SMF+PGW-C_2的标识和/或会话_2的标识,SMF+PGW-C_2的标识可以是SMF+PGW-C_2的ID,会话_2的标识用于标识该会话_2,如PDU session ID_2,其中,PDU session ID_2可以包含在创建会话请求消息中。Optionally, the eighth request message_2 may also carry information related to session_2. The information related to session_2 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 and/or the identifier of session_2, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_2, and the identifier of session_2 is used to identify the Session_2, such as PDU session ID_2, where PDU session ID_2 may be included in the create session request message.
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_2向NSACF_1发送Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request。A possible implementation, SMF+PGW-C_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF_1.
一种可能的实现方式,可选的,当SMF+PGW-C_2判断PDN连接_2是SMF+PGW-C_2为该UE服务的第一个与S-NSSAI关联的PDN连接,那么SMF+PGW-C_2执行步骤906-908。具体地,SMF+PGW-C_2可以根据SMF+PGW-C_2存储的上下文信息判断PDN连接_2是否是该UE建立的第一个与该网络切片关联的PDN连接,比如,SMF+PGW-C_2保存了该UE当前建立的所有PDN连接的上下文信息,如果上下文中存在其他的PDN连接与该PDN连接_2关联的网络切片相同,则说明PDN连接_2不是该UE发起建立的第一个与该网络切片关联的PDN连接。例如,UE当前已经建立了PDN连接_2’,该PDN连接_2’也是SMF+PGW-C_2服务且PDN连接_2’关联的网络切片与PDN连接_2关联的网络切片相同。需要说明的是,PDN连接_2’对应的APN与PDN连接_2对应的APN可以不同。如果SMF+PGW-C_2存储的上下文中不存在其他的PDN连接与该PDN连接_2关联的网络切片相同,则说明PDN连接_2是该UE发起建立的第一个与该网络切片关联的、且由SMF+PGW-C_2服务的PDN连接。A possible implementation, optional, when SMF+PGW-C_2 judges that PDN connection_2 is the first PDN connection associated with S-NSSAI served by SMF+PGW-C_2 for the UE, then SMF+PGW- C_2 performs steps 906-908. Specifically, SMF+PGW-C_2 can judge whether PDN connection_2 is the first PDN connection established by the UE and associated with the network slice according to the context information stored by SMF+PGW-C_2, for example, SMF+PGW-C_2 saves The context information of all PDN connections currently established by the UE, if there are other PDN connections in the context with the same network slice associated with the PDN connection_2, it means that the PDN connection_2 is not the first one initiated by the UE to be established with the network slice The PDN connection associated with the network slice. For example, the UE has currently established PDN Connection_2', which is also served by SMF+PGW-C_2, and the network slice associated with PDN Connection_2' is the same as the network slice associated with PDN Connection_2. It should be noted that the APN corresponding to the PDN connection_2' may be different from the APN corresponding to the PDN connection_2. If there is no other PDN connection in the context stored by SMF+PGW-C_2 that is the same as the network slice associated with the PDN connection_2, it means that the PDN connection_2 is the first network slice associated with the network slice initiated by the UE. And the PDN connection served by SMF+PGW-C_2.
如果SMF+PGW-C_2根据上述描述,判断PDN连接_2不是SMF+PGW-C_2为该UE服务的第一个与S-NSSAI关联的PDN连接,例如,UE当前已经建立了PDN连接_2’且该PDN连接_2’与相同的S-NSSAI关联,那么该S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的UE数执行控制流程在PDN连接_2’的建立流程中已经执行,由于当前PDN连接_2是同一个 UE建立的,且关联在相同的网络切片上,SMF+PGW-C_2可以无需再请求NSACF_1对该网络切片进行用户数控制,即步骤906-908可以不执行。If SMF+PGW-C_2 judges that PDN connection_2 is not the first PDN connection associated with S-NSSAI served by SMF+PGW-C_2 for the UE according to the above description, for example, the UE has currently established PDN connection_2' And the PDN connection_2' is associated with the same S-NSSAI, then the execution control process of the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI has been executed in the establishment process of the PDN connection_2', because the current PDN connection_2 If it is established by the same UE and associated with the same network slice, SMF+PGW-C_2 does not need to request NSACF_1 to control the number of users of the network slice, that is, steps 906-908 may not be executed.
需要说明的是,在建立PDN连接的过程中,SMF+PGW-C_2可以在本地上下文中存储该PDN连接的信息。在释放PDN连接的过程中,SMF+PGW-C_2可以在本地上下文中删除该PDN连接的信息。It should be noted that during the process of establishing the PDN connection, the SMF+PGW-C_2 can store the information of the PDN connection in the local context. During the process of releasing the PDN connection, SMF+PGW-C_2 can delete the information of the PDN connection in the local context.
步骤907,NSACF_1根据第八请求消息_2,对网络切片执行准入控制。Step 907, NSACF_1 performs admission control on the network slice according to the eighth request message_2.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF_1对网络切片执行准入控制包括对网络切片执行UE数的准入控制,也可以称为执行UE数的计数,从而保证当前已经接入网络切片的UE的数量总和不超过该网络切片允许接入的终端设备的最大数量/数目。NSACF_1可以保存当前已经接入网络切片的UE的数量,该UE标识列表里面的标识用于标识当前已经接入网络切片的UE。NSACF_1还可以配置网络切片允许接入的UE的数量的最大值,即NSACF_1可以配置网络切片允许接入的最大用户数的数量。In a possible implementation, NSACF_1 performs admission control on the network slice including performing admission control on the number of UEs on the network slice, which can also be called counting the number of UEs, so as to ensure the sum of the number of UEs currently connected to the network slice Do not exceed the maximum number/number of terminal devices allowed to be accessed by the network slice. NSACF_1 may store the number of UEs that have currently accessed the network slice, and the identifiers in the UE identifier list are used to identify the UEs that have currently accessed the network slice. NSACF_1 can also configure the maximum number of UEs allowed to be accessed by the network slice, that is, NSACF_1 can configure the maximum number of users allowed to be accessed by the network slice.
具体地,若S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的当前配额仍可用(即当前接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的UE数没有超过最大数量),同时该UE ID并没有存储在该S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片已经接入的UE标识列表中,则UE可以接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片,在此情况下,NSACF_1增加网络切片的UE数(例如,接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的UE数加1),并将UE ID添加到该网络切片已经接入的UE标识列表中,从而保存UE ID和S-NSSAI的对应关系。若S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的当前配额仍可用,同时该UE ID已经存储在该S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片已经接入的UE标识列表中,则说明该UE已经接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片,在此情况下,NSACF_1不改变网络切片的UE数。若S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的当前配额不可用(即当前接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的UE数超过最大数量),则UE不可以接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片,在此情况下,NSACF_1同样不改变网络切片的UE数。Specifically, if the current quota of the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is still available (that is, the number of UEs currently accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI does not exceed the maximum number), and the UE ID is not stored in the S-NSSAI The network slice identified by the NSSAI has already been included in the UE identification list, and the UE can access the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI. In this case, NSACF_1 increases the number of UEs in the network slice. The UE number of the identified network slice is increased by 1), and the UE ID is added to the UE identification list that the network slice has accessed, so as to save the corresponding relationship between the UE ID and the S-NSSAI. If the current quota of the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is still available, and the UE ID has been stored in the list of UE identifiers that have been accessed by the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, it means that the UE has accessed the S-NSSAI The identified network slice, in this case, NSACF_1 does not change the number of UEs of the network slice. If the current quota of the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is not available (that is, the number of UEs currently accessing the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI exceeds the maximum number), the UE cannot access the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, In this case, NSACF_1 also does not change the number of UEs in the network slice.
在图9所示的流程中,NSACF_1根据上下文信息中存储的UE ID和S-NSSAI的对应关系,判断出该UE已经接入了由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片,在此情况下,NSACF_1无需对该网络切片对应的UE数进行计数,即该网络切片的UE数保持不变。In the process shown in Figure 9, NSACF_1 judges that the UE has accessed the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI according to the correspondence between the UE ID and the S-NSSAI stored in the context information. In this case, NSACF_1 does not need to The number of UEs corresponding to the network slice is counted, that is, the number of UEs in the network slice remains unchanged.
可选地,如果第八请求消息_2中携带了会话_2相关的信息,NSACF_1还可以保存会话_2相关的信息。例如,NSACF_1上存储了配置信息或者策略信息:该配置信息或者策略信息用于指示NSACF_1存储会话_2相关的信息。Optionally, if the information related to session_2 is carried in the eighth request message_2, NSACF_1 may also save the information related to session_2. For example, configuration information or policy information is stored on NSACF_1: the configuration information or policy information is used to instruct NSACF_1 to store information related to session_2.
步骤908,NSACF_1向SMF+PGW-C_2发送第八响应消息_2。Step 908, NSACF_1 sends an eighth response message_2 to SMF+PGW-C_2.
其中,第八响应消息_2用于指示对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。该结果可以包括:对网络切片执行准入控制成功或对网络切片执行准入控制失败。如果对网络切片执行准入控制成功,说明执行UE数的计数成功,如果对网络切片执行准入控制失败,则说明执行UE数的计数失败,那么第八响应消息_2还可以携带失败原因值,该失败原因值用于指示网络切片已经接入的UE数已经达到最大值。在本示例中,第八响应消息_2可以指示对网络切片执行准入控制成功。Wherein, the eighth response message_2 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice. The result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the execution of admission control on the network slice is successful, it means that the counting of the number of UEs is performed successfully, and if the execution of admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of UEs is failed, then the eighth response message_2 can also carry the failure reason value , the failure cause value is used to indicate that the number of UEs connected to the network slice has reached the maximum value. In this example, the eighth response message_2 may indicate that admission control on the network slice is performed successfully.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF_1向SMF+PGW-C_2发送Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response,NSACF_1在发送的消息中携带对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。In a possible implementation manner, NSACF_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_2, and NSACF_1 carries the result of performing admission control on network slices in the sent message.
步骤909,若第八响应消息_2指示UE数的计数成功,SMF+PGW-C_2向NRF发送第五请求消息_2。Step 909, if the eighth response message_2 indicates that the counting of the number of UEs is successful, SMF+PGW-C_2 sends a fifth request message_2 to the NRF.
其中,第五请求消息_2用于请求服务于与PDN连接_2相关联的网络切片、且支持对网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制的NSACF。作为一个示例,第五请求消息_2可以携带用于标识该网络切片的NS-NSSAI和NSACF业务能力指示信息,所述NSACF业务能力指示信息用于指示SMF+PGW-C_2请求的NSACF支持对由该S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制。为了描述方便,下文将该NSACF称为NSACF_2。Wherein, the fifth request message_2 is used to request the NSACF serving the network slice associated with the PDN connection_2 and supporting the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice. As an example, the fifth request message_2 may carry NS-NSSAI and NSACF service capability indication information used to identify the network slice, and the NSACF service capability indication information is used to indicate that the NSACF requested by SMF+PGW-C_2 supports support for The number of sessions established on the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is controlled. For convenience of description, the NSACF is referred to as NSACF_2 hereinafter.
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_1可以调用NRF的服务化操作Nnrf_NFDiscovery request。One possible implementation, SMF+PGW-C_1 can call NRF's service operation Nnrf_NFDiscovery request.
步骤910,NRF根据第五请求消息_2,向SMF+PGW-C_2发送第五响应消息_2。Step 910, the NRF sends a fifth response message_2 to the SMF+PGW-C_2 according to the fifth request message_2.
其中,第五响应消息_2携带NSACF_2的相关信息。NSACF_2的相关信息可以包括NSACF_2的地址。该NSACF_2为服务于第五请求消息_2中携带的S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的NSACF,并且该NSACF_2支持对由该S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制。步骤910中的NSACF与步骤810中的NSACF相同。Wherein, the fifth response message_2 carries relevant information of NSACF_2. The related information of NSACF_2 may include the address of NSACF_2. The NSACF_2 is the NSACF serving the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI carried in the fifth request message_2, and the NSACF_2 supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI. The NSACF in step 910 is the same as the NSACF in step 810.
一种可能的实现方式,NRF向SMF+PGW-C_2返回Nnrf_NFDiscovery response,携带NSACF_2的信息,如NSACF_2的地址信息。In a possible implementation manner, NRF returns Nnrf_NFDiscovery response to SMF+PGW-C_2, carrying information of NSACF_2, such as address information of NSACF_2.
可选地,SMF+PGW-C_2在上下文中保存NRF返回的NSACF_2的信息。Optionally, SMF+PGW-C_2 saves the information of NSACF_2 returned by NRF in the context.
需要说明的是,本申请不限制SMF+PGW-C_2向NRF请求发现NSACF_1和NSACF_2的先后顺序。一种可能的实现方式,如图9所示,SMF+PGW-C_2可以先向NRF请求发现NSACF_1并在确定UE数的计数成功之后,再去请求NRF发现NSACF_2,即SMF+PGW-C_2分别向NRF发送两条请求消息来获取NSACF_1的信息和NSACF_2的信息。另一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_2通过一条请求消息触发NRF发现NSACF_1和NSACF_2,NRF在一条响应消息中同时返回NSACF_1的信息和NSACF_2的信息。It should be noted that this application does not limit the order in which SMF+PGW-C_2 requests NRF to discover NSACF_1 and NSACF_2. A possible implementation, as shown in Figure 9, SMF+PGW-C_2 can first request the NRF to discover NSACF_1 and after determining that the count of the number of UEs is successful, then request the NRF to discover NSACF_2, that is, SMF+PGW-C_2 respectively send NRF sends two request messages to obtain the information of NSACF_1 and the information of NSACF_2. In another possible implementation, SMF+PGW-C_2 triggers NRF to discover NSACF_1 and NSACF_2 through a request message, and NRF returns the information of NSACF_1 and NSACF_2 in a response message at the same time.
步骤911,SMF+PGW-C_2根据第五响应消息_2确定NSACF_2,并向该NSACF_2发送第六请求消息_2。Step 911, SMF+PGW-C_2 determines NSACF_2 according to the fifth response message_2, and sends a sixth request message_2 to the NSACF_2.
其中,第六请求消息_2可以携带更新标志_2、S-NSSAI、以及会话_2相关的信息。更新标志_2用于指示增加由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的会话数,例如,会话数加1。会话_2相关的信息可以包括SMF+PGW-C_2的标识和/或会话_2的标识,SMF+PGW-C_2的标识可以是SMF+PGW-C_2的ID,会话_2的标识用于标识该会话_2,如PDU session ID_2,其中,PDU session ID_2可以包含在创建会话请求消息中。Wherein, the sixth request message_2 may carry update flag_2, S-NSSAI, and information related to session_2. The update flag_2 is used to indicate to increase the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, add 1 to the number of sessions. The information related to session_2 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 and/or the identifier of session_2, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_2, and the identifier of session_2 is used to identify the Session_2, such as PDU session ID_2, where PDU session ID_2 may be included in the create session request message.
可选的,第六请求消息_2还可以携带UE ID,其中,UE ID可以是SMF+PGW-C_2根据创建会话请求消息或上下文确定的。Optionally, the sixth request message_2 may also carry a UE ID, where the UE ID may be determined by SMF+PGW-C_2 according to the session creation request message or context.
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_2向NSACF_2发送Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request。A possible implementation, SMF+PGW-C_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF_2.
步骤912,NSACF_2根据第六请求消息_2,对网络切片执行准入控制。Step 912, NSACF_2 performs admission control on the network slice according to the sixth request message_2.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF_2对网络切片执行准入控制包括对网络切片执行会话数的准入控制,也可以称为会话数的计数,从而保证当前已经在网络切片建立的会话数量总和不超过该网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大数量/数目。NSACF_2可以保存当前已经在网络切片建立的会话数量。NSACF_2还可以配置网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值, 即NSACF_2可以配置网络切片允许接入的最大用户数的数量和网络切片允许建立的最大会话数的数量。In a possible implementation, NSACF_2 performs admission control on the network slice, including performing admission control on the number of sessions on the network slice, which can also be called counting the number of sessions, so as to ensure that the total number of sessions currently established in the network slice does not exceed The maximum number/number of sessions allowed to be established for this network slice. NSACF_2 can save the number of sessions currently established in the network slice. NSACF_2 can also configure the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, that is, NSACF_2 can configure the maximum number of users allowed to access the network slice and the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice.
具体地,若S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的当前配额仍可用(即由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片当前建立的会话数没有超过最大数量),则UE可以在S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片内建立新的会话,在此情况下,NSACF_2增加网络切片的会话数(例如,接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的会话数加1),并保存会话_1相关的信息和S-NSSAI的对应关系。若S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的当前配额不可用(即由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片当前建立的会话数超过最大数量),则UE不可在S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片内建立新的会话,在此情况下,NSACF_2不改变配额可用的网络切片的会话数。Specifically, if the current quota of the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is still available (that is, the number of sessions currently established by the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI does not exceed the maximum number), the UE can use the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI A new session is established in the slice. In this case, NSACF_2 increases the number of sessions in the network slice (for example, the number of sessions accessing the network slice identified by S-NSSAI plus 1), and saves session_1 related information and S-NSSAI Correspondence of NSSAI. If the current quota of the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is not available (that is, the number of sessions currently established by the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI exceeds the maximum number), the UE cannot establish a new session in the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI. sessions, in which case NSACF_2 does not change the quota for the number of sessions available for the network slice.
在图9所示的流程中,NSACF_2会增加网络切片的会话数,并保存会话_2相关的信息和S-NSSAI的对应关系。若在第六请求消息_2中携带了UE ID,NSACF_2可以保存UE ID、S-NSSAI以及会话_2相关的信息的对应关系。In the process shown in FIG. 9 , NSACF_2 will increase the number of sessions of the network slice, and save the corresponding relationship between session_2 related information and S-NSSAI. If the UE ID is carried in the sixth request message_2, NSACF_2 may save the correspondence between the UE ID, S-NSSAI and session_2 related information.
步骤913,NSACF_2向SMF+PGW-C_2发送第六响应消息_2。Step 913, NSACF_2 sends a sixth response message_2 to SMF+PGW-C_2.
其中,第六响应消息_2用于指示对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。该结果可以包括:对网络切片执行准入控制成功或对网络切片执行准入控制失败。如果对网络切片执行准入控制成功,说明执行会话数的计数成功,如果对网络切片执行准入控制失败,则说明执行会话数的计数失败,那么第六响应消息_2还可以携带失败原因值,该失败原因值用于指示网络切片上建立的会话数已经达到最大值。在图9所示的流程中,第六响应消息_2可以指示对网络切片执行准入控制成功。Wherein, the sixth response message_2 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice. The result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the execution of admission control on the network slice is successful, it means that the counting of the number of execution sessions is successful; if the execution of admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of execution sessions fails, then the sixth response message_2 can also carry the failure reason value , the failure reason value is used to indicate that the number of sessions established on the network slice has reached the maximum value. In the process shown in FIG. 9 , the sixth response message_2 may indicate that the admission control on the network slice is successfully performed.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF_2向SMF+PGW-C_2发送Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response,NSACF_2在发送的消息中携带对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。In a possible implementation manner, NSACF_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_2, and NSACF_2 carries the result of performing admission control on network slices in the sent message.
步骤914,SMF+PGW-C_2向NSACF_1发送第九请求消息_2。Step 914, SMF+PGW-C_2 sends a ninth request message_2 to NSACF_1.
同样,SMF+PGW-C_2执行步骤914的原因可以是以下任意一种:Similarly, the reason for SMF+PGW-C_2 to execute step 914 may be any of the following:
1)第八请求消息_2中未携带会话_2相关的信息;1) The eighth request message_2 does not carry information related to session_2;
2)第八请求消息_2中携带了会话_2相关的信息,但第六响应消息_2指示会话数的计数失败。2) The eighth request message_2 carries information related to session_2, but the sixth response message_2 indicates that counting the number of sessions fails.
如果SMF+PGW-C_2执行步骤914原因是上述原因1),第九请求消息_2可以存在以下2种情况:If the reason why SMF+PGW-C_2 executes step 914 is the above reason 1), the ninth request message_2 may have the following two situations:
a)若第六响应消息_2指示会话数的计数成功,则第九请求消息_2可以携带UE ID、S-NSSAI、会话_2相关的信息。UE ID可以是根据上下文确定的。可选地,第九请求消息_2还可以携带第一指示信息,用于指示NSACF_1存储该会话_2相关的信息,即NSACF_1存储会话_2相关的信息;可以理解为,如果NSACF-2返回的结果是会话数的计数成功,说明当前网络资源允许UE在该网络切片上建立PDN连接,那么NSACF_1需要存储该会话_2相关的信息。此时第九请求消息_2可以对应于上文步骤402涉及的第二请求消息。a) If the sixth response message_2 indicates that the counting of the number of sessions is successful, then the ninth request message_2 may carry information related to UE ID, S-NSSAI, and session_2. The UE ID may be contextually determined. Optionally, the ninth request message_2 may also carry first indication information, which is used to instruct NSACF_1 to store information related to session_2, that is, NSACF_1 stores information related to session_2; it can be understood that if NSACF-2 returns The result is that the number of sessions is successfully counted, indicating that the current network resources allow the UE to establish a PDN connection on the network slice, and then NSACF_1 needs to store information related to the session_2. At this time, the ninth request message_2 may correspond to the second request message involved in step 402 above.
b)若第六响应消息_2指示会话数的计数失败,则第九请求消息_2可以携带UE ID、S-NSSAI、以及第一指示信息(如更新标志_1)。UE ID可以是根据上下文确定的。第一指示信息指示减少由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的UE数,如UE数减1。b) If the sixth response message_2 indicates that the counting of the number of sessions fails, then the ninth request message_2 may carry UE ID, S-NSSAI, and first indication information (such as update flag_1). The UE ID may be contextually determined. The first indication information indicates to reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, the number of UEs is reduced by 1.
如果SMF+PGW-C_2执行步骤914原因是上述原因2),那么第九请求消息_2可以 携带UE ID、S-NSSAI、以及第一指示信息(如更新标志_1)。UE ID可以是根据上下文确定的。第一指示信息指示减少由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的UE数,如UE数减1。可以理解为,如果NSACF-2返回的结果是会话数的计数失败,说明当前网络资源不允许UE在该网络切片上建立PDN连接,那么进一步地可以理解为该会话建立失败,UE也不再接入该网络切片。此时第九请求消息_2可以对应于上文图4中的第一请求消息。If the reason why SMF+PGW-C_2 performs step 914 is the above-mentioned reason 2), then the ninth request message_2 may carry UE ID, S-NSSAI, and first indication information (such as update flag_1). The UE ID may be contextually determined. The first indication information indicates to reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, the number of UEs is reduced by 1. It can be understood that if the result returned by NSACF-2 is that the counting of the number of sessions fails, it means that the current network resources do not allow the UE to establish a PDN connection on the network slice. into the network slice. At this time, the ninth request message_2 may correspond to the first request message in FIG. 4 above.
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_2向NSACF_1发送Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request。A possible implementation, SMF+PGW-C_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfUEsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF_1.
步骤915,NSACF_1根据第九请求消息_2,判断是否存储会话_2相关的信息。Step 915, NSACF_1 determines whether to store information related to session_2 according to the ninth request message_2.
一种可能的实现方式,若第九请求消息_2中包含了会话_2相关的信息,则NSACF_1可以维持由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片对应的UE数,并保存会话_2相关的信息。若第九请求消息_2中的第一指示信息指示减少UE数,则NSACF_1判断当前UE是否存在其他会话,由于NSACF_1存储的上下文中包括了会话_1相关的信息和会话_2相关的信息,则NSACF_1不能减少由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片对应的UE数。同时,NSACF_1删除会话_2相关的信息,即删除会话_2相关的信息,并保留会话_1相关的信息。In a possible implementation, if the ninth request message_2 contains information related to session_2, NSACF_1 can maintain the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by S-NSSAI, and save information related to session_2 . If the first indication information in the ninth request message_2 indicates to reduce the number of UEs, then NSACF_1 judges whether there are other sessions in the current UE. Since the context stored by NSACF_1 includes information related to session_1 and session_2, Then NSACF_1 cannot reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI. At the same time, NSACF_1 deletes the information related to session_2, that is, deletes the information related to session_2 and retains the information related to session_1.
在图9所示的流程中,NSACF_1会维持由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片对应的UE数,并根据第九请求消息_2中携带的参数决定是否保存会话_2相关的信息。In the process shown in FIG. 9 , NSACF_1 maintains the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by S-NSSAI, and decides whether to save session_2-related information according to the parameters carried in the ninth request message_2.
步骤916,NSACF_1向SMF+PGW-C_2发送第九响应消息_2。Step 916, NSACF_1 sends a ninth response message_2 to SMF+PGW-C_2.
其中,若第九请求消息_2中包含了UE会话相关的信息,那么第九响应消息_2用于指示该会话信息存储成功,若第九请求消息_2用于对网络切片的UE数执行准入控制,那么第九响应消息_2用于指示对网络切片的UE数执行准入控制的结果。Wherein, if the ninth request message_2 contains UE session-related information, the ninth response message_2 is used to indicate that the session information is stored successfully, and if the ninth request message_2 is used to execute admission control, then the ninth response message_2 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the number of UEs in the network slice.
需要说明的是,若在步骤907中,NSACF_1保存了会话_2相关的信息,当第六响应消息_2指示会话数的计数成功时,也可以不执行步骤914-916。It should be noted that, if in step 907, NSACF_1 saves information related to session_2, and when the sixth response message_2 indicates that the counting of the number of sessions is successful, steps 914-916 may not be executed.
步骤917,执行PDN连接建立的剩余流程。Step 917, execute the remaining procedures of PDN connection establishment.
至此完成了PDN连接_2的建立,NSACF_1保存了UE ID、S-NSSAI、会话_1相关的信息和会话_2相关的信息的对应关系。So far, the establishment of PDN connection_2 is completed, and NSACF_1 saves the corresponding relationship between UE ID, S-NSSAI, information related to session_1 and information related to session_2.
由上文可知,对于由建立PDN连接触发的UE数和会话数的确定过程,在示例3中,SMF+PGW-C先与NSACF_1(负责UE数控制的NSACF)交互,触发更新UE数,若UE数未超额,SMF+PGW-C再与NSACF_2(负责会话数控制的NSACF)交互,触发更新会话数,当会话数更新成功,SMF+PGW-C需要再跟NSACF_1交互,触发NSACF_1维护会话数的状态,以便NSACF_1后续判断是否需要减少UE数。这样可以实现互通场景下的网络切片准入控制。It can be seen from the above that for the determination process of the number of UEs and the number of sessions triggered by the establishment of a PDN connection, in Example 3, SMF+PGW-C first interacts with NSACF_1 (NSACF responsible for controlling the number of UEs) to trigger the update of the number of UEs, if If the number of UEs is not exceeded, SMF+PGW-C interacts with NSACF_2 (NSACF responsible for controlling the number of sessions) to trigger an update of the number of sessions. When the number of sessions is successfully updated, SMF+PGW-C needs to interact with NSACF_1 again to trigger NSACF_1 to maintain the number of sessions so that NSACF_1 can subsequently determine whether to reduce the number of UEs. In this way, network slice admission control in interworking scenarios can be realized.
需要说明的是,图8和图9均以SMF+PGW-C先与负责UE数控制的NSACF交互、再与负责会话数控制的NSACF交互、最后再与负责UE数控制的NSACF交互为例,但本申请的实施例并不仅限于此,例如,SMF+PGW-C还可以先与负责会话数控制的NSACF交互、再与负责UE数控制的NSACF交互、最后再与负责会话数控制的NSACF交互。It should be noted that both Figure 8 and Figure 9 take SMF+PGW-C as an example to first interact with the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of UEs, then interact with the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of sessions, and finally interact with the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of UEs. However, the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto. For example, SMF+PGW-C may first interact with the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of sessions, then interact with the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of UEs, and finally interact with the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of sessions .
示例4Example 4
在示例4中,UE分别发起多个PDN连接的释放流程,且多个PDN连接关联同一个网络切片,负责该网络切片的UE数的配额管理的NSACF与负责该网络切片的会话数的配额管理的NSACF不同。图10以UE建立了2个PDN连接为例。假设根据示例3,UE 已经建立了针对同一网络切片的2个PDN连接(PDN连接_1和PDN连接_2),在某一时刻,UE向网络发起PDN连接释放流程。In Example 4, the UE initiates the release process of multiple PDN connections respectively, and multiple PDN connections are associated with the same network slice. The NSACF responsible for the quota management of the number of UEs in the network slice and the quota management of the number of sessions in the network slice The NSACF is different. FIG. 10 takes the UE establishing two PDN connections as an example. Assuming that according to example 3, the UE has established two PDN connections (PDN connection_1 and PDN connection_2) for the same network slice, at a certain moment, the UE initiates a PDN connection release procedure to the network.
图10是本申请提供的网络切片准入控制方法的另一个示例。图10中的SMF+PGW-C_1和SMF+PGW-C_2可以对应于上文图4中的第二网元,NSACF_1可以对应于上文图4中的第一网元,NSACF_2可以对应于上文步骤402-403涉及的第三网元。Fig. 10 is another example of the network slice admission control method provided by this application. SMF+PGW-C_1 and SMF+PGW-C_2 in Figure 10 may correspond to the second network element in Figure 4 above, NSACF_1 may correspond to the first network element in Figure 4 above, and NSACF_2 may correspond to the above The third network element involved in steps 402-403.
步骤1001,UE发起PDN连接_1的释放流程。In step 1001, the UE initiates a PDN connection_1 release procedure.
步骤1001的实现方式与步骤701相同,可以参考步骤701的描述,在此不再赘述。The implementation manner of step 1001 is the same as that of step 701, and reference may be made to the description of step 701, which will not be repeated here.
步骤1002,SMF+PGW-C_1向NSACF_2发送第六请求消息_3。Step 1002, SMF+PGW-C_1 sends a sixth request message_3 to NSACF_2.
其中,第六请求消息_3可以携带S-NSSAI、更新标志_2、以及会话_1相关的信息。更新标志_2用于指示减少由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的会话数,例如,会话数减1。会话_1相关的信息可以包括SMF+PGW-C_1的标识和/或会话_1的标识,SMF+PGW-C_1的标识可以是SMF+PGW-C_1的ID,会话_1的标识用于标识该会话_1,如PDU session ID_1,其中,PDU session ID_1可以包含在创建会话请求消息中。Wherein, the sixth request message_3 may carry information related to S-NSSAI, update flag_2, and session_1. The update flag_2 is used to indicate that the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is reduced, for example, the number of sessions is reduced by 1. The information related to session_1 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 and/or the identifier of session_1, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_1, and the identifier of session_1 is used to identify the Session_1, such as PDU session ID_1, where PDU session ID_1 may be included in the create session request message.
可选的,第六请求消息_3还可以携带UE ID,其中,UE ID可以是SMF+PGW-C_1根据删除会话请求消息确定的,示例性地,该UE ID可以是UE的IMSI。Optionally, the sixth request message_3 may also carry a UE ID, where the UE ID may be determined by SMF+PGW-C_1 according to the delete session request message, for example, the UE ID may be the IMSI of the UE.
一种可能的实现方式,如果SMF+PGW-C_1在上下文中保存了NSACF_2的信息,那么SMF+PGW-C_1可以直接根据该NSACF_2的信息确定NSACF_2。In a possible implementation manner, if SMF+PGW-C_1 saves the information of NSACF_2 in the context, then SMF+PGW-C_1 can directly determine NSACF_2 according to the information of NSACF_2.
作为另一种实现方式,如果SMF+PGW-C_1在上下文中没有保存NSACF_2的信息,那么SMF+PGW-C_1可以向NRF请求发现NSACF_2。该方法可以参考上述步骤809和步骤810。As another implementation, if SMF+PGW-C_1 does not save the information of NSACF_2 in the context, then SMF+PGW-C_1 may request NRF to discover NSACF_2. For this method, reference may be made to the above-mentioned step 809 and step 810 .
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_1向NSACF_2发送Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request。A possible implementation, SMF+PGW-C_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF_2.
步骤1003,NSACF_2根据第六请求消息_3,对网络切片执行准入控制。Step 1003, NSACF_2 performs admission control on the network slice according to the sixth request message_3.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF_2对网络切片执行准入控制包括对网络切片执行会话数的准入控制,也可以称为执行会话数的计数。具体地,NSACF_2减少由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的会话数(例如,NSACF_2将在S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片内建立的会话数减1),并删除上下文信息中的SMF+PGW-C ID_1的标识。In a possible implementation manner, NSACF_2 performing admission control on the network slice includes performing admission control on the number of sessions on the network slice, which may also be referred to as counting the number of sessions performed. Specifically, NSACF_2 reduces the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by S-NSSAI (for example, NSACF_2 reduces the number of sessions established in the network slice identified by S-NSSAI by 1), and deletes the SMF+PGW- Identification of C ID_1.
步骤1004,NSACF_2向SMF+PGW-C_1发送第六响应消息_3。Step 1004, NSACF_2 sends a sixth response message_3 to SMF+PGW-C_1.
其中,第六响应消息_3用于指示对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。该结果可以包括:对网络切片执行准入控制成功或对网络切片执行准入控制失败。如果对网络切片执行准入控制成功,说明执行会话数的计数成功,如果对网络切片执行准入控制失败,则说明执行会话数的计数失败。在步骤1004中,第六响应消息_3可以指示对网络切片执行准入控制成功。Wherein, the sixth response message_3 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice. The result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the admission control is successfully performed on the network slice, it means that the counting of the number of sessions is performed successfully, and if the admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of sessions is executed failed. In step 1004, the sixth response message_3 may indicate that admission control on the network slice is performed successfully.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF_2向SMF+PGW-C_1发送Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response,NSACF_2在发送的消息中携带对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。In a possible implementation, NSACF_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_1, and NSACF_2 carries the result of performing admission control on network slices in the sent message.
步骤1005,SMF+PGW-C_1向NSACF_1发送第一请求消息_1。Step 1005, SMF+PGW-C_1 sends a first request message_1 to NSACF_1.
其中,第一请求消息_1可以携带UE ID、S-NSSAI、更新标志_1、以及会话_1相关的信息。UE ID可以是SMF+PGW-C_1根据删除会话请求消息或上下文确定的。更新标志_1 用于指示减少由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的UE数,例如,UE数减1。会话_1相关的信息可以包括SMF+PGW-C_1的标识和/或会话_1的标识,SMF+PGW-C_1的标识可以是SMF+PGW-C_1的ID,会话_1的标识用于标识该会话_1,如PDU session ID_1,其中,PDU session ID_1可以包含在创建会话请求消息中。Wherein, the first request message_1 may carry information related to UE ID, S-NSSAI, update flag_1, and session_1. The UE ID can be determined by SMF+PGW-C_1 according to the delete session request message or context. The update flag_1 is used to indicate to reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, the number of UEs is reduced by 1. The information related to session_1 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 and/or the identifier of session_1, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_1 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_1, and the identifier of session_1 is used to identify the Session_1, such as PDU session ID_1, where PDU session ID_1 may be included in the create session request message.
一种可能的实现方式,如果SMF+PGW-C_1在上下文中保存了NSACF_1的信息,那么SMF+PGW-C_1可以直接根据该NSACF_1的信息确定NSACF_1。In a possible implementation manner, if SMF+PGW-C_1 saves the information of NSACF_1 in the context, then SMF+PGW-C_1 can directly determine NSACF_1 according to the information of NSACF_1.
作为另一种实现方式,如果SMF+PGW-C_1在上下文中没有保存NSACF_1的信息,那么SMF+PGW-C_1可以向NRF请求发现NSACF_1。该方法可以参考上述步骤804和步骤805。As another implementation, if SMF+PGW-C_1 does not save the information of NSACF_1 in the context, then SMF+PGW-C_1 may request NRF to discover NSACF_1. For this method, reference may be made to the above step 804 and step 805 .
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_1向NSACF_1发送Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request。A possible implementation, SMF+PGW-C_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF_1.
一种可能的实现方式,可选的,当SMF+PGW-C_1判断PDN连接_1是SMF+PGW-C_1为该UE服务的唯一一个与S-NSSAI关联的PDN连接,那么SMF+PGW-C_1执行步骤1005-1007。具体地,SMF+PGW-C_1可以根据上下文信息判断PDN连接_1是否是唯一一个与S-NSSAI关联的PDN连接,比如,SMF+PGW-C_1保存了该UE当前建立的所有PDN连接的上下文信息,如果上下文中存在其他的PDN连接与该PDN连接_1关联的网络切片相同,则说明PDN连接_1释放之后,还存在其他PDN连接。例如,UE当前还存在PDN连接_1’,该PDN连接_1’也是SMF+PGW-C_1服务且PDN连接_1’关联的网络切片与PDN连接_1关联的网络切片相同。需要说明的是,PDN连接_1’对应的APN与PDN连接_1对应的APN可以不同。如果上下文中不存在其他的PDN连接与该PDN连接_1关联的网络切片相同,则说明PDN连接_1是该UE发起释放的唯一一个与该网络切片关联的、且由SMF+PGW-C_1服务的PDN连接。A possible implementation, optional, when SMF+PGW-C_1 determines that PDN connection_1 is the only PDN connection associated with S-NSSAI that SMF+PGW-C_1 serves for the UE, then SMF+PGW-C_1 Execute steps 1005-1007. Specifically, SMF+PGW-C_1 can judge whether PDN connection_1 is the only PDN connection associated with S-NSSAI according to the context information, for example, SMF+PGW-C_1 saves the context information of all PDN connections currently established by the UE , if there is another PDN connection in the context that is the same as the network slice associated with the PDN connection_1, it means that after the PDN connection_1 is released, there are other PDN connections. For example, the UE currently has PDN connection_1', which is also served by SMF+PGW-C_1, and the network slice associated with PDN connection_1' is the same as the network slice associated with PDN connection_1. It should be noted that the APN corresponding to the PDN connection_1' may be different from the APN corresponding to the PDN connection_1. If there is no other PDN connection in the context that is the same as the network slice associated with the PDN connection_1, it means that the PDN connection_1 is the only one associated with the network slice initiated by the UE and served by SMF+PGW-C_1 PDN connections.
如果SMF+PGW-C_1根据上述描述,判断PDN连接_1不是该UE释放的唯一一个与S-NSSAI关联的PDN连接,例如,UE当前已经建立了PDN连接_1’且该PDN连接_1’与相同的S-NSSAI关联,那么该S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的UE数执行控制流程无需执行,由于当前UE还存在其他PDN连接关联在相同的网络切片上,SMF+PGW-C_1无需请求NSACF_1对该网络切片进行用户数控制,即步骤1005-1007可以不执行。If SMF+PGW-C_1 judges that PDN connection_1 is not the only PDN connection associated with S-NSSAI released by the UE according to the above description, for example, the UE has currently established PDN connection_1' and the PDN connection_1' Associated with the same S-NSSAI, then the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI does not need to be executed. Since the current UE still has other PDN connections associated with the same network slice, SMF+PGW-C_1 does not need to request NSACF_1 controls the number of users of the network slice, that is, steps 1005-1007 may not be executed.
步骤1006,NSACF_1根据第一请求消息_1,对网络切片执行准入控制。Step 1006, NSACF_1 performs admission control on the network slice according to the first request message_1.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF_1对网络切片执行准入控制包括对网络切片执行UE数的准入控制,也可以称为执行UE数的计数。具体地,NSACF_1判断当前UE是否存在除会话_1以外的会话,若NSACF_1存储的上下文中与该UE相关的会话信息里面只包含会话_1相关的信息(即NSACF_1只存储了PDN连接_1的信息),则NSACF_1可以减少由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片对应的UE数,同时NSACF_1删除会话_1相关的信息。若NSACF_1存储的上下文中与该UE相关的会话信息里面还包括除会话_1相关的信息以外的会话的相关信息(例如,会话_2相关的信息),则NSACF_1删除会话_1相关的信息,但不减少由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片对应的UE数。In a possible implementation manner, performing admission control on the network slice by NSACF_1 includes performing admission control on the number of UEs on the network slice, which may also be referred to as performing counting on the number of UEs. Specifically, NSACF_1 judges whether the current UE has a session other than session_1, if the session information related to the UE in the context stored by NSACF_1 only contains information related to session_1 (that is, NSACF_1 only stores the information of PDN connection_1 information), then NSACF_1 may reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, and at the same time, NSACF_1 deletes information related to session_1. If the session information related to the UE in the context stored by NSACF_1 also includes session-related information other than session-1-related information (for example, session-2-related information), then NSACF_1 deletes session-1-related information, However, the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is not reduced.
另一种可能的实现方式,NSACF_1先将会话_1相关的信息从存储的上下中删除,然后NSACF_1判断当前UE是否还存在其他会话的信息。如果当前UE不存在其他会话的信息,即将会话_1相关的信息从该UE相关的会话信息里面删除之后,与该UE相关的会 话信息为空,那么NSACF_1可以减少由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片对应的UE数。如果当前UE还存在其他会话的信息,即将会话_1相关的信息从该UE相关的会话信息里面删除之后,与该UE相关的会话信息为非空,那么NSACF_1无需减少由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片对应的UE数。In another possible implementation manner, NSACF_1 first deletes information related to session_1 from the stored context, and then NSACF_1 judges whether there is information about other sessions in the current UE. If the current UE does not have other session information, that is, after the information related to session_1 is deleted from the session information related to the UE, the session information related to the UE is empty, then NSACF_1 can reduce the network identified by S-NSSAI The number of UEs corresponding to the slice. If the current UE still has other session information, that is, after the session information related to session_1 is deleted from the session information related to the UE, the session information related to the UE is not empty, then NSACF_1 does not need to reduce the information identified by S-NSSAI The number of UEs corresponding to the network slice.
在本示例中,由于NSACF_1针对该UE ID同时存储了会话_1相关的信息和会话_2相关的信息,而该UE当前仅释放会话_1相关的信息对应的PDN连接_1,NSACF_1判断该UE还存在其他会话,无需减少接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的UE数,NSACF_1删除UE会话1相关的信息,并继续保存UE ID、S-NSSAI的对应关系和UE会话2相关的信息的对应关系。即该S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片已经接入的UE标识列表中继续保存UE ID。In this example, since NSACF_1 stores information related to session_1 and information related to session_2 for the UE ID at the same time, and the UE currently only releases the PDN connection_1 corresponding to the information related to session_1, NSACF_1 judges that the The UE still has other sessions, and there is no need to reduce the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by S-NSSAI. NSACF_1 deletes the information related to UE session 1, and continues to save the UE ID, the corresponding relationship between S-NSSAI and the information related to UE session 2 corresponding relationship. That is, the UE ID will continue to be stored in the UE ID list that the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI has already accessed.
步骤1007,NSACF_1向SMF+PGW-C_1发送第一响应消息_1。Step 1007, NSACF_1 sends a first response message_1 to SMF+PGW-C_1.
其中,第一响应消息_1用于指示对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。该结果可以包括:对网络切片执行准入控制成功或对网络切片执行准入控制失败。如果对网络切片执行准入控制成功,说明执行UE数的计数成功,如果对网络切片执行准入控制失败,则说明执行UE数的计数失败,那么第一响应消息_1还可以携带失败原因值,该失败原因值用于指示该UE还存在其他会话。在步骤1007中,第一响应消息_1可以指示对网络切片执行准入控制失败,失败的原因为该UE还存在其他会话。Wherein, the first response message_1 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice. The result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the execution of admission control on the network slice is successful, it means that the counting of the number of UEs is successful, and if the execution of admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of UEs is failed, then the first response message_1 can also carry the failure reason value , the failure cause value is used to indicate that the UE still has other sessions. In step 1007, the first response message_1 may indicate that admission control on the network slice fails, and the reason for the failure is that the UE still has other sessions.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF_1向SMF+PGW-C_1发送Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response,NSACF_1在发送的消息中携带对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。In a possible implementation manner, NSACF_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_1, and NSACF_1 carries the result of performing admission control on network slices in the sent message.
步骤1008,执行PDN连接释放的剩余流程。Step 1008, execute the remaining procedures of PDN connection release.
至此,完成了PDN连接_1的释放。So far, the release of the PDN connection_1 is completed.
步骤1009,UE又发起PDN连接_2的释放流程。In step 1009, the UE initiates the release procedure of the PDN connection_2 again.
步骤1009的实现方式与步骤701相同,可以参考步骤701的描述,在此不再赘述。The implementation manner of step 1009 is the same as that of step 701, and reference may be made to the description of step 701, which will not be repeated here.
步骤1010,SMF+PGW-C_2向NSACF_2发送第六请求消息_4。Step 1010, SMF+PGW-C_2 sends a sixth request message_4 to NSACF_2.
其中,第六请求消息_4可以携带S-NSSAI、更新标志_2、以及会话_2相关的信息。更新标志_2用于指示减少由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的会话数,例如,会话数减1。会话_2相关的信息可以包括SMF+PGW-C_2的标识和/或会话_2的标识,SMF+PGW-C_2的标识可以是SMF+PGW-C_2的ID,会话_2的标识用于标识该会话_2,如PDU session ID_2,其中,PDU session ID_2可以包含在创建会话请求消息中。Wherein, the sixth request message_4 may carry information related to S-NSSAI, update flag_2, and session_2. The update flag_2 is used to indicate that the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI is reduced, for example, the number of sessions is reduced by 1. The information related to session_2 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 and/or the identifier of session_2, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_2, and the identifier of session_2 is used to identify the Session_2, such as PDU session ID_2, where PDU session ID_2 may be included in the create session request message.
可选的,第六请求消息_4还可以携带UE ID,其中,UE ID可以是SMF+PGW-C_1根据删除会话请求消息确定的,示例性地,该UE ID可以是UE的IMSI。Optionally, the sixth request message_4 may also carry a UE ID, where the UE ID may be determined by SMF+PGW-C_1 according to the delete session request message. Exemplarily, the UE ID may be the IMSI of the UE.
一种可能的实现方式,如果SMF+PGW-C_2在上下文中保存了NSACF_2的信息,那么SMF+PGW-C_2可以直接根据该NSACF_2的信息确定NSACF_2。In a possible implementation manner, if SMF+PGW-C_2 saves the information of NSACF_2 in the context, then SMF+PGW-C_2 can directly determine NSACF_2 according to the information of NSACF_2.
作为另一种实现方式,如果SMF+PGW-C_2在上下文中没有保存NSACF_2的信息,那么SMF+PGW-C_2可以向NRF请求发现NSACF_2。该方法可以参考上述步骤809和步骤810。As another implementation, if SMF+PGW-C_2 does not save the information of NSACF_2 in the context, then SMF+PGW-C_2 may request NRF to discover NSACF_2. For this method, reference may be made to the above-mentioned step 809 and step 810 .
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_2向NSACF_2发送Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request。A possible implementation, SMF+PGW-C_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF_2.
步骤1011,NSACF_2根据第六请求消息_4,对网络切片执行准入控制。Step 1011, NSACF_2 performs admission control on the network slice according to the sixth request message_4.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF_2对网络切片执行准入控制包括对网络切片执行会话数的准入控制,也可以称为执行会话数的计数。具体地,NSACF_2减少由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的会话数(例如,NSACF_2将在S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片内建立的会话数减1),并删除上下文信息中的SMF+PGW-C ID_2的标识。In a possible implementation manner, NSACF_2 performing admission control on the network slice includes performing admission control on the number of sessions on the network slice, which may also be referred to as counting the number of sessions performed. Specifically, NSACF_2 reduces the number of sessions corresponding to the network slice identified by S-NSSAI (for example, NSACF_2 reduces the number of sessions established in the network slice identified by S-NSSAI by 1), and deletes the SMF+PGW- Identification of C ID_2.
步骤1012,NSACF_2向SMF+PGW-C_2发送第六响应消息_4。Step 1012, NSACF_2 sends a sixth response message_4 to SMF+PGW-C_2.
其中,第六响应消息_4用于指示对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。该结果可以包括:对网络切片执行准入控制成功或对网络切片执行准入控制失败。如果对网络切片执行准入控制成功,说明执行会话数的计数成功,如果对网络切片执行准入控制失败,则说明执行会话数的计数失败。在步骤1012中,第六响应消息_4可以指示对网络切片执行准入控制成功。Wherein, the sixth response message_4 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice. The result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the admission control on the network slice is successfully performed, it means that the counting of the number of sessions is performed successfully, and if the admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of sessions is executed failed. In step 1012, the sixth response message_4 may indicate that admission control on the network slice is performed successfully.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF_2向SMF+PGW-C_2发送Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response,NSACF_2在发送的消息中携带对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。In a possible implementation manner, NSACF_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_2, and NSACF_2 carries the result of performing admission control on network slices in the sent message.
步骤1013,SMF+PGW-C_2向NSACF_1发送第一请求消息_2。Step 1013, SMF+PGW-C_2 sends a first request message_2 to NSACF_1.
其中,第一请求消息_2可以携带UE ID、S-NSSAI、更新标志_1、以及会话_2相关的信息。UE ID可以是SMF+PGW-C_2根据删除会话请求消息或上下文确定的。更新标志_1用于指示减少由S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的UE数,例如,UE数减1。会话_2相关的信息可以包括SMF+PGW-C_2的标识和/或会话_2的标识,SMF+PGW-C_2的标识可以是SMF+PGW-C_2的ID,会话_2的标识用于标识该会话_2,如PDU session ID_2,其中,PDU session ID_2可以包含在创建会话请求消息中。Wherein, the first request message_2 may carry information related to UE ID, S-NSSAI, update flag_1, and session_2. The UE ID can be determined by SMF+PGW-C_2 according to the delete session request message or context. The update flag_1 is used to indicate to reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, for example, the number of UEs is reduced by 1. The information related to session_2 may include the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 and/or the identifier of session_2, the identifier of SMF+PGW-C_2 may be the ID of SMF+PGW-C_2, and the identifier of session_2 is used to identify the Session_2, such as PDU session ID_2, where PDU session ID_2 may be included in the create session request message.
一种可能的实现方式,如果SMF+PGW-C_2在上下文中保存了NSACF_1的信息,那么SMF+PGW-C_2可以直接根据该NSACF_1的信息确定NSACF_1。In a possible implementation manner, if SMF+PGW-C_2 saves the information of NSACF_1 in the context, then SMF+PGW-C_2 can directly determine NSACF_1 according to the information of NSACF_1.
作为另一种实现方式,如果SMF+PGW-C_2在上下文中没有保存NSACF_1的信息,那么SMF+PGW-C_2可以向NRF请求发现NSACF_1。该方法可以参考上述步骤804和步骤805。As another implementation, if SMF+PGW-C_2 does not save the information of NSACF_1 in the context, then SMF+PGW-C_2 may request NRF to discover NSACF_1. For this method, reference may be made to the above step 804 and step 805 .
一种可能的实现方式,SMF+PGW-C_2向NSACF_1发送Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request。A possible implementation, SMF+PGW-C_2 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate request to NSACF_1.
一种可能的实现方式,可选的,当SMF+PGW-C_2判断PDN连接_2是SMF+PGW-C_2为该UE服务的唯一一个与S-NSSAI关联的PDN连接,那么SMF+PGW-C_2执行步骤1013-1015。具体地,SMF+PGW-C_2可以根据上下文信息判断PDN连接_2是否是唯一一个与S-NSSAI关联的PDN连接,比如,SMF+PGW-C_2保存了该UE当前建立的所有PDN连接的上下文信息,如果上下文中存在其他的PDN连接与该PDN连接_2关联的网络切片相同,则说明PDN连接_2释放之后,还存在其他PDN连接。例如,UE当前还存在PDN连接_2’,该PDN连接_2’也是SMF+PGW-C_2服务且PDN连接_2’关联的网络切片与PDN连接_2关联的网络切片相同。需要说明的是,PDN连接_2’对应的APN与PDN连接_2对应的APN可以不同。如果上下文中不存在其他的PDN连接与该PDN连接_2关联的网络切片相同,则说明PDN连接_2是该UE发起释放的唯一一个与该网络切片关联的、且由SMF+PGW-C_2服务的PDN连接。A possible implementation, optional, when SMF+PGW-C_2 determines that PDN connection_2 is the only PDN connection associated with S-NSSAI that SMF+PGW-C_2 serves for the UE, then SMF+PGW-C_2 Execute steps 1013-1015. Specifically, SMF+PGW-C_2 can judge whether PDN connection_2 is the only PDN connection associated with S-NSSAI according to the context information. For example, SMF+PGW-C_2 saves the context information of all PDN connections currently established by the UE , if there is another PDN connection in the context that is the same as the network slice associated with the PDN connection_2, it means that after the PDN connection_2 is released, there are other PDN connections. For example, the UE currently has PDN connection_2', which is also served by SMF+PGW-C_2, and the network slice associated with PDN connection_2' is the same as the network slice associated with PDN connection_2. It should be noted that the APN corresponding to the PDN connection_2' may be different from the APN corresponding to the PDN connection_2. If there is no other PDN connection in the context that is the same as the network slice associated with the PDN connection_2, it means that the PDN connection_2 is the only one associated with the network slice initiated by the UE and served by SMF+PGW-C_2 PDN connections.
如果SMF+PGW-C_2根据上述描述,判断PDN连接_2不是该UE释放的唯一一个与S-NSSAI关联的PDN连接,例如,UE当前已经建立了PDN连接_2’且该PDN连接_2’与相同的S-NSSAI关联,那么该S-NSSAI标识的网络切片对应的UE数执行控制流程无需执行,由于当前UE还存在其他PDN连接关联在相同的网络切片上,SMF+PGW-C_2无需请求NSACF_1对该网络切片进行用户数控制,即步骤1013-1015可以不执行。If SMF+PGW-C_2 judges that PDN connection_2 is not the only PDN connection associated with S-NSSAI released by the UE according to the above description, for example, the UE has currently established PDN connection_2' and the PDN connection_2' Associated with the same S-NSSAI, then the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI does not need to be executed. Since the current UE still has other PDN connections associated with the same network slice, SMF+PGW-C_2 does not need to request NSACF_1 controls the number of users of the network slice, that is, steps 1013-1015 may not be executed.
步骤1014,NSACF_1根据第一请求消息_2,对网络切片执行准入控制。Step 1014, NSACF_1 performs admission control on the network slice according to the first request message_2.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF对网络切片执行准入控制包括对网络切片执行UE数的准入控制,也可以称为执行UE数的计数。具体地,NSACF_1判断当前UE是否存在除会话_2以外的会话,若NSACF_1存储的上下文中只包含会话_2相关的信息(即NSACF_1只存储了PDN连接_2的信息),则NSACF_1可以减少由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片对应的UE数,同时NSACF_1删除会话_2相关的信息。若NSACF_1存储的上下文中还包括除会话_2相关的信息以外的会话的相关信息,则NSACF_1删除会话_2相关的信息,但不减少由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片对应的UE数。In a possible implementation manner, performing admission control on the network slice by the NSACF includes performing admission control on the number of UEs on the network slice, which may also be referred to as performing counting on the number of UEs. Specifically, NSACF_1 judges whether the current UE has a session other than session_2, and if the context stored by NSACF_1 only contains information related to session_2 (that is, NSACF_1 only stores information about PDN connection_2), then NSACF_1 can reduce the The number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI, and at the same time, NSACF_1 deletes information related to session_2. If the context stored by NSACF_1 also includes session-related information other than session-2-related information, NSACF_1 deletes session-2-related information, but does not reduce the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI.
另一种可能的实现方式,NSACF_1先将会话_2相关的信息从存储的上下中删除,然后NSACF_1判断当前UE是否还存在其他会话的信息。如果当前UE不存在其他会话的信息,即将会话_2相关的信息从该UE相关的会话信息里面删除之后,与该UE相关的会话信息为空,那么NSACF_1可以减少由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片对应的UE数。如果当前UE还存在其他会话的信息,即将会话_2相关的信息从该UE相关的会话信息里面删除之后,与该UE相关的会话信息为非空,那么NSACF_1无需减少由S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片对应的UE数。In another possible implementation manner, NSACF_1 first deletes information related to session_2 from the stored context, and then NSACF_1 judges whether there is information about other sessions in the current UE. If there is no other session information for the current UE, that is, after the information related to session_2 is deleted from the session information related to the UE, the session information related to the UE is empty, then NSACF_1 can reduce the network identified by S-NSSAI The number of UEs corresponding to the slice. If the current UE still has other session information, that is, after the session information related to session_2 is deleted from the session information related to the UE, the session information related to the UE is not empty, then NSACF_1 does not need to reduce the information identified by the S-NSSAI The number of UEs corresponding to the network slice.
在本示例中,由于当前NSACF_1针对该UE ID仅存储了会话_2相关的信息,当删除会话_2相关的信息后,对于该UE没有其他已经建立的会话了,因此NSACF_1可以对UE计数(即NSACF_1减少接入S-NSSAI所标识的网络切片的UE数),并在上下文信息将UE ID从网络切片已经接入的UE标识列表中删除。In this example, since the current NSACF_1 only stores session_2 related information for the UE ID, after deleting the session_2 related information, there are no other established sessions for the UE, so NSACF_1 can count the UE ( That is, NSACF_1 reduces the number of UEs that access the network slice identified by the S-NSSAI), and deletes the UE ID from the list of UE identifiers that have been accessed by the network slice in the context information.
步骤1015,NSACF_1向SMF+PGW-C_2发送第一响应消息_2。Step 1015, NSACF_1 sends a first response message_2 to SMF+PGW-C_2.
其中,第一响应消息_2用于指示对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。该结果可以包括:对网络切片执行准入控制成功或对网络切片执行准入控制失败。如果对网络切片执行准入控制成功,说明执行UE数的计数成功,如果对网络切片执行准入控制失败,则说明执行UE数的计数失败,那么第一响应消息_2还可以携带失败原因值,该失败原因值用于指示该UE还存在其他会话。在步骤1015中,第一响应消息_2可以指示对网络切片执行准入控制成功。Wherein, the first response message_2 is used to indicate the result of performing admission control on the network slice. The result may include: performing admission control on the network slice successfully or failing to perform admission control on the network slice. If the execution of admission control on the network slice is successful, it means that the counting of the number of UEs is successful, and if the execution of admission control on the network slice fails, it means that the counting of the number of UEs is failed, then the first response message_2 can also carry the failure reason value , the failure cause value is used to indicate that the UE still has other sessions. In step 1015, the first response message_2 may indicate that admission control on the network slice is performed successfully.
一种可能的实现方式,NSACF_1向SMF+PGW-C_2发送Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response,NSACF_1在发送的消息中携带对网络切片执行准入控制的结果。In a possible implementation manner, NSACF_1 sends Nnsacf_NumberOfPDUsPerSliceAvailabilityCheckAndUpdate response to SMF+PGW-C_2, and NSACF_1 carries the result of performing admission control on network slices in the sent message.
步骤1016,执行PDN连接释放的剩余流程。Step 1016, execute the remaining procedures of PDN connection release.
至此,完成了PDN连接_1和PDN连接_2的释放。So far, the release of the PDN connection_1 and the PDN connection_2 is completed.
由上文可知,对于由释放PDN连接触发的UE数和会话数的确定过程,在示例4中,负责控制UE数的NSACF在确定网络切片对应的UE数时,还会判断该UE的PDN连接是否都应经释放,在UE没有已经建立的会话时,NSACF减少接入S-NSSAI所标识的网 络切片的UE数,并在上下文信息中删除该UE ID。这样可以实现互通场景下的网络切片准入控制。It can be seen from the above that for the determination process of the number of UEs and the number of sessions triggered by the release of the PDN connection, in Example 4, the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of UEs will also determine the PDN connection of the UE when determining the number of UEs corresponding to the network slice. Whether all should be released, when the UE has no established session, NSACF reduces the number of UEs accessing the network slice identified by S-NSSAI, and deletes the UE ID in the context information. In this way, network slice admission control in interworking scenarios can be realized.
需要说明的是,图10以SMF+PGW-C先与负责UE数控制的NSACF交互,再与负责会话数控制的NSACF交互为例,但本申请的实施例并不仅限于此,例如,SMF+PGW-C还可以先与负责会话数控制的NSACF交互,再与负责UE数控制的NSACF交互。It should be noted that in Figure 10, SMF+PGW-C first interacts with the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of UEs, and then interacts with the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of sessions as an example, but the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto, for example, SMF+ The PGW-C may also first interact with the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of sessions, and then interact with the NSACF responsible for controlling the number of UEs.
上文结合图4至图10,详细描述了本申请提供的方法实施例,下面将结合图11和图12,详细描述本申请的装置实施例。可以理解的是,为了实现上述实施例中功能,图11或图12中的装置包括了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本申请中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及方法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件相结合的形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用场景和设计约束条件。The method embodiment provided by the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIG. 4 to FIG. 10 , and the device embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 . It can be understood that, in order to implement the functions in the foregoing embodiments, the apparatus in FIG. 11 or FIG. 12 includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing various functions. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software with reference to the units and method steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed in the present application. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives the hardware depends on the specific application scenario and design constraints of the technical solution.
图11和图12为本申请的实施例提供的可能的装置的结构示意图。这些装置可以用于实现上述方法实施例中第一网元、第二网元、第四网元和NRF的功能,因此也能实现上述方法实施例所具备的有益效果。FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 are schematic structural diagrams of possible devices provided by the embodiments of the present application. These devices can be used to implement the functions of the first network element, the second network element, the fourth network element, and the NRF in the above method embodiments, and thus can also realize the beneficial effects of the above method embodiments.
如图11所示,装置1100包括收发单元1110和处理单元1120。As shown in FIG. 11 , an apparatus 1100 includes a transceiver unit 1110 and a processing unit 1120 .
当装置1100用于实现方法实施例中的第一网元的功能时:When the device 1100 is used to realize the function of the first network element in the method embodiment:
收发单元1120,用于从第二网元获取第一信息,所述第一信息用于关联用户设备的第一会话,所述第一网元支持对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制,所述第一会话与所述网络切片相关联,所述第二网元服务于所述第一会话;以及接收来自所述第二网元的第一请求消息,所述第一请求消息用于指示减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数。处理单元1110,用于根据所述第一信息,确定是否减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数。The transceiver unit 1120 is configured to acquire first information from a second network element, the first information is used to associate the first session of the user equipment, and the first network element supports performing control on the number of users accessing the network slice, so The first session is associated with the network slice, the second network element serves the first session; and receiving a first request message from the second network element, the first request message is used to indicate Reduce the number of users who have access to the network slice. The processing unit 1110 is configured to determine whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice according to the first information.
可选地,在获取到第一信息后,处理单元1110还可以保存第一信息、该网络切片、以及用户设备的对应关系。Optionally, after acquiring the first information, the processing unit 1110 may also save the first information, the network slice, and the corresponding relationship between the user equipment.
可选地,所述收发单元具体用于:在所述第二网元请求增加已接入所述网络切片的用户数的过程中,获取所述第一信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit is specifically configured to: obtain the first information when the second network element requests to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice.
可选地,所述收发单元具体用于:在所述网络切片上已建立的会话数未超过所述网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值的情况下,接收来自所述第二网元的第二请求消息,所述第二请求消息包括所述第一信息。Optionally, the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: receive a message from the second network element when the number of established sessions on the network slice does not exceed the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice. A second request message, where the second request message includes the first information.
可选地,所述处理单元具体用于:若所述用户设备在所述网络切片上建立了除所述第一会话以外的会话,则确定维持已接入所述网络切片的用户数;若所述用户设备在所述网络切片上只建立了所述第一会话,则确定减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数。Optionally, the processing unit is specifically configured to: if the user equipment has established a session other than the first session on the network slice, determine and maintain the number of users who have accessed the network slice; if The user equipment establishes only the first session on the network slice, and then determines to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice.
可选地,所述处理单元还用于:在确定是否减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数后,删除所述第一信息。Optionally, the processing unit is further configured to: delete the first information after determining whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice.
可选地,所述第一会话为所述用户设备在演进分组核心网EPC网络中建立的分组数据网络PDN连接。Optionally, the first session is a packet data network (PDN) connection established by the user equipment in an Evolved Packet Core Network (EPC) network.
当装置1100用于实现方法实施例中的第二网元的功能时:When the device 1100 is used to realize the function of the second network element in the method embodiment:
在一些实现方式中,处理单元1110,用于确定用户设备的第一会话关联的网络切片;收发单元1120,用于向第一网元发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于关联所述第一会话,所述第一网元支持对接入所述网络切片的用户数执行控制,所述第二网元服务于所述第一 会话;以及向所述第一网元发送第一请求消息,所述第一请求消息用于指示减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数;其中,所述第一信息用于确定是否减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数。In some implementations, the processing unit 1110 is configured to determine the network slice associated with the first session of the user equipment; the transceiver unit 1120 is configured to send first information to the first network element, the first information is used to associate the A first session, where the first network element supports performing control on the number of users accessing the network slice, and the second network element serves the first session; and sending a first request to the first network element message, the first request message is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice; wherein the first information is used to determine whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice.
可选地,所述收发单元1120具体用于:在请求增加已接入所述网络切片的用户数的过程中,向所述第一网元发送所述第一信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 1120 is specifically configured to: send the first information to the first network element during a process of requesting to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice.
可选地,所述收发单元1120具体用于:在所述网络切片上已建立的会话数未超过所述网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值时,向所述第一网元发送第二请求消息,所述第二请求消息包括所述第一信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 1120 is specifically configured to: send a second A request message, the second request message includes the first information.
可选地,所述收发单元1120具体用于:从第三网元获知所述网络切片上已建立的会话数达到所述网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值,所述第三网元支持对网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制;在所述第二网元获知所述网络切片上已建立的会话数达到所述网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值后,向所述第一网元发送所述第一请求消息。Optionally, the transceiver unit 1120 is specifically configured to: learn from a third network element that the number of established sessions on the network slice has reached the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, and that the third network element supports Execute control on the number of sessions established on the network slice; after the second network element learns that the number of established sessions on the network slice has reached the maximum number of sessions allowed to be established on the network slice, report to the first network element The element sends the first request message.
可选地,所述收发单元1120具体用于:在释放所述第一会话时,所述第二网元向所述第一网元发送所述第一请求消息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 1120 is specifically configured to: when the first session is released, the second network element sends the first request message to the first network element.
可选地,所述第一会话为所述用户设备在演进分组核心网EPC网络中建立的分组数据网络PDN连接。Optionally, the first session is a packet data network (PDN) connection established by the user equipment in an Evolved Packet Core Network (EPC) network.
在另一些实现方式中,处理单元1110,用于确定用户设备的第一会话关联的网络切片;收发单元1120,用于向网络存储功能网元发送第三请求消息,所述第三请求消息用于请求第四网元的信息,所述第三请求消息包括所述网络切片的标识和第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述第四网元支持对接入所述网络切片的用户数执行控制、以及支持对所述网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制;接收所述网络存储功能网元的第三响应消息,所述第三响应消息包括所述第四网元的信息;以及向所述第四网元发送第四请求消息,所述第四请求消息用于请求所述第四网元对所述网络切片接入的用户数执行控制、以及对所述网络切片建立的会话数执行控制。In some other implementation manners, the processing unit 1110 is configured to determine a network slice associated with the first session of the user equipment; the transceiver unit 1120 is configured to send a third request message to a network element with a network storage function, and the third request message uses For requesting information of the fourth network element, the third request message includes the identifier of the network slice and second information, and the second information is used to indicate that the fourth network element supports access to the network slice performing control on the number of users, and supporting performing control on the number of sessions established on the network slice; receiving a third response message from the network storage function network element, where the third response message includes information on the fourth network element; and sending a fourth request message to the fourth network element, where the fourth request message is used to request the fourth network element to perform control on the number of users accessing the network slice, and to control the number of users connected to the network slice. Session count execution control.
可选地,所述第四请求消息包括用户设备的标识、第一信息、第三信息、第四信息、以及所述网络切片的标识,所述第一信息用于关联所述第一会话,其中:当所述用户设备请求建立所述第一会话时,所述第三信息用于指示增加已接入所述网络切片的用户数,所述第四信息用于指示增加在所述网络切片已建立的会话数;当所述用户设备请求释放所述第一会话时,所述第三信息用于指示减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数,所述第四信息用于指示减少在所述网络切片已建立的会话数。Optionally, the fourth request message includes an identifier of the user equipment, first information, third information, fourth information, and an identifier of the network slice, the first information is used to associate the first session, Wherein: when the user equipment requests to establish the first session, the third information is used to indicate to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice, and the fourth information is used to indicate to increase the number of users in the network slice The number of established sessions; when the user equipment requests to release the first session, the third information is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice, and the fourth information is used to indicate to reduce the number of users in the network slice. The number of sessions established for the network slice.
可选地,所述第一信息包括所述第二网元的标识或与所述第一会话的标识中的至少一项。Optionally, the first information includes at least one of an identifier of the second network element or an identifier of the session with the first network element.
可选地,所述第一会话为所述用户设备在演进分组核心网EPC网络中建立的分组数据网络PDN连接。Optionally, the first session is a packet data network (PDN) connection established by the user equipment in an Evolved Packet Core Network (EPC) network.
当装置1100用于实现方法实施例中的NRF的功能时:When the device 1100 is used to realize the function of NRF in the method embodiment:
收发单元1120,用于接收来自第二网元的第三请求消息,所述第三请求消息用于请求第四网元的信息,所述第三请求消息包括所述网络切片的标识和第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述第四网元支持对接入所述网络切片的用户数执行控制、以及支持对所述网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制;以及向所述第二网元发送第三响应消息,所述第三响应 消息包括所述第四网元的信息。The transceiver unit 1120 is configured to receive a third request message from the second network element, where the third request message is used to request information of the fourth network element, where the third request message includes the identifier of the network slice and the second Information, the second information is used to indicate that the fourth network element supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice, and supports the control of the number of sessions established on the network slice; The second network element sends a third response message, where the third response message includes the information of the fourth network element.
当装置1100用于实现方法实施例中的第四网元的功能时:When the device 1100 is used to realize the function of the fourth network element in the method embodiment:
收发单元1120,用于接收来自第二网元的第四请求消息,所述第四网元支持对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制、以及支持对所述网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制,第二网元服务于用户设备的第一会话,所述第一会话与所述网络切片相关联;处理单元1110,用于根据所述第四请求消息,对已接入所述网络切片的用户数和在所述网络切片已建立的会话数执行控制;所述收发单元1120,还用于向所述第二网元发送第四响应消息,所述第四响应消息用于指示对已接入所述网络切片的用户数执行控制的结果和对所述在所述网络切片已建立的会话数的执行控制的结果。The transceiver unit 1120 is configured to receive a fourth request message from a second network element, where the fourth network element supports controlling the number of users accessing the network slice and supporting controlling the number of sessions established on the network slice , the second network element serves the first session of the user equipment, and the first session is associated with the network slice; the processing unit 1110 is configured to, according to the fourth request message, process the The number of users and the number of sessions established in the network slice perform control; the transceiver unit 1120 is further configured to send a fourth response message to the second network element, and the fourth response message is used to indicate the received A result of performing control on the number of users entering the network slice and a result of performing control on the number of sessions established in the network slice.
可选地,所述第四请求消息包括用户设备的标识、第一信息、第三信息、第四信息、以及所述网络切片的标识,所述第一信息用于关联所述第一会话,其中:当所述用户设备请求建立所述第一会话时,所述第三信息用于指示增加已接入所述网络切片的用户数,所述第四信息用于指示增加在所述网络切片已建立的会话数;当所述用户设备请求释放所述第一会话时,所述第三信息用于指示减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数,所述第四信息用于指示减少在所述网络切片已建立的会话数。Optionally, the fourth request message includes an identifier of the user equipment, first information, third information, fourth information, and an identifier of the network slice, the first information is used to associate the first session, Wherein: when the user equipment requests to establish the first session, the third information is used to indicate to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice, and the fourth information is used to indicate to increase the number of users in the network slice The number of established sessions; when the user equipment requests to release the first session, the third information is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice, and the fourth information is used to indicate to reduce the number of users in the network slice. The number of sessions established for the network slice.
有关上述处理单元1110和收发单元1120更详细的描述可以直接参考上述方法实施例中相关描述直接得到,这里不加赘述。More detailed descriptions about the processing unit 1110 and the transceiver unit 1120 can be directly obtained by referring to related descriptions in the above method embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
如图12所示,装置1200包括处理器1210和接口电路1220。处理器1210和接口电路1220之间相互耦合。可以理解的是,接口电路1220可以为收发器或输入输出接口。在一种实现方式中,装置1200还可以包括存储器1230,用于存储处理器1210执行的指令或存储处理器1210运行指令所需要的输入数据或存储处理器1210运行指令后产生的数据。As shown in FIG. 12 , the device 1200 includes a processor 1210 and an interface circuit 1220 . The processor 1210 and the interface circuit 1220 are coupled to each other. It can be understood that the interface circuit 1220 may be a transceiver or an input/output interface. In one implementation manner, the apparatus 1200 may further include a memory 1230 for storing instructions executed by the processor 1210 or storing input data required by the processor 1210 to execute the instructions or storing data generated by the processor 1210 after executing the instructions.
当装置1200用于实现上文所述的方法时,处理器1210用于实现上述处理单元1120的功能,接口电路1220用于实现上述收发单元1110的功能。When the apparatus 1200 is used to implement the method described above, the processor 1210 is used to implement the functions of the processing unit 1120 described above, and the interface circuit 1220 is configured to implement the functions of the transceiver unit 1110 described above.
当上述通信装置为应用于第一网元的芯片时,该芯片实现上述方法实施例中第一网元的功能。该芯片从第一网元中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是其他设备发送给第一网元的;或者,该芯片向第一网元中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是第一网元发送给其它设备的。When the above communication device is a chip applied to the first network element, the chip implements the functions of the first network element in the above method embodiment. The chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the first network element, and the information is sent to the first network element by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules (such as radio frequency modules) in the first network element. module or antenna) to send information, the information is sent by the first network element to other devices.
当上述通信装置为应用于第二网元的芯片时,该芯片实现上述方法实施例中第二网元的功能。该芯片从第二网元中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是其他设备发送给第二网元的;或者,该芯片向第二网元中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是第二网元发送给其它设备的。When the above communication device is a chip applied to the second network element, the chip implements the functions of the second network element in the above method embodiment. The chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the second network element, and the information is sent to the second network element by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules (such as radio frequency modules) in the second network element. module or antenna) to send information, which is sent by the second network element to other devices.
当上述通信装置为应用第四网元的芯片时,该芯片实现上述方法实施例中第四网元的功能。该芯片从第四网元中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是其他设备发送给第四网元的;或者,该芯片向第四网元中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是第四网元发送给其它设备的。When the communication device is a chip using the fourth network element, the chip implements the function of the fourth network element in the above method embodiment. The chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the fourth network element, and the information is sent to the fourth network element by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules (such as radio frequency modules) in the fourth network element. module or antenna) to send information, and the information is sent by the fourth network element to other devices.
当上述通信装置为应用NRF的芯片时,该芯片实现上述方法实施例中NRF的功能。该芯片从NRF中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是其他设备发送给NRF的;或者,该芯片向NRF中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是NRF发送给其它设备的。When the above-mentioned communication device is a chip using NRF, the chip implements the function of NRF in the above-mentioned method embodiment. The chip receives information from other modules in the NRF (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information is sent to the NRF by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules in the NRF (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information It is sent by NRF to other devices.
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片,该芯片获取指令并执行该指令来实现上述的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, which acquires an instruction and executes the instruction to implement the above method.
可选地,作为一种实现方式,该芯片包括处理器与数据接口,该处理器通过该数据接口读取存储器上存储的指令,执行上述方法。Optionally, as an implementation manner, the chip includes a processor and a data interface, and the processor reads instructions stored in the memory through the data interface to execute the above method.
可选地,作为一种实现方式,该芯片还可以包括存储器,该存储器中存储有指令,该处理器用于执行该存储器上存储的指令,当该指令被执行时,该处理器用于执行上述方法。Optionally, as an implementation manner, the chip may further include a memory, the memory stores instructions, the processor is configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory, and when the instructions are executed, the processor is configured to execute the above method .
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,包括上述任意一种通信装置,或者包括上述任意一种芯片。An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, including any one of the above-mentioned communication devices, or including any one of the above-mentioned chips.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有指令,该指令用于上述方法实施例中的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and the instructions are used in the methods in the foregoing method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,该指令用于实现上述方法实施例中的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product including instructions, where the instructions are used to implement the methods in the above method embodiments.
可以理解的是,本申请的实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),还可以是其它通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件,硬件部件或者其任意组合。通用处理器可以是微处理器,也可以是任何常规的处理器。It can be understood that the processor in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and may also be other general processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), application specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. A general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor, or any conventional processor.
本申请的实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。Memory in embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory. By way of illustration and not limitation, many forms of random access memory (RAM) are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory Access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。In each embodiment of the present application, if there is no special explanation and logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be referred to each other, and the technical features in different embodiments are based on their inherent Logical relationships can be combined to form new embodiments.
本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。在本申请的文字描述中,字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系;在本申请的公式中,字符“/”,表示前后关联对象是一种“相除”的关系。In this application, "at least one" means one or more, and "multiple" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. In the text description of this application, the character "/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship; in the formulas of this application, the character "/" indicates that the contextual objects are a "division" Relationship.
可以理解的是,在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分, 并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定。It can be understood that the various numbers involved in the embodiments of the present application are only for convenience of description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. The size of the serial numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic.
除非另有说明,本申请实施例所使用的所有技术和科学术语与本申请的技术领域的技术人员通常理解的含义相同。本申请中所使用的术语只是为了描述具体的实施例的目的,不是旨在限制本申请的范围。应理解,上述为举例说明,上文的例子仅仅是为了帮助本领域技术人员理解本申请实施例,而非要将申请实施例限制于所示例的具体数值或具体场景。本领域技术人员根据上文所给出的例子,显然可以进行各种等价的修改或变化,这样的修改和变化也落入本申请实施例的范围内。Unless otherwise specified, all technical and scientific terms used in the embodiments of the present application have the same meaning as commonly understood by those skilled in the technical field of the present application. The terms used in the present application are only for the purpose of describing specific embodiments, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present application. It should be understood that the foregoing is an illustration, and the foregoing examples are only intended to help those skilled in the art understand the embodiments of the present application, and are not intended to limit the embodiments of the present application to the illustrated specific values or specific scenarios. Those skilled in the art can obviously make various equivalent modifications or changes based on the examples given above, and such modifications and changes also fall within the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc and other media that can store program codes. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application. Should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (23)

  1. 一种网络切片准入控制方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A network slice admission control method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    第一网元从第二网元获取第一信息,所述第一信息用于关联用户设备的第一会话,所述第一网元支持对接入网络切片的用户数执行控制,所述第一会话与所述网络切片相关联,所述第二网元服务于所述第一会话;The first network element acquires first information from the second network element, the first information is used to associate the first session of the user equipment, the first network element supports the control of the number of users accessing the network slice, the first network element a session is associated with the network slice, the second network element serving the first session;
    所述第一网元接收来自所述第二网元的第一请求消息,所述第一请求消息用于指示减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数;The first network element receives a first request message from the second network element, where the first request message is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice;
    所述第一网元根据所述第一信息,确定是否减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数。The first network element determines whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice according to the first information.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一网元从第二网元获取第一信息,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first network element obtaining the first information from the second network element comprises:
    在所述第二网元请求增加已接入所述网络切片的用户数的过程中,所述第一网元获取所述第一信息。During the process of the second network element requesting to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice, the first network element acquires the first information.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一网元从第二网元获取第一信息,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first network element obtaining the first information from the second network element comprises:
    在所述网络切片上已建立的会话数未超过所述网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值的情况下,所述第一网元接收来自所述第二网元的第二请求消息,所述第二请求消息包括所述第一信息。When the number of established sessions on the network slice does not exceed the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, the first network element receives a second request message from the second network element, and The second request message includes the first information.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一网元存储所述第一信息。The first network element stores the first information.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一网元根据所述第一信息,确定是否减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the first network element determines whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice according to the first information, including:
    若所述用户设备在所述网络切片上建立了除所述第一会话以外的会话,则所述第一网元确定维持已接入所述网络切片的用户数;If the user equipment has established a session other than the first session on the network slice, the first network element determines to maintain the number of users who have accessed the network slice;
    若所述用户设备在所述网络切片上只建立了所述第一会话,则所述第一网元确定减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数。If the user equipment has only established the first session on the network slice, the first network element determines to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述第一网元确定是否减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数后,所述第一网元删除所述第一信息。After the first network element determines whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice, the first network element deletes the first information.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述第二网元的标识或与所述第一会话的标识中的至少一项。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the first information includes at least one of an identifier of the second network element or an identifier of the session with the first network element.
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that
    所述第一会话为所述用户设备在演进分组核心网EPC网络中建立的分组数据网络PDN连接。The first session is a PDN connection established by the user equipment in an Evolved Packet Core Network (EPC) network.
  9. 一种网络切片准入控制方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A network slice admission control method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    第二网元确定用户设备的第一会话关联的网络切片;The second network element determines a network slice associated with the first session of the user equipment;
    所述第二网元向第一网元发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于关联所述第一会话,所述第一网元支持对接入所述网络切片的用户数执行控制,所述第二网元服务于所述第一会话;The second network element sends first information to the first network element, the first information is used to associate the first session, and the first network element supports performing control on the number of users accessing the network slice, the second network element serves the first session;
    所述第二网元向所述第一网元发送第一请求消息,所述第一请求消息用于指示减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数;The second network element sends a first request message to the first network element, where the first request message is used to indicate to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice;
    其中,所述第一信息用于确定是否减少已接入所述网络切片的用户数。Wherein, the first information is used to determine whether to reduce the number of users who have accessed the network slice.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二网元向第一网元发送第一信息,包括:The method according to claim 9, wherein the sending of the first information by the second network element to the first network element comprises:
    在请求增加已接入所述网络切片的用户数的过程中,所述第二网元向所述第一网元发送所述第一信息。In a process of requesting to increase the number of users who have accessed the network slice, the second network element sends the first information to the first network element.
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二网元向第一网元发送第一信息,包括:The method according to claim 9, wherein the sending of the first information by the second network element to the first network element comprises:
    在所述网络切片上已建立的会话数未超过所述网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值时,所述第二网元向所述第一网元发送第二请求消息,所述第二请求消息包括所述第一信息。When the number of established sessions on the network slice does not exceed the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, the second network element sends a second request message to the first network element, and the second The request message includes the first information.
  12. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 10, characterized in that,
    所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
    所述第二网元从第三网元获知所述网络切片上已建立的会话数达到所述网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值,所述第三网元支持对网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制;The second network element learns from the third network element that the number of established sessions on the network slice has reached the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, and the third network element supports the session establishment on the network slice number execution control;
    所述第二网元向所述第一网元发送第一请求消息,包括:The second network element sends a first request message to the first network element, including:
    在所述第二网元获知所述网络切片上已建立的会话数达到所述网络切片允许建立的会话数的最大值后,所述第二网元向所述第一网元发送所述第一请求消息。After the second network element learns that the number of established sessions on the network slice has reached the maximum number of sessions allowed by the network slice, the second network element sends the first network element to the first network element A request message.
  13. 根据权利要求9至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二网元向所述第一网元发送第一请求消息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 11, wherein the second network element sends a first request message to the first network element, comprising:
    在释放所述第一会话时,所述第二网元向所述第一网元发送所述第一请求消息。When releasing the first session, the second network element sends the first request message to the first network element.
  14. 根据权利要求9至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述第二网元的标识或与所述第一会话的标识中的至少一项。The method according to any one of claims 9 to 13, wherein the first information includes at least one of an identifier of the second network element or an identifier of the session with the first network element.
  15. 根据权利要求9至14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 9 to 14, wherein
    所述第一会话为所述用户设备在演进分组核心网EPC网络中建立的分组数据网络PDN连接。The first session is a PDN connection established by the user equipment in an Evolved Packet Core Network (EPC) network.
  16. 一种网络切片准入控制方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A network slice admission control method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    第二网元确定用户设备的第一会话关联的网络切片;The second network element determines a network slice associated with the first session of the user equipment;
    所述第二网元向网络存储功能网元发送第三请求消息,所述第三请求消息用于请求第四网元的信息,所述第三请求消息包括所述网络切片的标识和第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述第四网元支持对接入所述网络切片的用户数执行控制、以及支持对所述网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制;The second network element sends a third request message to the network storage function network element, the third request message is used to request information of the fourth network element, and the third request message includes the identifier of the network slice and the second information, where the second information is used to indicate that the fourth network element supports controlling the number of users accessing the network slice, and supports controlling the number of sessions established on the network slice;
    所述第二网元接收所述网络存储功能网元的第三响应消息,所述第三响应消息包括所述第四网元的信息;The second network element receives a third response message from the network storage function network element, where the third response message includes information of the fourth network element;
    所述第二网元向所述第四网元发送第四请求消息,所述第四请求消息用于请求所述第四网元对所述网络切片接入的用户数执行控制、以及对所述网络切片建立的会话数执行控制。The second network element sends a fourth request message to the fourth network element, where the fourth request message is used to request the fourth network element to perform control on the number of users accessing the network slice, and to control the number of users connected to the network slice. The number of sessions established by the above network slices is controlled.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 16, characterized in that,
    所述第一会话为所述用户设备在演进分组核心网EPC网络中建立的分组数据网络PDN连接。The first session is a PDN connection established by the user equipment in an Evolved Packet Core Network (EPC) network.
  18. 一种网络切片准入控制方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A network slice admission control method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    网络存储功能网元接收来自第二网元的第三请求消息,所述第三请求消息用于请求第四网元的信息,所述第三请求消息包括所述网络切片的标识和第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述第四网元支持对接入所述网络切片的用户数执行控制、以及支持对所述网络切片上建立的会话数执行控制;The network storage function network element receives a third request message from the second network element, the third request message is used to request the information of the fourth network element, and the third request message includes the identifier of the network slice and the second information The second information is used to indicate that the fourth network element supports controlling the number of users accessing the network slice, and supports controlling the number of sessions established on the network slice;
    所述网络存储功能网元向所述第二网元发送第三响应消息,所述第三响应消息包括所述第四网元的信息。The network element with the network storage function sends a third response message to the second network element, where the third response message includes information of the fourth network element.
  19. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    处理器,用于执行存储器中存储的计算机指令,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,或者执行如权利要求9至17中任一项所述的方法,或者执行如权利要求18所述的方法。A processor configured to execute computer instructions stored in a memory, so that the device performs the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, or performs the method according to any one of claims 9 to 17 , or perform the method as claimed in claim 18.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括所述存储器,用于存储所述计算机指令。The apparatus of claim 19, further comprising the memory for storing the computer instructions.
  21. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序由一个或多个处理器执行时,使得包括所述处理器的装置执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,或者执行如权利要求9至17中任一项所述的方法,或者执行如权利要求18所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that, the computer-readable medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by one or more processors, the device comprising the processor performs the process described in claim 1. The method according to any one of claims 9 to 17, or the method according to claim 18.
  22. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,实现如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,或者实现如权利要求9至17中任一项所述的方法,或者实现如权利要求18所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product comprises computer program code, and when the computer program code is run on a computer, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8 is realized, or the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8 is realized, or A method as claimed in any one of claims 9 to 17, or implementing a method as claimed in claim 18.
  23. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括如权利要求19或20所述的通信装置。A communication system, characterized by comprising the communication device according to claim 19 or 20.
PCT/CN2022/090973 2021-08-09 2022-05-05 Network slice admission control method and apparatus WO2023015973A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110908693.4A CN115707062A (en) 2021-08-09 2021-08-09 Network slice admission control method and device
CN202110908693.4 2021-08-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023015973A1 true WO2023015973A1 (en) 2023-02-16

Family

ID=85179254

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/090973 WO2023015973A1 (en) 2021-08-09 2022-05-05 Network slice admission control method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115707062A (en)
WO (1) WO2023015973A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021070028A1 (en) * 2019-10-08 2021-04-15 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Network slicing scalability attributes
WO2021119627A1 (en) * 2019-12-13 2021-06-17 Ofinno, Llc Control of network slice
CN113079564A (en) * 2020-01-03 2021-07-06 苹果公司 Network slice quota management

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021070028A1 (en) * 2019-10-08 2021-04-15 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Network slicing scalability attributes
WO2021119627A1 (en) * 2019-12-13 2021-06-17 Ofinno, Llc Control of network slice
CN113079564A (en) * 2020-01-03 2021-07-06 苹果公司 Network slice quota management

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115707062A (en) 2023-02-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11606734B2 (en) Handover method in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
US11224084B2 (en) Method for registering terminal in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
US11246172B2 (en) Method for selecting session and service continuity mode in wireless communication system and device therefor
US20200413241A1 (en) Method for terminal setting update in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
US20220248318A1 (en) Control of Network Slice
JP2020506620A (en) Method for responding to request and network device
US20220264258A1 (en) Communications Method and Apparatus, and Device
US20230029714A1 (en) Authorization method, policy control function device, and access and mobility management function device
WO2022048394A1 (en) Network connection method, network disconnection method and communication apparatus
US20230254922A1 (en) Multipath transmission method and communication apparatus
US20220264527A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and device
WO2018137152A1 (en) Short message transmission method, device and system
JP2023531845A (en) Time synchronization method, electronic equipment and storage medium
US20230132454A1 (en) Method and apparatus for supporting edge computing service for roaming ue in wireless communication system
WO2023015973A1 (en) Network slice admission control method and apparatus
WO2022021355A1 (en) Session establishment method and apparatus, and device and storage medium
KR20200092070A (en) Method for managing registration in wireless communication system and apparatus for the same
EP4325917A1 (en) Terminal operation method and device in wireless communication system
WO2023197737A1 (en) Message sending method, pin management method, communication apparatus, and communication system
WO2024078313A1 (en) Authentication and authorization method and communication apparatus
WO2023143212A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023125198A1 (en) Network resource management method and communication apparatus
WO2023020046A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2024032041A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023236764A1 (en) Method for allocating internet protocol address, and communication apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22854970

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE